VaivScKaack 


Mechanics  Department 


WOODWORKING 

SAFEGUARDS 

For  the  Prevention  of  Accidents 
in  Lumbering  and  Woodworking 
Industries 


BY 

DAVID   VAN   SCHAACK 

;/ 

Director,  Bureau  of  Inspection  and  Accident  Prevention 


&TNA   LIFE    INSURANCE    CO 

Accident  and  Liability  Department 
HARTFORD,    CONN. 


PRICE,    ONE    DOLLAR 


7~S  S  ,5-0 


Engineering 
Library 


DEPT} 


COPYRIGHT   1911 

LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY 

HARTFORD,  CONN. 


The  Case,  Lockwood  &  Brainard  Company,  Printers,  Hartford,  Conn. 


PREFACE. 


This  pamphlet  undertakes  to  offer  a  few  practical  suggestions  for  safe- 
guarding workmen  engaged  in  lumbering  and  woodworking  industries.  It  nec- 
essarily confines  itself  chiefly  to  machines,  operations  and  conditions  which  are 
more  or  less  common,  but  it  is  hoped  that  the  suggestions  contained  herein 
will  aid  in  impressing  upon  manufacturers  possibilities  in  safeguarding  which 
with  some  variation  will  be  applicable  to  many  of  the  special  machines  and 
operations  that  cannot  be  even  touched  upon  in  a  work  of  limited  extent. 

There  are  of  course  many  patented  as  well  as  home-made  safety  devices 
other  than  those  mentioned  herein,  which  could  well  be  included  did  space 
permit,  but  an  effort  has  been  made  to  show  as  representative  a  collection 
as  possible.  We  shall  be  very  glad  to  render  any  assistance  at  our  disposal 
to  anyone  who  may  be  interested  in  obtaining  further  information  about  the 
methods  of  safeguarding  to  which  we  have  called  attention. 

In  preparing  this  book,  the  author  has  received  invaluable  assistance 
from  the  inspection  force  of  the  ^TNA  LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY, 
from  many  makers  of  woodworking  machinery,  from  a  large  number  of  manu- 
facturers in  the  various  woodworking  industries  and  from  other  concerns 
actively  engaged  in  promoting  the  safety  of  their  employees,  from  both  foreign 
and  domestic  makers  of  safety  devices,  from  various  publications  both  in  this 
country  and  abroad  dealing  with  methods  of  guarding  against  industrial  acci- 
dents, and  from  individuals  wrho  have  aided  him  with  both  advice  and  criti- 
cism. He  takes  this  opportunity  of  tendering  grateful  acknowledgment  to  one 
and  all. 


735775 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

GENERAL,       .            .            .            .            •            •            •            •  7~  T3 

LOGGING,       .            .           .           .           •           •           •  .14-20 

SAW  MILL,    .....  .21-61 

PLANING  MILL,       ....  .62-69 

CIRCULAR   SAWS,     ...  •    7°-  94 

BAND  SAWS,            ...  •    95-IO° 

JOINTERS,      .            .            .          ..            .            *           «  .         •  .  •  101-110 

SHAPERS,       ....            .                        .  .  111-120 

SANDERS,  ETC,          .           .            .           .            .            .  .  121-135 

HANDLES,  LATHES,  WAGONS,  COOPERAGE,    .            .            ...  .136-150 

VENEER,  FURNITURE,  CHAIRS,         .            .            .         -  ...          .  .  151-160 

PATTERN  SHOP,  Box  FACTORY,  ETC.,        .....  161-171 

POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC.,             .           .            .  .  172-191 

GRINDING  WHEELS,  ELEVATORS,     .            .            .            .           .  .  -  192-199 

LIABILITY  INSURANCE,          .           .                                               •  200-203 

INDEX,                       .            .            ....           .  .  204-217 


GENERAL. 


The  many  varieties  of  work  included  in  lumbering  and  woodworking 
industries  are  among  the  most  dangerous  of  modern  employments.  This  is 
perhaps  only  natural  in  view  of  several  facts.  In  almost  all  methods  of 
working  wood,  once  the  tree  has  been  felled  and  cut  up  into  logs,  the  com- 
parative lightness  of  the  material  makes  it  easier  to  bring  it  to  the  tool  than 
the  tool  to  it.  Again,  good  work  requires  the  use  of  instruments  sharpened  to 
the  extreme  and  run  at  very  high  speed.  In  the  third  place,  this  high  speed 
and  the  lightness  of  the  material  make  it  possible  for  waste  pieces  to  be  thrown 
about  in  a  dangerous  manner  impossible  in  the  case  of  metal  or  stone. 

For  these  reasons,  among  others,  it  is  peculiarly  essential  that  every 
possible  precaution  be  taken  to  safeguard  workmen  against  injury.  In  subse- 
quent chapters  of  this  book  an  effort  is  made  to  suggest  some  specific 
mechanical  and  material  safeguards  applicable  to  woodworking  plants,  and 
also  to  call  attention  in  some  measure  to  the  matter  of  safe  methods  in  operat- 
ing machinery.  It  is  impossible  to  prevent  all  accidents,  or  even  the  greater 
number,  by  merely  installing  safeguards.  Carefulness  alone  can  avoid  the  great 
majority,  and  this  can  be  secured  only  by  proper  organization  and  discipline, 
together  with  cordial  co-operation  on  the  part  of  both  foremen  and  workmen. 

Foremen.  Foremen  are  such  essential  factors  in  the  prevention  of  acci- 
dents that  they  should  be  carefully  selected  for  their  caution  and  ideas  of  dis- 
cipline and  should  be  thoroughly  imbued  with  the  employer's  earnest  desire 
to  prevent  accidents.  It  should  be  impressed  upon  them  that  they  are  per- 
sonally responsible  for  prevention  of  accidents  as  well  as  doing  of  work,  and 
that  success  in  each  will  be  duly  taken  into  account.  Foremen  should  make 
it  their  business  to  see  that  the  rules  of  the  plants  are  obeyed,  and  that 
repeated  infractions  of  them  are  suitably  punished.  They  should  see  that 
machines  are  not  overspeeded,  that  safety  devices  are  used  on  all  work 
possible,  that  warning  signs  are  properly  placed  and  kept  in  position,  and 
that  discipline  generally  is  preserved.  No  intoxicated  person,  whether  work- 
man or  visitor,  should  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  plant.  An  important  part 
of  a  foreman's  duty  is  to  see  that  accidents  are  thoroughly  investigated  with 
a  view  to  avoiding  recurrence.  For  that  reason  he  should  insist  that  every 
accident,  however  insignificant,  is  reported  to  him  at  once. 

When  men  are  first  put  to  work  at  dangerous  machines,  they  should  be 
fully  instructed  how  to  operate  them  with  the  greatest  safety  to  themselves 
and  others.  To  avoid  familiarity  breeding  contempt,  they  should  subsequently 
be  warned  from  time  to  time  to  follow  the  instructions  given  them.  Specially 
dangerous  machines,  such  as  saws,  jointers,  etc.,  should  be  operated  only  by 
men  engaged  for  this  work  and  qualified  by  experience,  or  by  men  who  have 


8  WOODWORKING    SAFEGUARDS 

been  fully  instructed  as  to  their  operation  and  dangers.  Boys  should  never 
be  allowed  to  run  such  machines,  even  temporarily.  In  assigning  a  man  to 
work,  his  special  characteristics  as  well  as  qualifications  should  be  taken 
into  account.  Slow  thinking,^  heavy\vnr^n^sh child  not  be  assigned  to  work 
requiring  quick  thought  and  bodily  ability.  "  Men  who  have  a  habit  of  getting 
injured  should  be  put  onJ^bs^.-^^ere.thfey^a^eVle^s^  likely  to  get  hurt. 

Co-operation  of  Workmen.  Cordial  co-operation  of  workmen  with  their 
foreman  and  with  each  other  will  do  much  toward  accident  prevention.  One 
man's  effort  to  promote  safety  may  seem  small,  but  the  sum  of  the  united 
efforts  of  many  will  be  large.  Workmen  should  be  encouraged  to  warn  others 
of  impending  danger  and  to  do  all  in  their  power  to  make  others  as  careful 
as  themselves.  They  should  also  be  encouraged  to  report  any  defect  affecting 
the  safety  of  any  employee.  Each  workman  should  be  made  to  feel  that  he 
is  a  safety  inspector,  charged  with  the  duty  of  seeing  that  everything  is  as 
safe  as  possible,  and  that  suggestions  coming  from  him  on  anything  of  a 
dangerous  nature  will  be  welcomed.  Having  the  workmen  serve  on  safety 
inspection  committees,  whose  personnel  is  changed  from  time  to  time,  is  a 
good  plan. 

Too  much  effort  cannot  be  made  to  inculcate  habits  of  caution  in  work- 
men, as  such  habits  are  as  essential  as  guarding  machines  and  making  danger- 
ous places  safe.  It  should  be  impressed  upon  them  that  carefulness  will  avert 
many  accidents  to  themselves  and  fellow-workmen  which  cannot  otherwise  be 
prevented.  They  should  be  warned  especially  not  to  fool  or  scuffle  or  to  take 
short  cuts  over  dangerous  places. 

Employment  of  Help.  No  person  under  the  legal  age  should  be  employed 
in  any  capacity  in  or  about  a  plant.  Where  there  are  no  legal  restrictions 
regarding  the  employment  of  minors,  care  should  certainly  be  taken  not  to 
employ  anyone  under  fourteen  years  of  age,  and  no  person  under  sixteen  years 
"of  age  should  be  allowed  to  operate  any  power  machinery.  The  employment 
of  young  persons  to  do  work  for  which  they  are  not  physically  or  mentally 
qualified  should  be  particularly  avoided,  as  their  youth  and  inexperience  make 
them  unusually  dangerous  to  other  workmen  as  well  as  to  themselves.  Men 
subject  to  intoxication,  fainting  spells,  or  cramps,  epileptics,  and  those  who 
are  deaf  or  have  other  defects  which  endanger  life  should  not  be  employed. 

Room,  Light,  Air,  Cleanliness.  Every  effort  should  be  made  to  have 
plenty  of  room  about  machines.  WThere  there  cannot  be  ample  room,  safe 
passageways  should  be  railed  off.  If  the  space  between  machines,  or  a  machine 
and  a  wall  or  transmission  apparatus,  is  too  narrow  to  afford  safe  passage,  it 
should  be  blocked  at  each  end.  The  moving  part  of  any  self-acting  machine 
should  not  be  allowed  to  run  out  within  18  inches  of  another  structure  or  a 
wall  unless  this  space  is  blocked  against  passage. 

It  is  a  good  plan,  whenever  possible,  to  isolate  dangerous  machines  by 
means  of  partitions,  to  prevent  attention  being  diverted  from  work.  Such 
isolation  is  often  impracticable,  on  account  of  partitions  interfering  with  the 
distribution  of  light  and  lessening  available  space  for  manipulation  of  machines 
and  material,  but  where  partitions  can  be  used  they  will  avert  many  accidents, 


GENERAL  9 

especially  where  a  number  of  saws  or  such  machines  are  placed  side  by  side, 
and  boys  are  employed  as  off-bearers. 

Plenty  of  light  should  be  provided,  artificial  when  natural  is  not  available. 
Good  light  is  especially  necessary  where  rooms  are  crowded,  in  lower  floors 
filled  with  transmission  machinery,  and  in  the  neighborhood  of  dangerous 
machines,  particularly  such  hand-fed  ones  as  saws,  jointers  and  shapers.  Good 
illumination  means  efficiency,  economy,  and  profit,  as  well  as  increased 
safety.  Liberal  use  of  white  paint,  or  even  whitewash,  will  help  diffusion  of 
light,  and  so  will  keeping  windows  washed  and  artificial  light  globes  clean. 
Good  ventilation  is  also  essential  to  safety,  as  foul  air  causes  a  loss  of  both 
mental  and  physical  alertness. 

It  is  important  to  keep  a  plant  well  cleaned  up.  Stock  and  finished 
product  should  not  be  allowed  to  fill  up  a  large  part  of  the  space  left  free  by 
the  machinery.  Waste  material  should  not  be  left  on  the  floor,  to  increase 
danger  to  workmen.  Cleanliness  will  reduce  the  fire  hazard,  as  well  as  help 
to  prevent  more  direct  accidents,  and  there  should  be  systematic  cleaning  of 
floors  and  passageways  and  removal  of  waste.  Floor  sweepers  can  well  be 
used  in  many  plants  to  suck  up  dust  and  shavings  from  the  floor  and  convey 
them  away  at  once.  Accumulations  of  odd  pieces  of  wood  and  unnecessary 
quantities  of  stock  on  the  table  of  a  dangerous  machine,  such  as  a  saw  or 
shaper,  or  on  the  floor  about  it,  should  be  especially  avoided.  It  is  a  bad 
practice  also  to  pile  up  work  on  the  table.  Men  working  at  such  machines 
need  the  utmost  freedom  of  movement. 

Safeguards.  An  employer  will  find  it  to  his  advantage  to  supply  safe- 
guards, whenever  possible,  for  all  dangerous  places,  and  for  all  machines  whose 
operation  unguarded  is  dangerous.  Such  devices  will  not  always  prevent 
accidents,  but  they  will  prevent  many,  especially  of  the  most  serious  ones, 
and  they  will  often  diminish  the  injury  in  the  case  of  accidents  which  they 
cannot  wholly  avert.  In  making  things  safer,  they  also  conduce  to  better 
work.  The  best  time  to  safeguard  a  machine  is  when  it  is  built,  and  many 
more  machines  would  be  protected  by  manufacturers  if  such  protection  were 
insisted  upon  by  prospective  purchasers.  When  a  machine  is  not  guarded  by 
the  maker,  a  patented  or  home-made  device  can  usually  be  applied  which 
will  prove  efficient  in  all  possible  cases. 

To  get  the  best  results  from  safety  devices,  their  use  in  their  entirety 
should  be  insisted  upon  whenever  the  work  permits,  and  their  immediate 
replacement  should  be  required  after  completion  of  work  for  which  they  can- 
not be  used.  A  sign  to  this  effect  can  well  be  placed  in  plain  view  of  the 
operator  of  each  machine  equipped  with  a  safety  device.  Employees  should 
be  forbidden  to  remove  a  safeguard  from  a  machine  without  the  consent  of  the 
foreman,  or  to  start  the  machine  unless  the  guard  is  in  place.  Safeguards 
can  well  be  painted  bright  red,  to  make  them  readily  distinguishable  and  to 
help  foremen  and  other  supervisors  to  detect  displaced  or  defective  guards. 
It  is  the  practice  in  some  places  also  to  paint  red,  whenever  possible,  danger- 
ous moving  parts  of  machinery  which  cannot  well  be  guarded. 

The  making  of  safeguards  readily  distinguishable  is  a  great  help  toward 
their  maintenance  in  place  and  in  good  condition.  Seeing  that  safeguards  are 


io  WOODWORKING    SAFEGUARDS 

always  in  proper  working  order  and  that  they  are  not  discarded  is  just  as 
essential  as  installing  them,  and  this  can  be  accomplished  only  by  frequent 
inspection. . 

All  machines  should  be  provided  with  adequate  belt  shifters  or  other 
efficient  means  of  quickly  disengaging  the  power.  At  all  dangerous  hand-fed 
machines,  such  as  saws,  jointers,  shapers,  etc.,  secure  footing  should  be  pro- 
vided in  the  form  of  rubber  mats,  wooden  slats,  rough  metal  grating,  powdered 
rosin,  or  other  efficient  means.  If  rubber  mats  are  used,  they  should  be 
watched  carefully  to  see  that  their  usefulness  is  not  impaired  by  their  tearing, 
wearing  smooth,  or  filling  up  with  sawdust.  There  should  be  feeding-in  and 
feeding-out  tables,  whenever  possible,  for  all  machines  to  which  stock  is 
fed  which  is  longer  than  the  machine  table,  and  for  all  roll-fed  machines. 
Such  tables  should  have  solid  beds. 

Signs.  Warning  signs,  judiciously  used,  will  tend  to  prevent  accidents, 
as  they  are  a  constant  reminder  that  danger  does  exist.  They  should  always 
be  backed  up,  however,  by  supervision  and  enforcement.  All  signs  should  be 
as  brief  as  possible,  prominently  displayed  and  durable.  At  all  dangerous 
machines  there  should  be  signs  forbidding  operation  until  the  workings  and 
the  dangers  of  the  machine  have  been  fully  explained,  and  prohibiting  oiling, 
wiping  and  repairing  without  stopping  the  machine.  When  a  man  is  repair- 
ing a  machine,  a  sign  reading  "  Danger.  Man  on  Machine  "  should  be  placed 
on  the  shifting  lever  or  controller.  When  men  are  doing  special  work  above 
other  men,  those  below  should  be  warned  and  a  conspicuous  sign  should  be 
placed  below  while  the  work  is  going  on.  Signs  urging  cautious  practices  and 
forbidding  actions  likely  to  create  danger  should  be  posted  at  places  where 
all  workmen  will  be  sure  to  see  them.  A  sign  used  at  a  special  danger  point 
can  well  have  on  it  a  hand  pointing  to  the  source  of  danger,  especially  where 
men  of  various  nationalities  are  employed  and  there  is  not  a  sign  in  each 
language. 

Inspection  and  Care.  Careful  inspection  of  all  machinery  and  structures, 
in  fact  of  the  entire  plant,  will  prevent  many  accidents  by  discovering  defects 
and  dangerous  conditions  due  to  wear  and  other  causes.  All  structures  and 
appliances  should  be  tested  regularly.  Inspection  and  repair  can  well  be  under 
one  central  authority,  either  department  or  individual.  This  will  tend  to  pre- 
vent misuse  of  equipment,  lessen  its  depreciation,  and  promote  general  ef- 
ficiency, as  well  as  obviate  accidents.  Such  a  central  authority  is  needed  to  see 
that  knives,  saws  and  other  cutters  are  always  in  good  repair  and  properly 
sharpened  and  adjusted,  that  babbitting  is  carefully  done,  that  bolts  and 
threaded  collars  and  spindles  have  no  bent  shanks,  damaged  threads  or  crystal- 
lized metal,  that  proper  splitters  are  used  for  different  saws,  that  safeguards 
generally  are  in  good  condition  and  kept  in  place,  and  for  many  other  reasons 
too  numerous  to  mention. 

An  employer  should  take  pains  to  supply  the  best  of  knives,  tools,  etc., 
but  it  is  just  as  essential  that  they  be  properly  cared  for  and  used,  and  this 
can  best  be  assured  by  placing  them  under  the  supervision  of  one  central 
authority.  This  is  especially  necessary  where  different  men  run  the  same 


GENERAL  " 

machine,  but  it  is  advisable  in  all  cases.  In  some  shops,  or  rooms,  one  man 
often  sets  and  adjusts  all  knives.  There  is  some  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the 
advisability  of  this.  On  the  one  hand,  it  is  held  that  this  method  assures 
expert  service.  On  the  other,  it  is  contended  that  the  machine  operator  will 
be  more  careful  and  that  there  will  be  no  danger  of  his  having  to  hurry  in 
order  to  get  to  another  job  which  is  in  urgent  demand.  It  might  be  a  good 
plan  to  combine  the  two  methods,  having  an  expert  do  the  setting  and  then 
having  the  machine  operator  go  over  the  fastenings  after  him.  This  would 
be  apt  to  assure  both  expert  setting  and  secure  fastening.  At  any  rate  there 
should  be  a  competent  man  in  charge  to  keep  an  eye  on  the  work  in  general. 

Use  of  Machines.  Before  beginning  work,  a  workman  should  examine 
the  machine,  tools,  apparatus,  etc.,  which  he  is  to  use  and  the  safeguards  for 
them.  If  they  are  not  in  proper  order,  he  should  report  their  condition  to  his 
foreman,  not  starting  work  until  the  defects  have  been  remedied.  Employees 
should  be  required  to  see  that  handles  of  hand  tools  are  kept  tight  and  in 
good  repair.  No  workman  should  attempt  a  job  on  a  new  machine  without 
first  getting  instructions  from  his  foreman.  Employees  should  be  forbidden 
to  use  a  machine,  tool  or  appliance  not  especially  assigned  to  them.  A  work- 
man should  always  be  required  to  stop  his  machine  before  leaving  it.  Em- 
ployees should  be  forbidden  to  look  around  or  talk  to  others  while  operating 
a  machine. 

Adjustments  and  placing  of  parts  of  machinery  while  it  is  in  motion 
should  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible.  A  workman  should  be  required  to  let 
his  machine  come  to  a  stop  before  making  an  adjustment,  even  if  he  loses 
a  little  time  thereby.  Oiling  or  cleaning  should  never  be  done  while  a  machine 
is  in  motion.  When  such  is  absolutely  necessary,  it  should  be  done  only 
by  one  who  fully  understands  the  machinery  and  the  dangers  of  the  work. 
The  tendency  of  operators  to  remove  a  piece  of  waste  material  from  a  critical 
place  should  be  curbed  as  much  as  possible.  A  dust  brush  similar  to  the  large 
one  used  in  painting  is  a  good  thing  to  have  at  many  machines,  and  an  air  jet 
or  a  suction  is  advantageous  in  some  cases.  Much  of  the  necessity  for  clean- 
ing will  be  obviated  by  a  good  exhaust  system.  A  machine  should  be  tested 
regularly  at  least  once  a  week,  when  it  should  also  be  thoroughly  cleaned  and 
oiled. 

Clothing.  All  workmen  should  be  required  to  wear  tight-fitting  clothing. 
Operators  of  machines  and  off-bearers  should  work  with  sleeves  cut  off  at  the 
elbow,  if  they  are  not  tight-fitting.  Rolling  up  loose-fitting  sleeves  is  not  so 
safe.  Use  of  gloves  should  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible,  and  overalls  and 
jumpers  should  be  kept  properly  buttoned.  Dressing,  undressing,  or  storing 
of  clothes  in  close  proximity  to  moving  machinery  should  be  prohibited. 

Piling  Material.  Unfinished  or  finished  material  should  be  piled  on  a 
good  foundation  and  in  such  a  way  that  the  pile  will  not  topple  over  nor 
parts  of  it  slide  off  the  top.  It  should  not  be  piled  too  high,  nor  in  passage- 
ways, nor  in  dark  places  where  workmen  may  have  occasion  to  go. 

Trucks.  Many  accidents  in  woodworking  plants  are  caused  by  the  over- 
loading of  trucks  or  the  careless  piling  of  lumber  on  them.  If  a  truck  is  over- 
loaded, a  wheel  may  break  and  the  load  be  thrown  on  some  one  near  by. 


12  WOODWORKING    SAFEGUARDS 

Care  should  also  be  taken  in  loading  a  truck  to  avoid  possibility  of  the  load 
tipping  over.  Trucks  should  be  examined  frequently  to  see  that  their  wheels 
are  in  good  condition  and  that  the  fastenings  are  secure. 

Blower  System.  A  good  blower  system  conduces  to  safety  both  by 
diminishing  the  likelihood  of  fire  and  by  preventing  injuries  caused  by  flying 
chips.  It  also  assists  largely  in  the  covering  of  dangerous  parts  so  as  to  make 
contact  with  them  less  likely.  In  the  turning  and  cutting  of  some  kinds  of 
hard  wood  it  prevents  injury  to  health  caused  by  the  inhaling  of  dusts,  which 
not  only  affects  the  workmen's  efficiency  but  makes  them  more  liable  to 
accident. 

When  blower  hoods  are  used  for  a  protection  as  well  as  to  take  away 
the  dust,  it  is  often  advisable  to  make  them  adjustable,  so  that  they  can  be 
raised  or  lowered  or  adjusted  to  the  various  positions  necessary  for  complete 
guarding  of  the  heads. 

Motor  Drive.  The  use  of  motor  drive  largely  reduces  the  number  of 
accidents,  both  directly  and  indirectly.  Its  elimination  of  much  shafting, 
belting,  etc.,  makes  a  room  much  lighter,  cleaner  and  more  roomy.  Where 
individual  drive  is  used,  the  machine  and  the  motor  being  a  self-contained 
unit,  direct  connection  by  gearing  can  do  away  with  belts  altogether. 

Motor  drive  is  expensive  at  first  installation,  but  it  soon  more  than  pays 
for  itself,  not  only  in  lessening  the  amount  of  power  necessary  but  also  in 
cutting  out  numerous  shut-downs  due  to  hot  boxes  and  broken  belts  and 
shafts.  It  also  permits  certain  parts  of  a  plant  to  be  run  when  other  parts 
have  to  be  shut  down,  and  it  enables  parts  to  run  if  necessary  without  the 
entire  mill  running.  In  saw  mills  it  avoids  the  necessity  of  the  speed  of  the 
whole  mill  falling  when  a  very  heavy  cut  is  being  taken  by  some  saw. 

Fire  Escapes.  Every  factory  should  have  a  sufficient  number  of  exits  and 
fire  escapes  to  permit  prompt  egress,  and  no  exit  should  be  allowed  to  become 
temporarily  blocked.  Exits  should  be  of  proper  size  and  there  should  be 
proper  openings  to  fire  escapes.  All  doors  should  open  outward,  and  no  door 
should  be  fastened  in  such  a  way  that  it  cannot  easily  be  opened  from  the 
inside.  Stairways  should  be  built  regular,  with  no  break  in  width  or  height 
of  steps,  and  should  be  well  lighted.  There  should  be  railings  on  both  sides 
of  outside  fire  escapes,  and  landings  also  should  be  railed.  When  employees 
are  ordinarily  conveyed  to  and  from  their  places  of  work  by  elevators,  they 
should  be  required  to  use  the  stairways  at  least  once  a  week  so  as  to  become 
familiar  with  them. 

Fire  Precautions.  Careful  construction  and  equipment,  in  accordance 
with  the  rules  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  should  be  supple- 
mented by  good  management  with  a  view  to  avoiding  fire.  All  parts  of  a 
building  should  be  kept  in  good  repair,  to  prevent  fire  reaching  concealed 
places  where  it  will  be  hard  to  extinguish.  Each  foreman  should  inspect  his 
part  of  the  premises  before  going  home  at  night. 

A  good  blowing  system,  venting  outside  of  the  building  preferably,  will 
take  care  of  much  of  the  dust,  shavings,  etc.,  and  cleanliness  should  attend 
to  the  rest.  Rubbish  should  not  be  allowed  to  accumulate  in  any  part  of  a 


GENERAL  13 

building.  Metal  drip  pans  should  be  used  to  catch  oil  from  bearings  or  else- 
where, and  these  should  be  emptied  regularly.  Ashes  should  be  kept  in 
approved  cans  or  placed  npon  an  incombustible  floor.  Smoking  should  not  be 
allowed.  Slats  or  wire  mesh  should  be  used  for  guards  as  much  as  possible, 
to  prevent  accumulation  of  inflammable  stuff. 

Explosives  and  inflammable  substances  and  liquids  should  be  stored  in  a 
separate  building,  and  only  enough  for  immediate  use  should  be  taken  out  at 
a  time.  Notices  should  be  prominently  displayed  showing  the  amount  of 
such  which  is  safe  to  be  used  at  a  time  and  the  proper  way  to  handle  it.  Open 
lights  should  not  be  used  where  woodworking  or  finishing  is  done,  or  where 
highly  inflammable  material,  oils  or  other  volatiles  are  stored.  Sand  in  pails 
or  paper  bags  should  be  kept  on  hand  in  finishing  rooms.  Waste  and  finish- 
ing cloths  should  be  discarded  into  metal  receptacles,  which  should  be  emptied 
twice  a  day. 

Care  of  Injured.  Every  injury,  however  slight,  should  be  reported  at 
once  to  the  foreman.  No  injured  employee  should  be  allowed  to  continue  at 
work  unless  his  wound  has  been  properly  cleaned  and  dressed  and  is  protected 
by  a  bandage  to  prevent  dust  and  dirt  getting  into  it.  Every  plant  should 
have  bandage  materials  within  easy  access  in  each  department.  In  case  of 
injury  at  all  serious,  the  first  thing  to  do  is  to  send  for  the  doctor. 

In  giving  first  aid  care  should  be  taken  to  attempt  no  treatment  which 
can  properly  be  given  only  by  a  physician.  It  is  well  to  have  two  or  more 
men  in  each  department  trained  in  giving  first  aid.  At  any  rate,  signs  or 
posters  should  be  prominently  displayed  giving  detailed  instructions  regard- 
ing such  treatment.  An  emergency  room  for  furnishing  first  aid  is  a  valuable 
adjunct  to  a  plant,  as  it  will  not  only  afford  quicker  relief  to  the  patient,  but 
will  also  economize  both  his  time  and  that  of  the  concern. 


LOGGING. 


Probably  the  most  effective  means  of  preventing  such  logging  accidents 
as  can  be  prevented  is  found  in  constant  and  close  supervision  by  competent 
superintendents  and  foremen,  in  the  use  of  good  tackle  and  apparatus,  and  in 
careful  and  thorough  inspection  of  all  structures  and  equipment.  These  will 

accomplish  more  than 
safety  devices,  whose  use 
is  necessarily  limited  in 
such  work.  If  work  gen- 
erally is  done  with  rea- 
sonable regard  for  the 
safety  of  those  near  at 
hand  as  well  as  those  do- 
ing it,  if  adequate  signal 
systems,  are  used  where 
especially  dangerous 
work  is  done  in  close 
proximity  to  a  number  of 
men,  if  tools,  tackle  and 
other  appliances  are  kept 
in  good  shape,  if  chains 
are  annealed  at  regular 
intervals,  if  explosives 
are  properly  handled,  if 

Courtesy  of  Eastern  &  Western  Lumber  Co.  CampS,       railroads,       roll- 

Fig.   i.     Walk  Along   Camp   Buildings.  r   n 

ways,  etc.,  are  carefully 

constructed,  the  majority  of  preventable  accidents  will  be  reduced  to  a  mini- 
mum. Supervision,  for  instance,  will  prevent  the  use  of  old  cables  as  guy  lines 
on  gin  poles  or  fastenings  for  lead  blocks,  a  practice  which  has  caused  many 
accidents.  It  is  important  to  have  a  uniform  system  of  signalling,  as  men  on 
the  same  company's  work  often  exchange  with  or  supplement  each  other. 

In  steam  logging  the  use  of  standard  outfits  tends  to  reduce  accidents, 
by  assuring  that  the  various  parts  of  an  equipment  are  suited  to  each  other 
and  to  the  work.  Standard  plants  also  assist  foremen  in  their  supervision, 
making  it  more  likely  that  they  will  always  have  under  them  men  who  have 
had  experience  with  such  machinery. 

Explosives.  Explosives  should  be  handled  only  by  a  competent  man 
engaged  especially  for  the  purpose.  The  main  supply  should  be  kept  locked 
up  and  away  from  camp  buildings  or  where  men  are  working,  and  it  should 
not  be  stored  where  there  is  any  chance  of  trees  being  felled  or  blown  down 


LOGGING 


on  it.  Only  enough  should  be  taken  out  at  a  time  for  immediate  use.  Frozen 
explosives  should  not  be  thawed  before  an  open  fire,  nor  in  a  stove,  nor  over  a 
lamp,  nor  near  a  boiler  or  steam  pipes,  nor  by  placing  cartridges  in  hot  water. 
A  thawer  should  be  used,  such  as  is  furnished  by  the  manufacturers. 

Camps.  If  substantial,  more  or  less  permanent  buildings  are  erected, 
the  usual  building  safeguards  as  regards  scaffolds,  etc.,  should  be  provided. 
Whenever  possible,  the  trees  around  a  camp  site  should  be  felled  before  the 
camp  is  built,  to  avoid  danger  from  trees  not  falling  as  planned  when  felled 
later. 

An  unloading  platform  for  a  railroad  should  not  be  so  close  to  a  cook 
house  as  not  to  clear  anyone  standing  on  the  side  of  a  car  or  locomotive. 
It  is  well  to  have  all  buildings  far  enough  back  from  a  track  for  men  coming 
out  of  the  doors  to  have  a  safe  walk  alongside  the  track,  as  shown  in  Fig.  I 
(page  14). 

Engine  round-houses 
should  be  built  with  a  pit  over 
which  an  engine  can  be  run  to 
be  repaired.  Then  men  can  get 
down  underneath  and  work  in 
safety.  Lathes,  drill  presses, 
etc.,  in  machine  shops  should 
have  their  belts  and  gears 
guarded.  Xo  set  screws  should 
be  allowed  to  protrude.  Grind- 
ers should  be  protected  as  sug- 
gested elsewhere  (see  index). 

Railroad.     A     railroad 

Should  be  as  Well  Constructed  as        (,\>urtcsy  of  Eastern  &•  Western  Lumber  Co. 

the  character  and  extent  of  the  Fig.  2.  Trestle  with  Guard  Rails  and  Walks. 
logging  operations  will  warrant.  The  track  should  be  kept  in  good  condition.  In 
large  operations  it  should  be  ballasted.  On  marshy  ground  a  track  can  well 
be  laid  on  poles  set  close  together.  Trestles  should  be  substantially  built  of 
timbers,  rather  than  merely  cribbed  up  with  logs,  and  they  should  be  equipped 
with  safe  walks  and  have  guard  rails  on  the  curves,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2. 
On  long  trestles  there  should  be  emergency  platforms  at  certain  intervals. 
Safety  switches  should  be  provided  on  all  steep  grades. 

Engines  should  have  the  best  of  air  brakes  and  auxiliary  -steam  brakes. 
Air  brakes  should  be  used  on  cars  whenever  the  size  of  the  timber  handled 
permits.  In  handling  big  logs  a  flat  car  with  bunks,  as  shown  in  Fig.  3  (page  16), 
is  preferable,  from  the  safety  standpoint,  to  the  car  which  consists  merely 
of  bunks  and  trucks.  Care  should  be  taken  that  logs  are  securely  fastened  on 
cars.  Chucks,  bunks,  chains  and  other  fastenings  should  be  kept  in  good  con- 
dition and  adjusted  carefully.  When  small  logs  are  loaded  on  a  flat  car, 
sound  side  stakes  should  be  set  securely  in  substantial  sockets.  Engines  and 
cars,  their  brakes  and  other  equipment  should  be  inspected  regularly  and 
kept  in  good  condition.  Men  should  not  be  allowed  to  ride  on  logging  trains 
unless  employed  in  work  connected  with  them  or  at  regular  times  for  trans- 


i6 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


portation  of  logging  crews.  When  donkey  engines  are  used  in  railroad  con- 
struction for  pulling  out  logs  and  small  stumps,  the  same  safety  precautions 
should  be  taken  as  with  yarder  and  road  engines. 

Felling.  Only  experienced  and  careful  men  should  do  this  work.  If  a 
tree  is  not  felled  in  the  right  direction,  it  may  injure  men  working  in  the 
vicinity,  either  by  falling  on  them  or  by  hitting  other  trees  and  throwing 
branches  in  all  directions.  When  a  tree  is  ready  to  fall,  the  faller,  or  chop- 
per, or  sawyer,  as  he  is  variously  called,  should  give  ample  warning  to  buck- 
ers  or  swampers  who  may  be  near.  Whenever  possible,  it  is  best  not  to  have 
buckers  or  swampers  working  close  to  where  felling  is  being  done.  In  many 
cases  they  can  follow  fallers  at  a  sufficient  distance  not  to  be  in  danger  on 
this  account.  This  will  also  help  keep  the  camp  from  having  to  stop 

operations  because  not 
enough  timber  has  been 
felled. 

Fallers  should  be  pro- 
vided with  the  best  of  tools, 
kept  in  good  condition. 
Wedges  and  hammers 
should  be  watched  for 
crystallization,  and  those 
with  burrs  on  them  should 
not  be  used.  Ax  handles 
should  be  of  sound  material. 
Springboards  on  which  fal- 
lers work  when  they  have  to 
cut  a  tree  above  a  pitch 

Courtesy  of  Eastern  &  Western  Lumber  Co.  pocket  should  be  Substantial. 

Fig.  3.  Flat  Car  with  Bunks.  Fallers  should  have  very 

sharp  calks  in  their  shoes,  to  help  them  make  a  quick  getaway  when  a  butt 
suddenly  jumps  back  from  the  stump. 

Buckers  or  Swampers.  The  men  who  cut  up  the  tree  into  logs  and  trim 
off  the  limbs  should  work  in  pairs,  whenever  possible.  In  sawing  off  a  log 
that  lies  up  high,  the  log  is  apt  to  fall  on  the  bucker  or  on  some  small  tree 
which  will  pin  him  down.  When  sawing  logs  off  a  tree  lying  on  an  incline 
it  is  advisable  to  drive  stakes  to  prevent  the  log  from  rolling,  and  also  if  pos- 
sible to  work  from  the  upper  side.  Buckers'  saws,  wedges  and  other  tools 
should  be  cared  for  like  those  of  fallers. 

Yarder  Engine.  This  engine,  often  used  to  pull  logs  out  from  where 
they  are  cut  to  the  roadway,  should  be  guarded  like  any  stationary  engine, 
especial  attention  being  paid  to  covering  gears  and  placing  a  guard  along  the 
side  of  the  crank,  as  shown  in  Fig.  4  (page  17).  The  water  glass  of  the  boiler 
should  be  guarded  (see  index).  The  safety  valve  should  be  tested  often  and 
kept  in  good  shape.  There  should  be  substantial  standards  in  front  of  the 
machine  with  a  heavy  cross  bar  between  them,  to  take  the  whip  out  of  a 
breaking  cable.  Hooks,  chains  and  cables  should  be  watched  carefully  for 


LOGGING 


signs  of  weakness.  When  a  bad  spot  shows  in  a  cable,  it  should  be  taken  out 
and  a  new  piece  spliced  in.  The  tackle  is  put  to  tremendous  strain,  as  little 
road-making  is  done  to  yard  logs  out  and  small  trees  and  stumps  are  con- 
stantly being  struck.  A  good  method  of  signalling  should  be  adopted,  and 
the  signal  should  never  be  given  the  engine  until  everyone  is  in  the  clear. 

Close  supervision  of  yarding  out  work  is  essential.  There  is  much  manipu- 
lating of  hooks,  blocks  and  tackle,  and  the  work  must  be  skilfully  done  to 
avoid  accident  as  much  as  possible.  Snatch  blocks  should  be  carefully  placed, 
and  the  men  should  make  it  a  point  to  get  quickly  out  of  the  way  of  the  line. 
Close  watch  should  be  kept  on  the  boiler,  and  the  engineer  should  not  be 
allowed  to  get  up  dangerous  pressure. 

Road  Engine.  The  en- 
gine used  in  many  large 
camps  for  hauling  logs  along 
the  roadway  or  skid  road  to 
the  roll-way  from  which 
they  are  loaded  on  cars  or 
dumped  into  the  water 
should  be  protected  like  the 
yarder  engine.  Tackle 
should  be  cared  for  and  sig- 
nalling done  as  in  yarding 
out.  The  chaser,  or  signal 
man.  should  be  rigidly  pro- 
hibited from  riding  on  the 
logs  as  they  are  hauled  in 
and  from  riding  back  in  the 
"  pig  ?  which  carries  his  ax, 
tackle,  etc. 


Loading  Cars.     In  Steam        Courtesy  of  Udgeru-ood  Mfg.  Co. 

logging  the   loading  of   logs  Fig.  4.    Yarding  Engine  Guarded, 

on  cars  is  very  dangerous,  due  largely  to  more  men  being  gathered  together 
than  in  any  other  part  of  the  work.  Methods  of  loading  vary,  but  whatever 
the  method,  good  tackle  and  close  supervision  are  necessary.  Many  of  the 
most  serious  accidents  are  caused  by  men  being  caught  by  moving  cars  and 
loaders,  especially  where  the  loader  is  moved  from  car  to  car  along  rails  laid 
on  the  cars.  Such  accidents  can  be  reduced  only  by  having  the  moving  of  cars 
and  loaders  done  under  signals  from  a  responsible  man  chargeable  with  this 
duty,  and  his  taking  proper  care  that  everyone  is  in  the  clear  before  giving  a 
signal.  Cables  or  grappling  hooks  should  be  very  carefully  fastened  on  logs, 
to  prevent  their  slipping  and  falling  out  of  the  sling  or  hooks.  The  work  of 
handling  the  logs  in  loading  should  be  closely  supervised.  In  some  work  it 
is  a  common  and  bad  practice  to  loop  a  cable  around  five  or  ten  logs,  to  drag 
them  to  a  point  alongside  the  car  from  which  they  can  be  loaded  singly.  Often 
more  logs  are  fastened  on  than  the  cable  will  pull.  Then  the  cable  breaks  and 
its  flying  ends  are  apt  to  inflict  serious  injuries.  Whether  the  engine  is  used 


i8 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


for  loading  or  both  loading  and  skidding,  it  should  be  guarded  and  cared  for 

like  any  other  stationary  engine  used  in  logging. 

When  cars  are  loaded  from  a  roll-way  alongside  the  track,  the  same  pre- 
cautions should  be  observed 
as  regards  signalling  and 
care  of  tackle.  The  usual 
method  of  doing  this  work, 
by  means  of  a  gin  pole  and 
tackle  operated  by  an  engine 
at  the  side  or  on  another  car, 
is  very  dangerous.  The  men 
are  often  injured  by  not  get- 
ting out  of  the  way  of  a  log 
or  by  being  hit  by  flying 
cables  or  broken  blocks  or 
swamp  hooks-  The  tackle 
should  be  in  the  best  of  shape 

Courtesy  of  Eastern  &  Western  Lumber  Co.  and  the  gjn  pok  both   strong 

Fig.  5.    Built-up  Roll-way.  and  wdl  supported  by  guys. 

Use  of  a  crane  moving  along  a  parallel  track  will  reduce  the  danger  consider- 
ably. A  roll-way  should  be  built  up  off  the  ground,  as  shown  in  Fig.  5,  so  that 
if  a  log  starts  to  roll  down  when  a  man  loading  is  standing  in  front  of  it  he 
may  jump  down  under  the  roll-way  and  avoid  being  crushed. 

Skidders.  These  devices  are  used  in  many  parts  of  the  country  both  for 
yarding  logs  and  for  loading  them  on  railroad  cars  or  delivering  them  to  a  road 
engine  or  a  waterway.  The  engine,  or  engines  where  loading  also  is  done,  should 
be  guarded  and  cared  for  like 
yarder  or  road  engines.  Where 
they  are  mounted  on  a  base  at  all 
high  a  safe  walk  around  them 
should  be  provided  and  any  stair- 
ways to  an  elevated  engine 
should  be  railed. 

The  main  cable  and  ropes 
should  be  of  good  quality  and 
kept  in  good  condition.  Tongs 
should  be  kept  sharp  and  sling 
chains  watched  carefully  for 
crystallization.  Blocks  should 
be  inspected  frequently  for  de- 
fects. Head  spars,  tail  trees 
and  gin  poles  should  be  care- 
fully selected  and  the  guy  lines 


Courtesy  of  Eastern  &  Western  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.    6.     Unloading   Apparatus, 
should  be  strong  and  properly  adjusted. 

The  head  tower  used  where  a  cableway  is  permanently  installed  for  work 
at  a  mill  or  elsewhere,  and  sometimes  in  other  work  when  it  either  is  stationary 
or  travels,  the  frame  spar  used  on  scows  or  pull  boats,  and  the  derrick  boom 


LOGGING 


for  some  kinds  of  skidders,  should  be  built  or  selected  with  special  view  to  strength 
and  solidity. 

Much  of  the  danger  of  yarding  logs  and  loading  them  is  eliminated  by 
the  use  of  the  cableway  yarder,  as  one  variety  of  skidder 
is  called,  which  yards  the  logs  through  the  air  instead  of 
dragging  them  upon  the  ground.  This  system  also  saves 
band  saws,  as  it  enables  logs  to  arrive  at  the  mill  free  from 
much  of  the  sand,  grit,  stones  and  mud  which  they  other- 
wise gather.  These  cableways  can  also  be  used  for  un- 
loading logs  a  carload  at  a  time,  for  piling  logs,  for  feed- 
ing a  mill  in  place  of  a  haul  up  chain,  and  for  handling 
logs  otherwise. 

Unloading  Cars.     A  dangerous  method  of  unload- 
ing from  cars  into  water  is  to  run  the  trains  in  so  that  the 
cars  slope  toward  the  water,  and  then  knock  out  the  blocks 
or  chucks  by  hand  and  jackscrew  the  logs  off  the  car.  It  is 
much  safer  to  use  a  cableway  or  other  skidding  device,  Courtesy  of  A.  A.  sprogis. 
or  a  crane  running  on  an  adjacent  track,  as  shown  in      Fig.  7.    Safety  Hook. 
Fig.  6  (page  18)  but  the  work  will  be  facilitated  by  running  the  cars  in  on  a 
slope.    The  same  precautions  regarding  engines  and  tackle  should  be  observed 
as  in  other  logging  work. 

Safety  Hooks.    When  a  load  of  logs  on  a  car  is  bound  together  by  a  chain, 
the  releasing  or  unhooking  of  the  load  is  very  dangerous  unless  a  safety  grab 
hook  is  used,  such  as  the  Flexible  Safety  Grab  Hook,  shown  in  Fig.  7,  or  the 
American  Safety  Hook,  shown  in  Fig.  8.    With  a  safety  hook,  a  cord  or  snatching 
chain  operated  from  a  safe  distance  will  release  the  binding 
chain.    Use  of  a  sa-fety  hook  also  obviates  the  frequent  nec- 
essity of  cutting  chains  and  the  subsequent  danger  of  make- 
shift repairs,  and  it  enables  unloading  to  be  done  more 
rapidly. 

Travoying.  All  the  tackle  used  in  Northeastern  and 
Lake  States  in  tonging  or  snaking  out  logs  from  a  cutting 
to  a  skid  way  should  be  kept  in  good  shape.  If  a  snub  rope 
is  used  to  hold  a  sled  from  going  too  fast  down  a  steep 
grade,  the  rope  should  be  both  strong  enough  and  sound. 
The  same  care  is  necessary  in  dragging  out  logs  which  lie 
away  from  the  travoy  road. 

Skidways-  The  work  at  the  skidways  used  in  North- 
eastern and  Lake  States  logging  to  store  logs  travoyed 
from  the  cuttings  until  the  two-sleds  haul  them  to  the 
landing,  and  also  to  store  logs  at  the  banking  ground,  is 
extremely  dangerous.  The  man  at  the  top  of  the  pile 
should  be  exceptionally  cool  and  careful,  and  he  should 
have  a  good  system  of  signalling  to  the  engineer  or  horse- 
driver  at  the  rear  who  controls  the  power  for  rolling  the  logs  up  the  skids.  Care- 
fulness on  their  part  will  reduce  the  number  of  accidents  to  the  deckers,  who  send 
the  logs  up  and  straighten  them  with  their  cant-hooks  if  they  stick  and  cant. 


Courtesy  of  American 
Safety  Hook  Co. 

Fig.  8.    Safety  Hook. 


20  WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 

The  chains  and  other  tackle  and  the  cant-hooks  should  be  closely  watched  and 
kept  in  the  best  of  condition.  Decking  should  be  very  carefully  done,  so  that 
the  pile  will  not  bulge  and  fall. 

Ice  Roads.  Many  accidents  to  the  men  driving  the  big  log  sleighs,  in  Lake 
State  and  Northeastern  lumbering,  can  be  avoided  by  proper  loading  and  by 
keeping  the  road  in  good  condition.  Steep  grades  should  be  sanded,  to  pre- 
vent the  great  loads  of  logs  from  going  too  fast  or  from  slewing  about. 
In  loading  the  sleigh  the  same  precautions  should  be  observed  as  in  rolling 
logs  up  on  skidways.  Care  should  be  taken  that  the  logs  are  securely  bound, 
and  that  the  chain  holding  them  is  equal  to  the  strain.  The  breaking  of  chains 
and  the  spreading  of  the  load  and  rolling  of  the  logs  are  a  prolific  cause  of 
accidents.  The  care  of  sleighs,  harness,  horses  and  tackle  should  be  in  the 
hands  of  a  competent  man  who  will  see  that  everything  is  always  in  good 
shape  for  the  work. 

Driving.  Supervision  is  about  the  only  safeguard  in  river  driving,  -and 
even  the  best  is  none  too  effective.  It  is  practically  impossible  for  foremen 
to  keep  very  close  watch  on  the  rivermen.  They  can,  however,  supervise 
breaking  up  jams  and  the  especially  dangerous  work  done  by  the  rear  in  clean- 
ing up  wing  jams.  When  dynamite  is  used  to  break  up  a  jam,  the  man  in 
charge  of  the  work  should  see  that  everyone  is  out  of  danger  before  the  charge 
is  exploded. 


SAW  MILL. 

(Including  Lath  Mill  and  Shingle  Mill.) 


The  machinery  used  in  a  saw  mill  is  so  dangerous  and  runs  at  such  great 
speed,  the  work  is  done  under  such  high  tension,  and  the  conditions  generally 
are  so  hazardous,  that  every  possible  precaution  should  be  taken  to  protect 
employees  against  the  many  risks  present.  In  addition  to  the  specific  safe- 
guards suggested  below  for  particular  machines  and  operations,  there  are  a 
number  of  general  precautions  which  are  necessary. 

There  should  be  sufficient  space  around  all  machines,  and  wherever 
possible  there  should  be  elevated  runways  all  over  the  mill.  There  is  a  great 
deal  of  danger  to  even  an  experienced  man  in  making  his  way  over  or  around 
live  rolls,  transfer  chains,  and  all  the  machinery  that  goes  to  make  up  a  saw 
mill  plant.  Runways  are  especially  necessary  in  crowded  mills. 

The  mill  should  be  kept  as  clean  as  possible  all  the  time.  This  will  avoid 
many  accidents  due  to  men  stumbling  over  piles  or  pieces.  All  openings  in 
the  floor  for  conveyors  or  chutes  to  boiler  rooms  should  be  railed  off  and 
equipped  with  toe  boards.  All  floors  should  be  kept  in  good  condition,  sound 
and  free  from  holes.  Any  stairways  used  should  be  properly  railed  and  kept 
in  good  repair.  Every  counterweight  used  in  a  mill  should  be  boxed  up  or  pro- 
vided with  a  safety  chain.  These  counterweights  are  among  the  most  danger- 
ous things  found  in  a  saw  mill. 

Special  attention  should  be  given  to  making  the  transmission  floor  as  safe 
as  possible.  Experienced  saw  mill  men  are  so  accustomed  to  the  dangers 
here  that  they  do  not  appreciate  the  risks  they  run.  Screening  of  belts  and 
other  apparatus  and  provision  of  safe  runways  for  overhead  work  will  prevent 
many  accidents  in  this  very  dangerous  part  of  the  mill. 

Perhaps  the  most  essential  thing  of  all,  however,  is  close  supervision  of 
work  by  competent  foremen,  whb  will  see  to  it  that  rules  and  instructions 
designed  to  promote  safety  are  rigidly  enforced  and  strictly  followed  and  that 
all  the  work  is  done  in  the  safest  way  possible.  This  supervision  should  be 
supplemented  by  good  warning  signs  prominently  displayed  at  specially 
dangerous  points.  Carefulness  in  doing  work  is  the  only  means  of  avoiding 
many  accidents  not  preventable  by  mechanical  safeguards.  Such  carefulness 
is  particularly  necessary  on  the  part  of  the  men  who  control  machinery, 
notably  the  sawyer,  who,  besides  running  the  band  or  circular  mill  and  the 
carriage,  is  also  apt  to  handle  most  of  the  appliances  on  the  deck.  Cool  and 


22 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


clear  judgment  is  a  prime  requisite  in  a  man  controlling  so  much  machinery 
likely  to  cause  injuries  unless  it  is  carefully  handled. 


LOG  HAUL. 

A  log  haul,  of  whatever  variety,  should  be  substantial  and  durable,  and 
every  precaution  should  be  taken  against  a  log  getting  loose  and  possibly 
falling  over  the  side  of  the  haul,  as  the  space  beneath  is  frequently  a  thorough- 
fare. Where  big  timber  is  handled,  it  is  perhaps  best  to  have  the  haul 
V-shaped,  with  high  sides  and  well  reinforced  with  iron  on  the  inside.  When 
a  bull  chain  is  used,  it  is  sufficient  to  reinforce  the  sides.  Where  the  hauling 
is  done  by  drum  and  cable,  the 
haul  should  be  entirely  lined  with 
iron.  On  the  Pacific  Coast  heavy 
railroad  rails  are  often  used. 

When  a  log  haul  is  built  en- 
tirely of  wood,  the  wood  should 
be  of  the  best  quality  and  the  haul 
should  be  watched  carefully  and 
kept  in  good  repair.  A  big  knot 
catching  in  a  hole  or  bad  spot  may 
cause  a  log  to  fall  back  or  be 
thrown  off  the  haul,  and  may  tear 
the  haul  to  pieces.  The  sides  of  a 
flat  surfaced  haul  should  be  sub- 
stantially fenced  its  entire  length. 
So  should  hauls  up  which  logs  are 
drawn  upon  a  tram  car,  as  too 
long  a  log  is  apt  to  tip  off  the  car. 
The  spikes  and  bunks  on  such  a 
car  should  be  kept  very  sharp,  to 
hold  the  logs  firmly. 

Chains  and  Cables.  Chains  and 
cables,  and  all  hooks  and  fastenings 
connection    with     them. 


used 


in 


Courtesy  of  Defiance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.    9.     Deck   with    Railroad    Iron    Skids, 
Band  Mill  Housing  and  Lever  Lock. 

should  be  in  personal  charge  of  the  head  millwright  or  master  mechanic,  who 
should  see  they  are  always  in  good  condition.  Chains  should  be  annealed  at 
regular  intervals,  to  avoid  danger  from  crystallization.  In  severe  weather 
chains  and  hooks  can  well  be  kept  in  a  warm  room  over  night,  whenever  pos- 
sible, or  thawed  out  before  the  day's  work  begins.  Cables  should  be  kept  well 
lubricated,  and  when  broken  ends  of  wires  show  appreciable  space  between 
them  the  cable  should  be  discarded.  A  breaking  cable  is  apt  to  whip  back 
at  the  man  working  the  friction.  The  steel  brackets  of  a  bull  chain  should  be 
kept  sharp  and  upright,  arid  the  return  part  of  the  chain  should  be  covered  up 
beyond  danger  of  contact. 

Walks.     When  one  man  acts  as  both  pond  man  and  deck  man,  there 
should  be  a  good  cleated  and  hand-railed  walk  or  stairway  at  the  side  of  the 


SAW  MILL 


23 


haul.    It  is  well  to  have  such  a  walk  for  any  haul.    Workmen  should  never  be 

allowed  to  ride  up  on  the  logs  or  log  haul. 

Machinery.  All  cog  gearing,  belting  pr  frictions  on  the  log  haul  ma- 
chinery should  be  covered.  It  is  a 
good  plan  also  to  have  the  whole 
log  haul  machine  fenced  in  by  pipe 
railings. 

Pike  Poles.  Pike  poles  used  by 
pond  men  should  be  strong  and 
sound,  and  the  points  should  be 
sharp  and  well  fastened.  A  cracked 
pole  or  blunt  point  may  throw  a  man 
into  the  water,  and  many  a  man 
pushing  hard  on  a  cracked  pole  has 
received  bad  injuries  from  the  pole 
giving  way  and  a  sharp  broken  end 
entering  his  body. 


Courtesy   of   Wheland  Machine   Works. 

Fig.  10.    Extension  Guard  for  Head  Block. 


DECK. 

The  work  of  deck  men.  or  roll-on  men,  varies  according  to  the  size  of  the 
timber  handled  and  the  equipment  of  the  mill,  but  whether  they  put  the  logs 
on  the  carriage,  roll  them  from  the  flat  part  of  a  deck  to  the  incline,  or  merely 
keep  the  logs  rolling  down,  adjust  them  with  cant-hooks,  and  keep  the  deck 
clear  of  bark,  their  work  is  so  hazardous  that  they  need  all  the  protection 
possible.  They  are  always  running  the  risk  of  being  crushed  by  a  log.  and, 
when  a  kicker,  or  rocker,  and  a  log  loader  and  deck  stop  are  used,  they  are  in 
danger  of  being  hit 
by  a  log  thrown  by 
the  former  or  of  get- 
ting their  feet 
caught  in  the  latter. 
Condition  o  f 
Deck  and  Cant- 
hooks.  The  deck 
should  be  kept  in 
good  condition,  for 
the  men  are  contin- 
ually jumping  out  of 
the  way  of  logs  and 
thev  need  as  decent 


Courtesy  of  Kellogg  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  ii.     Extension  Guards  for  Head  Blocks. 


a  footing  as  possible. 
It  requires  much  at- 
tention, as  big  knots  frequently  knock  holes  in  it,  and  the  wear  on  it  generally 
is  both  constant  and  severe.  The  skids  of  a  deck  can  well  be  made  of  railroad 
iron,  as  shown  in  Fig.  9  (page  22).  In  this  picture  the  solid  connection 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


between  the  carriage  and  the  deck  is  also  noticeable.  The  cant-hooks  with 
which  the  men  work  should  be  examined  often  to  see  that  the  shafts  are 
sound  and  that  the  hooks  are  sharp,  securely  fastened  and  work  properly. 

Canter.  When  a  canter,  or  log  turner,  is  used  to  kick  logs,  to  load  them 
and  turn  cants  on  the  carriage,  or  to  get  down  to  the  carriage  a  log  which 
has  stopped  before  reaching  the  bottom  of  the  deck,  the  chain  should  be 
kept  in  good  condition,  so  as  not  to  break  unexpectedly,  and  the  hook  should 
always  be  sharp,  to  prevent  its  slipping  or  tearing  out  of  a  log.  The  machin- 
ery above,  which  runs  the  canter,  should  be  well  guarded,  all  gears  and  fric- 
tions being  covered.  On  account  of  the  strain  on  this  machinery,  much  atten- 
tion has  to  be  given  it.  The  oiler  has  to  go  up  there  often,  and  so  do  other 
workmen  when  a  hook  comes  out  and  the  chain  gets  tangled  up  around  the 
drum. 

Selection  and  Care.  With  all  the  safeguarding  possible,  deck  men's 
work  is  so  dangerous  that  great  care  should  be  used  in  their  selection.  Their 
best  safeguard  is  caution, 
and  many  accidents  would  be 
avoided  if  foremen  would  put 
only  cool-headed  men  on  the 
job.  Where  a  kicker  is  used 
to  throw  logs  from  the  ridge 
to  the  deck  proper,  the  sealer, 
or  sawyer,  whoever  operates 
this  apparatus,  can  save 
many  a  deck  man  from  in- 
jury by  being  careful  not  to 
throw  another  log  on  the 
deck  when  anyone  is  in  a 
position  of  danger  there. 

Caution    On    the    part    of    the        Courtesy  of  St.  Paul  &  Tacoma  Lumber  Co. 

sawyer,  who  is  apt  to  handle      pig.    12.      Carriage    Feed    Cable    Sheave    and    Set 

most  of  the  deck  appliances.  Works  Sheave  Guarded. 

is,  in  fact,  one  of  the  mpst  essential  requirements  for  the  safety  of  the  deck  men. 


CARRIAGE. 

The  setters  and  doggers  who  ride  on  the  carriage  are  in  clanger  on  several 
accounts,  chiefly  from  the  saw  breaking,  from  a  log  being  thrown  over  the 
head  blocks  at  them,  from  the  carriage  running  away,  and  from  losing  their 
footing  through  a  sudden  movement  of  the  carriage.  When  shot-gun  feed  is 
used,  it  is  important  to  keep  all  valve  arrangements  in  good  condition,  to  pre- 
vent steam  leaking  into  the  cylinder  or  throwing  a  valve  over  center  and 
shooting  the  carriage  down  the  mill.  Every  rapidly  moving  carriage  should  be 
equipped  with  spring  bumpers  or  air  cushions. 

It  is  a  good  idea  to  provide  a  strong  hook  and  link  for  locking  the  carriage 
when  saws  are  to  be  changed,  repairs  made,  etc.,  unless  there  is  a  throttle 
connection  close  to  the  sawyer  to  shut  off  the  steam  supply  to  the  feed  with 


SAW  MILL 


a  connection  to  the  drain  cocks  which  will  free  the  cylinder  of  steam.  What- 
ever the  system  of  feed,  whether  shot-gun  or  steam  feed,  the  lever  controlling 
it  should  have  an  efficient  lock,  and  any  lost  motion  between  the  lever  and  the 
valve  should  be  watched  for  and  taken  out.  The  sawyer  should  be  careful 
never  to  take  his  hand  off  the  lever  without  locking  it. 

A  carriage  should  be  completely  floored  over  and  the  deck  should  be 
kept  in  good  shape,  as  the  men  have  to  move  rapidly  and  have  no  time  to 
avoid  danger  spots-  Cleats  should  always  be  placed  so  the  men  can  brace 
themselves  when  the  carriage  starts  back. 

Carriage  Run.  There  should  be  plenty  of  room,  never  less  than  30 
inches,  between  a  carriage  and  the  wall  of  the  mill,  or  any  fixed  object,  or  else 
this  space  should  be  blocked  against  use  as  a  passageway.  If  there  is  room 
enough  between  carriage  and  wall  so  the  space  can  be  used  as  a  passageway, 
there  should  be  a  hand-rail  36  inches  high  along  the  wall.  If  there  are 
entrances  through  the  wall,  as  from  a  filing  room,  the  doors  should  be  kept 

closed  and  warning  signs 
placed  outside  them.  Only 
persons  whose  work  requires 
them  to  use  this  space  as  a 
passageway  should  be  al- 
lowed in  it.  It  is  best,  how- 
ever, not  to  let  any  space  be- 
tween carriage  and  wall  be 
used  as  a  passageway,  and 
to  have  no  entrances  to  it 
through  the  wall. 

Extensions     for     Head 
Blocks.     To    prevent    a    log 
Co«rtcsy  of  H.  j/.  Laud's  Sons  Co.  bem?  thrown  over  the  head 

Fig.  13.     Circular  Saw  Guard  and  Lever  Lock.         bloc^&  at   the  carriage   men> 

extension  guards  should  be  bolted  to  the  tops  of  the  blocks.  These  may  be 
slightly  curved  at  the  top.  as  shown  in  Fig.  10  (page  23).  or  have  hooks  there, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  n  (page  23). 

Sheaves.  Carriage  feed  cable  sheaves  should  be  substantially  hooded, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  12  (page  24),  to  prevent  a  man  crossing  in  a  hurry,  and 
naturally  watching  the  carriage,  from  getting  his  foot  caught  between  sheave 
and  rope  or  getting  an  arm  caught  there  if  he  should  fall.  A  heavy  timber  is 
securely  fastened  on  each  side  of  the  sheave,  extending  well  in  front  and  back 
of  it  and  coming  up  as  high  as  the  carriage  will  allow.  At  each  end  these  are 
bevelled  down  to  the  floor.  Across  the  tops  of  these  is  a  substantial  sheet  metal 
cover.  This  is  bent  down  at  the  front,  to  reach  the  floor,  with  a  slot  in  it  to 
let  the  cable  go  through.  At  the  back  it  can  be  left  open,  as  shown,  or  can  have 
a  hinged  end  coming  down  to  the  floor.  The  underneath  part  of  a  sheave 
should  also  be  enclosed  when  low  enough  dowrn  for  anyone  to  come  in  con- 
tact with  it.  the  side  guards  extending  well  below  the  bottom,  and  the  whole 
return  portion  of  the  carriage  feed  cable  running  underneath  the  mill  floor 


26 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


should  be  covered  or  guarded.  Sheaves  of  cables  operating  rope  feed  set  works 
should  also  be  hooded,  as  shown  in  Fig.  12  (page  24). 

Gears,  Couplings,  Etc.  All  couplings,  ends  of  shafts,  set  work  gears  and 
head  block  gears  should  be  protected  with  heavy  metal  guards.  When  steam 
feed  is  used,  the  gears  on  the  drum  of  the  feed  should  be  enclosed.  So  should 
frictions  when  such  are  used  to  drive  the  drum. 

Care  in  Operation.  The  sawyer  should  operate  the  carriage  with  care, 
even  if  the  head  of  the  mill  is  behind  the  tail  in  the  work.  If  the  carriage 
is  started  before  the  dogs  are  set,  the  log  may  slip  off  against  him,  fall  off 
on  the  off-bearers,  or  knock  a  setter  or  dogger  off  the  carriage.  The  sawyer 
should  be  careful  to  reverse  in  time 
to  avoid  hitting  the  bumpers 
violently.  The  nigger  should  be 
worked  with  judgment,  especially  if 
it  has  a  hook  to  pull  logs  off  the 
deck  and  on  to  the  carriage,  to  avoid 
throwing  a  log  over  to  the  carriage 
with  too  great  force- 

CIRCULAR  MILL. 

The  saw  of  a  circular  mill  should 
always  have  a  disk  splitter,  or  wedge 
wheel,  close  behind  it,  to  help  pre- 
vent wood  from  binding.  This 
splitter  should  extend  about  six 
inches  above  the  arbor  and  should 
be  very  strong  and  securely  fastened. 
It  i-s  well  also  to  have  a  device  to 
prevent  the  sawyer  or  anyone  else 
falling  against  the  saw.  Such  a 
device  is  shown  in  Fig.  13  (page  25). 
It  consists  of  an  upright  piece  with 
a  cross-piece,  and  is  made  of  4  x  4 
pine  and  painted  blue.  Where  the  Courtesy  of  Pauiison-Eiiingson  Lumber  Co. 
mill  is  double,  the  top  saw  should  Fig-  '4-  Lever  Guard  and  Lock, 

be  covered  down  to  the  arbor  with  an  adjustable  hood  supported  from  above. 
A  properly  counterweighted  hood  can  also  be  used  for  much  work  done  with 
a  single  saw  mill. 

Shield  for  Sawyer  and  Lever.  There  should  be  a  substantial  metal  or 
wooden  fencing  in  front  of  where  the  sawyer  stands,  to  protect  his  hands 
on  the  carriage  lever,  and  his  body,  and  to  prevent  anything  striking  the  lever. 
Metal  makes  a  better  guard  than  wood,  as  it  will  keep  a  flying  inserted 
tooth  from  hitting  the  sawyer.  Some  circular  mills  come  furnished  with  a 
semi-circular  cast-iron  hood  inside  which  the  sawyer  stands.  A  home-made 
hood  can  be  made  by  cutting  an  iron  pipe  of  large  diameter  in  two  and 
fastening  half  of  it  to  the  floor  with  iron  flanges.  Above  this  guard  a  heavy 
wire  screen  should  be  attached,  to  protect  the  sawyer's  eyes  against  flying 


SAW  MILL 


bark,  knots,  slivers,  stones,  spikes,  etc.  A  home-made  guard,  of  plank  below 
and  wire  mesh  above,  is  shown  in  Fig.  14  (page  26).  The  Dittbener  lever 
guard,  which  encloses  the  run  of  the  lever  and  has  a  detachable  arm  shield, 
is  shown  in  Fig  15.  Even  a  substantial  maple  strip,  set  in  proper  position, 
will  ward  off  a  slab  coming  back  and  make  it  pass  by  the  lever. 

Lock  for  Lever.  The  lever  for  operating  the  carriage  should  always 
have  an  efficient  lock.  One  common  type  consists  of  a  square  or  oblong 
piece  of  iron,  with  a  hole  cut  out  on  one  side  to  fit  around  the  lever,  hinged 
to  another  piece  fastened  to  the  floor.  The  first  piece  is  bent  up  on  the 
notched  side,  so  the  sawyer  can  kick  it  over  into  place  around  the  lever. 
Another  method  of  locking  is  by  means  of  a  bolt  passing  through  a  hole  in 
the  lever,  the  bolt  being  supported  by  a  standard  fastened  to  the  floor. 
Sometimes  a  bent  clevis  is  dropped  over  the  lever  from  a  standard  at  the  side, 
a  pin  being  then  inserted  through  holes  in  the  ends  of 
the  clevis,  as  shown  in  Fig.  14  (page  26).  A  small 
band  sliding  down  over  a  standard  alongside  the  lever, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  13  (page  25),  is  often  used,  and  is  also 
arranged  to  be  locked  with  a  padlock.  The  cross  lever 
shown  in  this  picture  is  much  safer  than  the  old  style 
lever  working  parallel  with  the  carriage,  especially  when 
no  guard  protects  both  sawyer  and  lever.  It  also  enables 
the  sawyer  to  see  the  logs  going  on  the  carriage  better. 
Guide.  The  guide  should  be  so  arranged  that  it 
can  be  adjusted  without  the  sawyer  having  to  go  closer 
to  the  saw  than  his  usual  position.  In  many  modern 
mills  this  adjustment  is  done  by  means  of  a  hand  wheel 
within  easy  reach  of  the  sawyer. 

Inserted  Teeth.     Inserted  teeth,  which  are  much 
used  where  no  rock  saw  is  employed,  should  be  set  in 
and  securely  locked  with  the  utmost  care,  to  prevent 
Fig.  15.  Dittbener  Lever     their  working  ioose  and  flving. 


Courtesy  of 
Diamond  Iron  Works. 


Guard. 


BAND   MILL. 


Housing.  To  protect  the  sawyer,  the  off-bearers,  the  carriage  men  and 
others  in  the  vicinity,  in  case  the  saw  breaks,  the  part  of  the  band  mill  above 
the  floor  should  be  substantially  enclosed  as  fully  as  possible.  The  upper 
wheel  should  be  entirely  housed,  and  as  much  of  the  saw  as  is  practicable. 
Fig.  16  (page  28)  shows  an  enclosure  with  lifting  door  for  access  to  the  saw. 
A  somewhat  different  arrangement  is  shown  in  Fig.  17  (page  29).  The  lower 
door  swings  outward  on  hinges  and  the  upper  door  swings  up  by  rope  and 
pulley.  Guards  with  doors  are  safer  than  the  stationary  enclosures  with  room 
inside  for  working  about  the  saw.  They  bring  the  housing  closer  to  the 
machine,  yet  afford  ready  access.  Another  enclosure  for  a  band  mill  is  shown 
in  Fig.  9  (page  22).  A  telescopic  band  mill  should  be  housed  in  the  same 
way.  and  the  counterweight  should  be  boxed  its  entire  run.  In  addition  to  the 
housing,  the  band  sawyer  should  have  in  front  a  substantial  shield  for  him- 


28 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


self  and  the  carriage  feed  lever,  similar  to  that  described  under  the  heading 
"Circular  Mill,"  and  there  should  be  an  efficient  lock  for  the  lever.  Fig.  9 
(page  22)  shows  the  lever  locked  and  a  chain  attached  to  the  pin. 

Rock  Saw.  When  a  rock  saw  is  used  to  cut  out,  or  give  warning  of,  rocks, 
dirt  and  pieces  of  metal  in  the  top  of  the  log,  this  saw  should  be  well  counter- 
weighted,  so  it  will  swing  up  in  the  clear  when  not  in  use.  It  should  also  be 
hooded  as  fully  as  possible,  by  suction  hood  or  otherwise,  to  prevent  anyone 
falling  on  it  or  coming  in  contact  with  it  when  oiling  or  climbing  on  a  log  on 
the  deck  or  carriage.  Fig.  18  (page  29)  shows  a  suction  hood  guard  on  a 
rock  saw.  The  same  hooding  should  be  done  when  a  rock  saw  frame  has  a 
planing  head  in  it  instead  of  a  saw 
with  inserted  teeth.  When  logs  are 
sawed  which  have  been  rafted  down 
rivers,  held  together  by  chains  at- 
tached to  dogs  at  their  ends,  they 
should  be  barked  with  an  ax  or  adze 
before  being  put  on  the  carriage,  un- 
less a  rock  saw  is  used.  These  dogs 
sometimes  break  off,  leaving  their 
points  in  the  logs. 

Care  in  Operation.  When  the 
band  mill  is  not  double-cutting,  and 
the  carriage  has  no  automatic  set-off, 
the  sawyer  should  watch  the  log 
very  carefully  as  it  comes  back.  A 
shim  sticking  out  from  the  cut  may 
catch  the  rear  edge  of  the  saw  and 
throw  it  off  the  wheel,  causing  much 
damage  if  not  personal  injuries.  The 
upper  guide  should  be  kept  carefully 
adjusted  to  proper  position  under 
varying  conditions.  If  it  is  set  too 

low,    the    log    may    tear    Off    the    guide       Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

and  throw  the  blade  out ;  if  too  high,  Fig.  16.    Housing  for  Band  Mill, 

the  too  limber  blade  is  likely  to  break  as  well  as  make  bad  lumber.  Some 
guides  have  a  safety  attachment,  by  which  the  guide  is  immediately  detached 
if  a  log  being  fed  to  the  saw  comes  in  contact  with  it. 

The  sawyer  should  keep  a  close  watch  on  what  is  going  on  down  the  rolls, 
so  as  not  to  cause  an  accident  by  sending  cants  too  rapidly  to  them.  If  one 
cant  comes  along  and  hits  another,  men  are  apt  to  be  badly  injured.  In  many 
ways  much  depends  on  the  sawyer's  quick  and  cool  judgment  and  his  keen 
observance  of  all  that  is  taking  place.  When  there  is  no  clutch  by  which  the 
band  mill  can  be  stopped  alone,  there  should  be  within  easy  reach  of  the  saw- 
yer means  of  sounding  a  loud  whistle,  audible  all  over  the  mill,  when  the  mill 
has  to  be  shut  down  on  account  of  the  band  mill,  or  when  it  is  to  be  started 
up  again.  A  band  saw  should  never  be  touched,  for  oiling  or  other  purpose, 
inside  the  housing  while  it  is  in  motion. 


SAW  MILL 


Saw.  \Yhen  a  saw  is  cracked,  it  should  be  withdrawn  from  use  until  it  has 
heen  brazed.  Drilling  a  hole  to  prevent  a  crack  from  spreading  is  as  bad  a 
custom  as  it  is  common.  Saws  should  be  watched  carefully  to  discover  the 

beginning   of   cracks,    which    should    be 
repaired   at   once. 

Short  Side  Band  Mill.  The  pro- 
tection outlined  above  should  be  given 
also  to  the  short  side  band  mill  when 
one  side  of  a  double  saw  mill  is  used 
for  sawing  up  cants  turned  out  by  the 
head  saw  on  the  long  side. 

EDGERS. 

The  edger  is  one  of  the  most 
dangerous  machines  in  a  saw  mill,  and 
needs  to  be  well  guarded  against  ma- 
terial being  kicked  back,  against  the 
flying  of  slivers,  knots,  etc.,  and 
against  contact  with  the  fast-moving 
driving  apparatus. 

Pressure  Rolls.  To  guard  against 
kicking,  an  edger  should  have  heavy 


Mill. 


and  back  of  the  saws.  It  is  often  advisable  to 
.  and  when  the  work  is  very  heavy,  as  in  sawing 
steam  pressure.  Pressure  rolls  should  always  be 


Courtesy  of  Squa-u:  Creek  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  17.     Housing  for  Band 

pressure  rolls  both  in  front 
have  two  rolls  in  each  place 
up  large  cants,  also  to  apply 
kept    in    good    condition 
and    properly    adjusted, 
and,    when    steam    pres- 
sure is  used,  it  is  impor- 
tant that  the   steam   ar- 
rangements   be    kept    in 
the  best  of  order. 

Finger  Guard.;.  Ad- 
ditional mechanical  safe- 
guards against  kicking 
are  often  provided.  One 
of  these  is  the  so-called 
finger  guard,  consisting 
of  fingers  hung  at  such 
an  angle  that  stock  can 
easily  be  fed  under  them, 

but     it     is     impossible     tO        Courtesy  of  St.  Paul  &  Tacoma  Lumber  Co. 

bend  them  back.     If  the  Fig.  18.    Guard  for  Rock  Saw. 

stock  pinches  and  starts  to  kick  back,  the  fingers  dig  into  it  and  hold  it. 
Sometimes,  as  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  these  fingers  are  placed  back  of  the  saws, 
in  front  of  the  back  pressure  roll,  but  usually  they  are  suspended  from  a  bar  in 


3° 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Ingram  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  19.     Finger  Guards  for  Edger. 


front  of  the  front  pressure  roll,  as  shown  in  Fig.  19-    The  picture  shows  a  board 

going  through  at  the  right,  pushing  up  the  fingers  as  it  enters. 

Another  safety  attachment,  with  which  the  American  Wood  Working  Ma- 
chinery Co.  equips  one  of  its  gang  rip- 
ping machines,  is  shown  in  Fig.  20. 
The  stock  passes  under  the  front  pres- 
sure roll  and  then  under  the  four  steel 
dogs  of  the  safety  attachment, which  raise 
readily  for  the  infeed  but  block  the  board 
absolutely  against  returning.  The  guard 
is  attached  to  the  swing. 

Flybacks.  There  are  several  ways 
of  guarding  edgermen  against  flying 
slivers,  knots,  edgings,  etc.  One  of  the 
best  is  to  hang  a  heavy  wire  screen  in 
front  of  the  saws,  as  shown  in  Fig.  21 
(page  31).  Such  a  guard  should  be  hung 
as  low  as  possible  without  interfering 
with  the  edgerman's  view  of  the  saws. 
Sometimes  a  solid  apron  of  planking  is 
suspended  from  the  ceiling,  resting  on 
the  top  of  the  front  pressure  roll.  An- 
other method  is  to  have  a  solid  cover  of 
wood  or  wire  mesh  over  the  entire  top 

of  the  machine,  as  shown  in  Fig.  22  (page  32).    Where  this  is  done  a  screen 

should  also  be  hung  in  front.     A  good  way  of  covering  the  top  of  an  edger 

used  to  cut  dimension  lumber  is  shown  in  Fig.  23  (page  32).    It  is  a  complete 

guard  from  the  roll  in  front  over  the  top.    A  wire  screen  can  be  used  when  it 

is  necessary  to  see  the  saws. 

When  the  front  pressure  roll  is  attached  to  a  swinging  frame,  the  open 

part  of  this  frame  is  sometimes  filled  in  with  wire  mesh.    It  is  advisable  also 

to  carry  a  curving  shield  back  over 

the  saws,  or  to  house  the  top  of  the 

machine.    Fig.  24  (page  33)  shows 

a  heavy  Pacific  Coast  edger  with  a 

board  guard  extending  up  from  the 

front  roll,  the  lower  part  hinged  so 

as  to  work  with  the  roll.    When  no 

front  pressure  roll  is  used,  a  plank 

is  sometimes  suspended  in  front  of 

the  saws,  as  shown  in  Fig.  25  (page 

33).     This  should  be  hung  as  low 

as  possible,  to  help  prevent  lumber 

from  climbing. 

Care  in  Operation.     Kicking  can  be  due  to  other  causes  than  the  stock 

pinching  and  climbing  the  saws  before  it  reaches  the  back  pressure  roll,  a  knot 

or  change  in  grain  being  struck,  or  a  split  or  loose  edging  getting  jammed  or 


Top  Swing 


Courtesy  of  American   Wood  Working  Machinery  Co. 

Fig.  20.     Edger  Dog  Guard. 


SAW  MILL 


dropping  in  front  of  the  feeding-out  roll-  The  edgerman  should  be  careful  to 
put  his  stock  through  straight.  If  fed  at  an  angle,  it  will  jam  and  may  kick. 
When  several  pieces  are  fed  in  at  once,  special  care  should  be  taken  to  send 
them  in  straight,  as  otherwise  they  are  apt  to  get  twisted  up  and  cause  an 
accident.  Stuff  should  not  be  forced  through  too  fast,  nor  pieces  of  different 
thickness  fed  in  at  once. 

It  is  dangerous  to  raise  a  front  or  back  pressure  roll  before  the  stock  is 
clear  of  the  saws.    This  is  likely  to  allow  warped  or  "  snaky  "  lumber  to  get  on 
top  of  the  saws  and  be  thrown  back.     The  rear  pressure  roll  should  never  be 
raised  while  stock  is  going  through,  if  this  can  be  avoided.    When  it  is  raised 
for  a  thick  piece  of  stock  following  a  much  thinner  one.  the  lever  should  never 
be  placed  in  the  notch  intended  to  hold  it  while  cleaning  up  is  going  on  or  new 
saws  being  put  in.    When  it  is  necessary  to  raise  the  pressure  roll,  the  edger- 
man should  step  to  one  side.     A  block  should  never  be  used  for  holding  up  a 
pressure    roll    when    ^^===^====^^=^==r======^=====^====^=] 

working  on  the  saws. 
The  lever  should  al- 
ways be  used,  and 
locked. 

It  is  a  bad  prac- 
tice to  lift  the  front 
pressure  roll  when  a 
piece  of  edging  or 
something  else  gets 
stuck  about  the  saws 
and  try  to  get  the 
piece  out  with  a 
stick,  so  the  saws  will 
not  get  hot  and  wab- 
ble,making  poor  lum- 
ber.  The  piece 
should  be  taken  out 


Courtesy  of  Menominee  Bay  Shore  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  21.    Wire  Screen  for  Edger. 


from  the  back  or  side  of  the  machine.  Dull  saws  should  never  be  used  as  they 
are  very  likely  to  cause  kicking.  Wearing  of  gloves  by  edgermen  working  on 
short  lever  edgers  should  be  avoided,  but,  if  gloves  are  worn,  they  should  be  of 
canvas  or  other  material  that  will  tear  easily,  rather  than  of  buckskin. 

When  there  is  no  front  pressure  roll,  it  has  been  found  advantageous  to  file 
the  saws  with  a  hook,  to  carry  the  stock  back  without  pressure  roll  until  it 
comes  between  the  back  feed  and  back  pressure  roll.  This  will  tend  to  pre- 
vent lumber  from  kicking  back  before  reaching  the  back  roll  and  being  pre- 
vented by  it  from  creeping  on  top  of  the  saws.  The  edger  shown  in  Fig.  25 
(page  33)  has  its  saws  filed  in  this  manner,  and  is  equipped  with  two  back 
pressure  rolls. 

Short  Lever  Edger.  The  operator  of  the  short  lever  edger,  much  used  on 
the  Pacific  Coast,  is  in  great  danger  of  getting  his  hand  caught  in  the  rolls  and 
pulled  into  the  saws,  either  by  following  up  stock  with  his  hands  when  he  is 
hurrying  to  keep  up  with  the  head  saw,  or  by  reaching  in  to  prevent  a  picaroon 


32 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


that  has  got  caught  from  going  into  the  saws.  An  operator  is  also  apt  to  be 
pulled  into  the  rolls  by  his  clothing  getting  caught  in  them.  Fig.  26  (page  34) 
shows  a  bar  guard  against  these  dangers  and  that  of  an  operator's  hand,  care- 
lessly placed  on  one  of  the  vertical  side  rollers  when  the  pressure  roll  is  up, 
being  crushed  by  the  pressure  roll  as  it  comes  down.  Such  a  bar  should  extend 
out  14  to  20  inches  in  front  of  the  pressure  roll. 

A  finger  roll  in  front  of  the  pressure  roll  and  adjustable  with  it  would  be  a 
better  guard.  It  could  easily  be  used  with  a  pressure  roll  which  raises  straight 
up  and  could  be  made  to  adjust  with  even  a  swing  roll  by  a  proper  arrange- 
ment of  cams. 

Belts,  Gears,  Etc.  There  is  often  a  narrow  passageway  between  an  edger 
and  neighboring  rolls,  and  all  the  gearing,  belting,  sprockets  and  chains,  etc., 
should  be  exceptionally  well  guarded.  The  gears  operating  the  rolls  of  an 


Courtesy   of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Fig.  22.     Solid  Cover  over  Edger  Top. 


Courtesy  of  Grand  Rapids  Veneer  Works. 

Fig.  23.     Edger  Top  and  Front  Covered. 


edger  should  be  entirely  boxed  in,  preferably  with  a  strong  metal  covering. 
Drive  belts  and  pulle)^s  should  be  boxed  up,  as  edgers  are  run  at  very  high 
speed.  If  the  belt  comes  from  below,  the  boxing  should  fully  protect  the  floor 
opening;  if  from  above,  it  should  extend  up  at  least  six  feet.  A  boxing  is 
shown  in  Fig.  24  (page  33).  In  Fig.  27  (page  34)  the  gears  and  drive  pulleys 
are  shown  partially  boxed.  Complete  covering  is  preferable. 

GANG  SAWS. 

Any  opening  in  the  floor  for  the  machinery  to  pass  through  should  be 
fenced.  The  run  of  the  crank  above  the  floor  should  be  enclosed,  and  all  gear- 
ing and  sprockets  and  chains  above  the  floor  should  be  covered.  There  should 
be  an  efficient  lock  to  prevent  the  pressure  rolls  coming  down  on  men 


SAW  MILL 


working  between  the  upper  and  lower  rolls.  Pressure  rolls  of  ample  weight 
should  be  used.  and.  if  their  weight  is  supplemented  by  steam  pressure,  the 
steam  arrangements  should  be  kept  in  the  best  of  condition. 

Means  should  be  pro- 
vided for  locking  the  ma- 
chinery from  below  the  floor 
so  that  it  cannot  be  started 
from  above  when  a  man  is 
working  below.  If  there  is 
no  such  locking  arrange- 
ment, a  warning  sign  should 
l>e  placed  above  to  show  that 
some  one  is  working  below- 
It  is  well  to  have  such  a  sign 
in  anv  case. 


Courtesy   of  St.  Paul  &   Tacoma   Lumber   Co. 

Fig.  24.     Pacific  Coast  Edger  Guarded. 


TRIMMERS. 

Drop  Saw  Trimmers. 
The  end  trim  saws  of  drop 
saw  trimmer  tables  should  be 


guarded  at  side  and  bottom.     A  pipe  railing  to  keep  anyone  from  getting  too 
close  is  best.    Where  there  is  not  room  for  this,  heavy  planking,  firmly  secured 
to  the  floor,  can  be  set  up  close  to  the  saw.    The  top  of  the  saw  when  tripped 
up  can  be  protected  by  a  hood  or  board 
suspended  from  the  ceiling  or  the  rear. 
Any     exposed     sprockets     of     feeding 
chains  should  also  be  guarded. 

"\Yhen  the  saws  are  tripped  from 
directly  in  front  of  the  table,  a  slant- 
ing fence  should  run  along  the  entire 
front,  extending  from  table  top  to  floor 
with  slots  in  it  for  the  tripping  levers. 
The  posts  of  the  fence  can  fit  into  holes 
in  the  floor,  so  it  can  be  lifted  out  of  the 
way  when  necessary.  The  pulleys  and 
shaft  along  the  front  of  the  table  are 
dangerous,  and  belts  sometimes  fly  out. 
It  is  safer  to  have  these  saws  operated 
by  hand  levers  or  foot  treadles  at  one 
end  of  the  machine,  or  from  an  elevated 
cage,  rather  than  for  each  saw  to  be 
tripped  from  directly  in  front. 

To  protect  against  flybacks,  etc..  a 
substantial  guard,  suspended  from  the 
ceiling,  should  hang  down  in  front  of  the  saws  as  low  as  possible  without  inter- 
fering with  the  trim  man's  view.  This  should  extend  the  full  length  of  the 
table,  so  as  to  give  protection  no  matter  what  saws  are  used.  Not  only  do 


Ccurtesy 

Fig.  25. 


Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Plank  in  Front  of  Edger  Saws. 


34 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


<urtcsy  of  C.  D.  Danaher. 

Fig.  26.     Bar  Guard  for  Edger  Roll. 


these  saws  throw  knots,  slivers,  etc.,  but  sometimes  lumber  is  kicked  if  it  goes 
into  them  at  an  angle  and  jams.  Such  a  guard  can  be  made  of  solid  planking, 
or  filled  in  with  wire  mesh.  The  mesh  screen  is  better,  as  it  enables  the  guard 

to  hang  lower  and  yet  allow 
the  saws  to  be  seen.  A  good 
guard  of  this  type  is  shown 
in  Fig.  28  (page  35).  It  comes 
clear  down  to  the  table,  and 
swings  out  on  hinges  as  the 
chains  or  lumber  comes  in 
contact  with  it. 

To  prevent  anyone  fall- 
ing on  such  saws,  they  can 
well  be  guarded  by  a  long 
hood  extending  the  entire 
width  of  the  table  directly 
over  the  saws.  Such  a  hood 
can  be  suspended  from  the 
ceiling  in  such  a  way  that  it 
can  easily  be  raised  or  low- 
ered when  necessary,  and  can  be  steadied  by  running  the  upright  supports  at 
either  end  in  guides.  The  top  of  the  hood  should  come  down  almost  to  the 
highest  point  of  the  saws  when  tripped  up.  A  solid  hood  can  be  used  whenever 
the  saws  are  not  tripped  from  an  elevated  cage. 

Oiling  of  such  saws  should  be  done  only  when  they  are  not  running,  as  at 
morning  and  noon  and  at  times  when  the  mill  is  shut  down  during  the  day 
to  change  saws.  Bad  accidents  have  occurred  when  men  have  crawled  under 
the  back  of  such  a  table  to  fill  oil  cups  while  the  saws  were  running.  Oiling 
while  the  saws  are  in  motion  should  not  be  necessary,  but  if  there  is  any 
chance  of  its  ever  being  done  the  under  parts  of  the  saws  should  be  guarded 
by  shields  which  will 
also  protect  the  oiler 
against  contact  with  the 
return  part  of  the  feed 
chains  or  with  the 
sprocket  wheels  at  the 
rear  of  the  table. 

The  man  feeding  a 
trimmer  should  be  very 
careful  to  have  the  stock 
go  in  straight,  as  other- 
wise not  only  is  the 
likelihood  of  flybacks  and 
kicking  greatly  increased 


Courtesy   of  Defiance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  27.  Edger  Belts,  Pulleys  and  Gears  Guarded, 
but  the  jamming  may  result  in  breaking  the  saw  to  pieces.  It  is  safest  to  have 
lumber  run  over  to  a  trimmer  table  by  transfers,  if.  possible,  and  not  have  it 
transferred  bv  hand  from  the  live  rolls. 


SAW  MILL 


Overhead  Trimmers.  The  overhead,  or  undercut,  drop  trimmers  are  more 
dangerous  than  the  ones  tripped  up  from  underneath  the  table,  as  they  are 
very  apt  to  kick  backward.  For  this  reason  they  should  always  have  a  sub- 
stantial guard  of  heavy  timber  back  of  them,  as  shown  in  Fig.  29  (page  36), 
coming  down  as  low  as  possible.  Many  a  man  working  on  a  conveyor  behind 
such  trimmers,  or  pushing  a  truck  of  lumber  there,  has  been  badly  hurt  for 
want  of  such  a  guard.  This  picture  also  shows  a  board  guard  for  the  end  trim. 

These  trimmers  should  also  be  well  guarded  in  front,  to  prevent  anyone 
falling  on  the  saws.  Fig.  30  (page  36)  shows  individual  wooden  hoods,  and 
Fig.  31  (page  37)  shows  a  plank  guard 
swung  from  above  and  steadied 
against  wooden  supports.  The  latter 
picture  also  shows  an  inverted  trough 
electric  light  reflector  to  throw  light 
directly  on  the  saws  and  the  lumber, 
and,  beyond  the  end  trim  at  the  ex- 
treme right,  a  sliding  fence  to  pre- 
vent anyone  getting  too  near  that  saw. 
These  end  trims  should  always  be 
fenced  off  so  that  no  one  can  get  near 
them,  especially  when  a  narrow  space 
adjoining  can  be  used  as  a  passage- 
way. Sometimes  men  going  to  a  con- 
veyor behind  will  step  close  to  an  end 
trim.  Then  they  may  trip  on  some 
refuse  wood  that  is  lying  on  the  floor 
and  fall  on  the  saw.  This  picture 
shows  a  swinging  pipe  railing  placed 
to  guard  the  end  trim.  Hoods  for  over- 
head trimmers  should  be  open  on  top 
or  otherwise  so  arranged  that  they 
will  not  obstruct  the  operator's  view 
of  the  saws.  Piping  hoods  can  be 
used,  if  preferred,  and  these  have  de- 
cided points  Of  advantage  Over  Courtesy  of  Grand  Rapids  Veneer  Works. 

wooden  ones.  FiS-  28'    Trimmer  Flyback  Guard. 

Transfer  Chains.  When  lumber  is  carried  to  trimmer  tables  by  transfer 
chains,  the  holes  where  these  chains  go  through  the  floor  after  delivering  the 
lumber  to  the  table  chains  are  very  dangerous  points,  as  men's  feet  are  apt 
to  be  forced  into  them  by  the  brackets.  These  holes  are  often  torn  out  by 
brackets  carrying  knots  and  pieces  of  wood  into  them.  Such  a  hole  should 
never  be  larger  than  just  enough  for  the  brackets  to  go  through  it  Wear 
can  best  be  prevented  by  having  the  hole  cut  in  an  iron  plate  set  into  the  floor. 

It  is  advisable  also  to  have  in  front  of  these  holes  a  swinging  plank,  run- 
ning lengthwise,  suspended  from  above  at  a  height  sufficient  to  let  any 
material  pass  beneath  it.  This  will  act  as  a  warning  to  a  man  getting  near 
one  of  these  holes  before  his  foot  can  be  caught  by  a  bracket  and  pulled  in. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Working  on  Tables.  With  both  drop  saw  and  overhead  trimmers  men 
often  have  to  get  up  on  the  table  to  straighten  out  lumber.  This  should  never 
be  done  when  it  can  be  avoided,  as  the  men  are  apt  to  be  caught  by  the  chains 

and  thus  get  into  the 
saws.  To  protect  them 
when  it  is  unavoidable, 
the  saws  should  be 
hooded  whenever  pos- 
s  i  b  1  e,  or  otherwise 
guarded  as  fully  as  they 
can  be. 

Where  the  saws 
are  not  hooded  or 
otherwise  protected,  a 
pipe  railing  is  some- 


Fig.  29.     Plank  Guard  Back  of  Overhead  Trimmers. 


times  run  along  about 
two  feet  in  front  of  the 
saws,  suspended  from  the  ceiling  and  steadied  by  uprights  at  each  end  of  the 
table.  This  rail,  which  is  usually  about  three  feet  above  the  table,  will  tend  to 
keep  a  man  away  from  the  saws  and  will  also  give  him  something  to  catch 
hold  of  if  he  should  get  caught  in  the  chains. 

Swing  Trims.     Swing  trims  should  be  guarded  in  similar  fashion  to  swing 
saws  generally  (see  index).    There  should  be  a  sheet  steel  shield  over  the  top 
of  the  saw  and  on  either  side,  there  should  be  a  limit  stop  for  the  saw's  run, 
the  belt  should  be  guarded 
near    the    handle,    the    ma- 
chine should  .be  housed  at 
the  back  with  a  protection 
coming  up  at  least  as  high 
as  the  top  of  the  saw,  and 
the  saw  should  be  hung  on 
the  side  of  the  frame  further 
from   the  way  the  lumber 
comes  up  so  that  the  opera- 
tor will  not  have  to  stand 
directly  in  front  of  it. 

The  most  essential 
point,  however,  is  good 
counterweighting.  There 
should  always  be  a  station- 
ary counterweight,  attached 
to  the  frame,  never  a  rope 
counterweight.  When  a 
saw  is  balanced  by  a  lot  of 

junk  attached  to  a  cable  running  over  a  small  sheave,  the  cable  is  apt  to  break 
when  the  operator  lets  the  saw  go  back  with  a  jolt,  and,  as  he  then  is  usually 
shoving  lumber  along  in  front  of  the  saw,  he  is  pretty  sure  to  be  injured. 


Fig.  30. 


Overhead  Trimmers  Hooded  and  End  Trim 
Guarded. 


SAW  MILL 


37 


Fig-  32  (Page  3**)  shows  a  swing  trim  properly  hung  and  equipped  with  a 
home-made  stationary  counterweight  and  with  a  stop  above  the  counter- 
weight box  to  prevent  the  saw  from  coming  out  too  far.  The  saw  is  boxed 
at  the  back  and  has  a  shield  over  the  top  and  one  side.  If  the  counterweight 
is  attached  to  a  swing  bar,  it  should  be  prevented  from  falling  by  a  safety 
chain  supported  from  above,  and  another  safety  chain  should  restrict  the  saw's 
run.  All  swing  trims  should  be  equipped  with  a  loose  pulley  and  a  belt  shifter. 

When  a  horizontal  swing  saw  is  used,  it  should  be  made  fast  when  up, 
dependence  not  being  placed  on  the  counterweight  alone,  and  when  not  in  use 
should  be  shut  down.  The  upper  part  of  such  a  saw  should  be  hooded  on  top 
and  sides. 

Jump  or  Bed  Trims.  When  a  jump  trim  is  brought  up  through  the  table 
or  rolls  by  a  foot  treadle,  which  is  often  merely  a  cap  on  top  of  a  shaft  like 
a  bell  treadle,  there 
should  be  a  sub- 
stantial board  or  iron 
at  back  and  front  of 
the  treadle,  so  that 
no  one  running  along 
the  floor  can  step  on 
the  treadle  and  bring 
up  the  saw  while  a 
man  is  working  on 
the  rolls  or  table.  The 
trim  man  often  has 
to  get  up  there  to 
straighten  a  cant  and 
sometimes  he  stands 
directly  over  the  saw. 
The  saw  may  also  be 
torn  to  pieces  and 
thrown  in  all  direc- 


Courtesy   of  Defiance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  31.     Plank  Guards  for  Overhead  Trimmers. 


tions  if  a  cant  should  strike  it  when  so  brought  up.  A  better  arrangement  for  a 
jump  saw  is  to  have  its  normal  position  back  of  the  rolls  or  table,  the  saw  being 
brought  forward  and  through  by  a  pull.  Such  a  saw  when  at  rest,  and  its  run 
to  rolls  or  table,  should  be  completely  boxed  in. 

A  home-made  guard  for  a  bed  saw  can  be  devised  by  suspending  four  sub- 
stantial strips  from  the  ceiling,  making  a  square  frame  at  the  bottom,  and 
leaving  space  enough  beneath  for  material  to  go  through.  This  makes  it  im- 
possible for  anyone  to  get  directly  over  the  saw  without  crawling  under  the 
guard,  which  is  not  likely.  A  bed  trim  should  be  protected  under  the  table. 
There  should  always  be  a  limit  stop  so  the  saw  can  come  up  only  so  far.  When 
such  a  saw  is  counterweighted,  this  can  be  effected  by  having  the  counter- 
weight come  up  against  a  positive  stop. 

When  a  jump  saw  is  brought  up  through  the  table  by  a  hand  lever,  as  is 
often  done  in  the  case  of  lighter  sorts  of  work,  it  can  be  effectively  guarded  in 
the  manner  shown  in  Fig.  33  (page  39),  which  illustrates  a  German  device. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


The  top  of  the  saw  can  be  covered  when  in  use  by  a  hood  hung  on  a  lever 
which  swings  around  a  bolt  in  an  upright  coming  up  from  the  back  of 
the  table  and  is  counterbalanced  by  a  weight  in  the  rear  of  the  table.  As  the 
saw  is  brought  up  through  the  slot  the  operator  can  at  the  same  time  bring 
down  the  hood,  by  means  of  the  lever  handle,  on  the  stock  to  be  cut.  The  saw 
blade  will  thus  run  below  the  hood.  Such  a  hood  will  prevent  many  an  injury 
due  to  an  operator  having  one  hand  on  the  stock  over  the  saw  slot  when  he 
brings  up  the  saw.  Underneath  the  table  the  saw  can  be  protected  by  an  ample 
board  guard  on  each  side. 

Fig.  34  (page  39),  of  another  German  device,  shows  how  this  hood  can  be 
made  to  work  automatically.  The  hood  hangs  on  the  jointed  lever  (n  o  p), 
which  swings  around  the  pivot  (m).  When  the  saw  is  under  the  table  the 
hood  is  drawn  up  by  a  bolt  (p)  which  slides  in  a  slot  in  the  lever.  When 

the  saw  is.  lifted  for  the  cut,  the  bolt  releases  the 
lever  and  a  counterweight  (1)  pulls  the  hood 
down  over  the  saw.  A  hood  of  this  kind  not 
only  guards  the  sawyer  but  helps  hold  the 
stock  firmly  in  place  on  the  table,  if  it  is  as  sub- 
stantial as  it  should  be. 

Neither  jump  nor  swing  trims  should  be 
speeded  too  high,  as  they  have  hard  work  to  do, 
and  the  saw,  if  running  too  fast,  may  stick  in 
big  timber  or  may  break  when  jammed  into  it. 

Care  of  Saws.  Whatever  its  kind,  a  trim 
saw  should  be  inspected  frequently.  A  cracked 
saw  should  never  be  used,  nor  should  a  hole  be 
bored  at  the  end  of  a  crack  to  prevent  its 
spreading.  No  trim  saw  should  be  continued  in 
use  when  it  runs  out  of  true. 


SLAB  SLASHERS. 


Courtesy   of  Defiance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  32.    Swing  Trim  Guarded. 

Slab  slashers  should  be  guarded  in  prac- 
tically the  same  manner  as  overhead  trimmers,  in  front  to  protect  the  slasher 
men  against  contact  with  the  saws  and  against  flying  pieces  of  a  broken  saw, 
and  in  the  rear  to  guard  men  working  there  against  pieces  kicked  back.  The 
end  saws  should  also  be  guarded,  though  they  are  not  usually  quite  so  near 
the  ends  of  the  table  as  end  trims.  Slasher  saws  should  be  carefully  inspected 
every  day,  as  they  have  very  hard  work  to  do  and  are  put  to  a  great  strain. 

Methods  of  Guarding.  Fig.  35  (page  40),  Fig.  36  (page  40),  and  Fig. 
37  (Pa£e  41)  show  an  excellent  method  of  guarding  slashers  in  front,  on  top 
and  in  the  back,  by  means  of  heavy  planking.  In  Fig.  35  the  swinging  front 
guard  is  shown  hanging  well  down  over  the  saw.  Fig.  36,  an  end  view,  shows 
how  the  saws  are  guarded  on  top  and  in  back,  as  well  as  in  front,  while  Fig. 
37  shows  how  the  front  guard  can  be  swung  out  and  the  top  one  turned  up  on 
its  hinges.  Another  form  of  guard  is  shown  in  Fig.  38  (page  41),  consisting 
of  planking  suspended  from  the  ceiling  both  in  front  and  back  of  the  saws, 


SAW  MILL 


39 


with  an  opening  in  front  for  access  to  the  saws.  Another  view  of  this  guard 
is  shown  in  Fig.  19  (page  30),  illustrating  edger  finger  guards. 

Still  another  method  is  to  put  a  Y-shaped  covering  over  the  tops  of  the 
saws,  supporting  it  from  brackets  brought  out 
from  a  wall  or  framework  at  the  rear  and  also  by 
chains  attached  higher  up.  A  heavy  plank  is 
sometimes  placed  well  down  in  front  of  the  saws, 
with  an  individual  hood  for  the  top  of  each  saw, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  23  (page  32),  a  picture  used  to 
illustrate  edger  guarding.  Individual  hoods,  of 
wood  or  metal,  as  shown  in  Fig.  39  (page  42)  and 
Fig.  40  (page  42)  are  often  used  for  front  protec- 
tion. Such  hoods  should  be  so  that  they  can 
easily  be  swung  back,  when  necessary,  and  there 
should  alwavs  be  a  shield  back  of  the  saws. 

tt 

Transfer  Chains.   When  two  sets  of  chains  are  C™.ratr"?r/T\£"h  German 
used  to  get  slabs  to  slasher  saws,  the  same  safety  Fig.  33.  Hood  for  Trim  Saw. 
precautions   should   be   taken   as   in   the   case   of 

overhead  trimmers.  If  both  sets  run  on  the  same  level,  the  danger  of  feet  get- 
ting drawn  into  holes  can  be  avoided  by  having  the  first  set  of  chains  continue 
on  and  go  over  the  outside  sprockets,  instead  of  dropping  through  the  floor 
and  taking  hold  of  the  first  shaft  handling  the  transfer  chains  to  the  slashers. 
Such  an  arrangement  is  shown  in  Fig.  41  (page  43).  It  saves  general  breakage, 
too,  as  the  brackets  cannot  back  up  pieces  and  crowd  them  down  through  the 
floor.  This  picture  also  shows  a  plank  guard  in  front  of  the  saws. 

The  suspended  pipe  railing  guard  mentioned  in  connection  with  trimmers 
is  sometimes  used  also  for  slashers  which  are  not  protected  by  hoods  or  plank- 
ing guards.  A  slasher  man  is  not  only  apt  to  get  caught  in  the  chains,  but  he 
is  also  likely  to  slip  on  a  slimy  slab. 

When  slasher  chains  run  far  across  the  floor  of  a  mill,  there  should  be 
bridges  crossing  them,  to  prevent  men  walking  among  the  chains  to  get  from 

one  end  of  the  mill  to  the  other. 
When  saws  have  to  be  oiled,  the  last 
set  of  chains,  if  there  are  two,  should 
be  stopped,  as  well  as  the  saws.  All 
transfer  and  carrier  chains  leading 
to  trimmer  or  slasher  saws  should  be 
so  arranged  that  they  can  easily  be 
thrown  out,  by  clutch  or  otherwise. 

HORIZONTAL    BAND    RESAW. 


Courtesy  of  North  German   H  ood^orkcrs'  Ass 

Fig.    34.    Hood  for  Trim  Saw. 


This  saw  should  have  its  wheels 
entirely  housed.  Where  the  upper 
side  of  the  saw  is  not  used  for  the  cutting,  this  should  be  included  in  the  hous- 
ing, leaving  nothing  exposed  except  where  the  stock  passes  in  and  out. 
Whether  the  table  is  of  the  roll  bed  type  or  is  a  slat  table  with  live  press  rolls, 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Kclley  &•  Mayer. 

Fig.  35.     Slashers  Guarded,  Front  View. 


there  is  great  danger  in  feeding  stock.     The  man  feeding  often  leans  on  the 

front  end  of  the  stock  to  carry  it  in  straight,  and  is  thus  likely  to  be  caught 

in  the  feed  apparatus,  either  by  letting  his  hands  follow  in  too  far  or  by  another 

piece  of  lumber  coming  along  and  hit- 
ting him.  This  danger  is  increased  by 
the  tendency  of  the  chains  often  used 
for  feeding-out  to  sag  from  stretching. 
In  some  machines  the  dangerous  parts 
are  set  further  back  from  the  feed  en- 
trance than  is  usually  the  case,  but  the 
hazard  is  great  enough  even  then. 

Hood  and  Apron  Guards.  Owing 
to  the  wide  range  of  thickness  in  ma- 
terial to  be  worked  on  such  a  saw,  it  is 
difficult  to  provide  an  adequate  guard, 
but  partial  protection  can  be  given. 
One  method  is  to  bring  a  hood-like 
cover  over  from  the  top  of  the  machine 
down  as  far  as  will  permit  the  thickest 
stock  to  go  through.  Such  a  guard  is 
shown  in  Fig.  42  (page  44).  The  stock 
fed  to  the  machine  illustrated  varies 

in  thickness  from  5-8  inch  to  12  inches,  and  the  distance  from  the  bottom  of  the 

guard  to  the  top  of  the  table  is  12  1-2  inches.     This  picture  also  shows  the 

wheels  housed. 

Another  method  is  to  bring  out  metal  arms  from  the  machine  frame  at  the 

height  of  the  top  of  the  feed  opening, 

and  attach  to  a  cross-piece  at  the  ends 

of  these  arms  a  swinging  apron  of  wire 

mesh  with  a  roll,  or  a  row  of  wheels  set 

some    distance   apart,   on    the   bottom. 

The  apron  will  be  swung  in  and  up  by 

the  stock  as  it  comes  along,  but  will 

drop   back   again   after   the   stock  has 

passed  by.     The  operator  can  see  the 

machine  and  stock  all  the  time,  but  he 

will  be  warned  by  his  hands  touching 

the  apron,  or  roll  or  wheels,  that  he  is 

getting  into  danger. 

When  the  hood  method,  is  used,  it 

is  advisable  when  possible  to  have  also 

a  metal  bar  well  in  front  of  the  hood,    Courtesy  of  Kelley  &  Maycr_ 

supported  from  the  machine  frame  at     Fig.  ^    slashers  Guarded,  End  View. 

a  height  just  sufficient  to  let  stock  pass 

beneath  it.     Such  a  bar  alone  is  sometimes  used,  but  it  is  not  as  effective 

as  the  other  methods  of  guarding. 


SAW  MILL 


WOOD  SAWS. 

Where  fire  wood  is  manufactured  from  slabs  and  edgings,  they  are  often 
cut  up  by  a  gang  of  circular  saws  like  slab  slashers,  the  stuff  being  fed  up  an 
inclined  table  on  chains  on  which 
they  are  placed  from  the  conveyor. 
The  table  should  be  long  enough  so 
the  man  placing  stock  on  it  cannot 
reach  the  saws  in  endeavoring  to 
straighten  stock  on  the  chains.  These 
saws  should  be  guarded  like  slasher 
saws,  with  especially  good  provision 
against  kicking.  When  a  cut-off  saw, 
like  a  shingle  cut-off,  is  used  for  this 
purpose,  the  saw  should  have  a  board 
suspended  down  over  it  in  front  of  the 
crown  and  should  be  fenced  in  the 
rear.  A  good  alternative  is  to  cover  the 
saw  with  a  hood. 


Courtesy  of  Kellcy  &  Mayer. 

Fig.  37.    Slashers  Guarded,  Guards  Raised 
from  Saws. 


LIVE  ROLLS. 

The  live  rolls  used  as  transfers 
from  head  saws  to  edgers  or  slashers, 
and  elsewhere  in  the  mill,  have  caused 
many  accidents,  chiefly  through  the 
gears  or  sprockets  and  chains  used  to 
drive  them,  and,  in  mills  of  old  construc- 
tion, through  the  necessity  of  going 
over  the  rolls  to  pass  across  the  mill. 
The  driving  gear  is  very  dangerous,  as 
the  men  have  to  work  close  to  the  rolls, 
often  leaning  over  them  when  a  piece 
has  canted,  and  the  rolls  are  usually 
reversible.  Frequently,  too,  men  un- 
familiar with  the  hazard  are  called  upon 
to  help  out  the  regular  men. 

Gears,  Sprockets,  Etc.  Driving 
gears  or  sprockets  and  chains  and  the 
shaft  which  drives  them,  with  its 
dangerous  couplings  and  key-ways, 
should  be  entirely  enclosed  on  top,  bot- 
tom and  sides.  They  can  be  boxed  in 
with  plate  or  heavy  planking  (with 
doors,  if  desired,  at  necessary  points 
of  access),  or  can  be  covered  by  such  a  table  and  lifting  apron  arrangement, 
shown  in  Fig.  43  (page  44),  as  is  used  in  steel  mills  to  guard  driving  gear  of 
roller  tables.  The  rolls  should  be  of  enough  diameter  to  allow  of  complete 


Courtesy  of  Ingram  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  38.     Board  Guards  for  Slab  Slashers. 


WOODWORKING    SAFEGUARDS 


top  covering,  which  should  be  very  substantial,  as  heavy  stuff  often  falls  upon 
it.  The  diameter  needs  to  be  especially  large  when  sprocket  and  chain  drive 
is  used.  Fig.  44  (page  45)  shows  complete  covering  with  heavy  planking,  the 

top  covering  also  guard- 
ing the  ends  of  the  rolls 
so  clothing  cannot  gei 
caught  in  them.  The  in- 
verted trough  above  is  a 
reflector  for  electric 
lights.  Fig.  45  (page  45). 
a  picture  of  rolls  which 
extend  out  into  the  yard, 
shows  also  how  the  bot- 
tom of  cog  gearing  can 
be  covered  substantially, 
yet  cheaply. 

When  metal  top 
gear  covers  are  furnished 
with  rolls,  heavy  plank- 
ing should  be  set  up 


Fig.  39.    Wooden  Hoods  for  Slab  Slashers. 


along  the  side  of  the  shaft,  closed  in  at  the  bottom  and  its  top  level  with  the  top 
of  the  table.  When  a  cast  iron  roll  is  broken  by  a  heavy  cant,  it  should  be  re-- 
placed at  once,  to  avoid  accident  due  to  its  damaged  condition. 

Bridges  Over  Rolls.  When  it  is  necessary  to  cross  rolls  to  get  from  one 
side  of  the  mill  to  the  other,  or  to  get 
to  the  lath  mill,  there  should  be 
elevated  bridges  over  the  rolls  at 
necessary  points,  and  these  bridges 
and  the  steps  leading  to  them  should 
have  hand-rails,  preferably  double. 
Bridges  are  far  preferable  t$  passage- 
ways between  the  rolls.  A  good  type 
of  bridge  is  shown  in  Fig.  43  (page 
44).  When  neither  bridges  nor  pass- 
ageways are  used,  special  care  should 
be  taken  to  keep  the  table  between 
the  rolls  in  good  condition. 

Care  in  Operation.  Great  care 
should  be  taken  by  all  men  con- 
trolling live  rolls  to  avoid  accidents 
to  other  men.  The  first  off-bearer,  or 
tail  sawyer,  should  avoid  sending 
timber  down  too  fast,  or  it  may 
smash  into  other  timber  ahead.  He 
should  also  be  careful  to  keep  his  hand  off  the  lever  when  he  is  cleaning  out 
around  the  head  saw.  Otherwise  he  may  reverse  the  rolls  and  run  cants  back, 
or  may  send  a  cant  down  too  rapidly.  He  should  not  attempt  to  handle  alone 


Courtesy  of  C. 

Fig.  40. 


Crane   &  Co. 

Metal  Hoods  for  Slashers. 


SAW  MILL 


43 


a  cant  or  slab  too  big  for  one  man.     There  should  always  be  enough  men  at 
hand  to  wedge  off  a  cant  or  slab  of  any  size. 

Men  handling  transfers  in  live  rolls  should  always  see  that  no  one  is  in 
danger  before  tripping  them.  Transfer  chains  should  be  examined  often  to 
see  they  work  properly  and  will  not  cant  stock  in  throwing  it  off  the  rolls. 
The  chains  should  raise  to  equal  height  when  tripped  and  go  well  down  be- 
tween the  rolls  when  the  trip  is  thrown  off. 

TRANSMISSION. 

One  of  the  most  dangerous  points  in  a  saw  mill  or  shingle  mill  is  the  first 
floor,  or  basement,  in  which  is  located  the  transmission  by  which  the  machinery 
above  is  driven.  Generally  speaking,  this  transmission,  as  well  as  that  on  the 
floor  above,  should 
be  guarded  as  sug- 
gested in  the  chap- 
ter treating  of 
Power  Generation. 
Transmission,  Etc., 
but  the  peculiar  con- 
ditions below  de- 
mand special  care. 
Xot  only  is  there  a 
great  quantity  of 
shafting,  belts  and  H 
pulleys.  sprockets 
and  chains,  frictions, 
gearing,  conveyors, 
etc..  here,  but  the 
machinery  is  very 
heavy,  has  to  be  run 
at  unusually  high 
speed,  and  requires 
much  attention  because  of  the  severe  strain  put  upon  it  by  the  peculiar  nature 
of  saw  mill  work,  with  its  frequent  abrupt  throwing  on  and  off  of  the  load. 

Light,  Signs,  Etc.  There  should  be  plenty  of  light,  artificial  if  not  natural, 
especially  at  danger  points.  Whitewashing  timbers  and  woodwork  will  help 
reflection,  as  well  as  contribute  to  neatness.  As  much  light  and  free  working 
space  as  possible  should  be  provided,  as  a  great  deal  of  work  has  to  be  done 
while  the  machinery  is  in  motion.  Signs  should  be  posted  up  warning  every- 
one out  of  this  section  of  the  mill  except  those  employed  there.  Employees 
should  not  be  allowed  to  idle  around.  When  men  who  work  on  the  mill  floor 
are  compelled  or  permitted  to  use  the  ground  floor  as  an  entrance,  doors  and 
stairways  should  be  put  in  so  that  ready  and  convenient  access  can  be  had  to 
floors  above  without  going  among  or  about  the  machinery  below.  There 
should  be  plenty  of  buttons  here  as  elsewhere  in  the  mill  for  stopping  the 
machinery  quickly  when  necessary.  Saw  mill  boilers  and  engines,  on  the 


Courtesy  of  Defiance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  41.     Extended  Transfer  Chains. 


44 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


ground  floor  of  the  mill  or  in  adjacent  buildings,  should  be  protected  as  sug- 
gested in  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmission,  Etc. 

Runways,  Etc.    Rumvays  should  give  access  to  all  places  above  reach  from 

the  floor  where  men  have  to  oil,  adjust  or 
repair.  These  runways  should  have 
double  hand-rails  and  toe  boards,  to  pre- 
vent workmen  or  tools  from  falling  into 
gears,  sprockets,  conveyors,  frictions, 
belts,  etc.,  below,  which  may  not  be  en- 
tirely housed.  Housing  should  always 
be  done,  however,  whenever  possible. 
Railed  stairways  should  lead  to  runways. 
Safe  passageways  should  be  provided  be- 
tween or  over  any  danger  points  to 
which  it  is  impracticable  to  give  close 
protection. 

Low  Shafting,  Etc.  Too  much  care 
cannot  be  taken  to  protect  low  trans- 
mission apparatus,  as  the  floor  space  is 
apt  to  be  very  congested  and  the  oilers 
and  millwrights  are  kept  pretty  busy 
most  of  the  time.  Any  openings  cut  in 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Fig.  42.  Hood  for  Horizontal  Band  Resaw. 


the  floor  for  large  pulleys  and  low  running  belts  and  shafting  should  be  sub- 
stantially fenced  up  to  a  height  which  will  eliminate  danger,  and  there  should 
be  toe  boards  to  prevent  anything  falling  into  the  holes. 

It  is  well  to  cover  low  shafting  entirely,  and  this  should  always  be  done 
when  near-by  space  is 
used  as  a  passageway.  If 
it  is  not  covered,  set 
screws  should  be  pro- 
tected or  safety  flanged 
collars  used,  key-ways 
should  be  covered,  coup- 
lings boxed  up,  and' shaft 
ends  cut  off  or  encased. 
Fig.  46  (page  46)  shows 
a  method  of  guarding 
low  running  pulleys  and 
belts,  which  would  be  im- 
proved by  having  an- 
other rail  half-way  to  the 
floor.  Fig.  47  (page  46) 

Shows  a  Shaft  4  feet  from      Courtesy   of   Carnegie  Steel  Co. 

the       floor       completely          Fig.  43-    Live  Roll  Guards  and  Bridge  Over  Rolls, 
boxed,     two     couplings     covered,     and     a     big     sprocket     wheel     protected. 
Fig.    48     (page    47)     is    another    good    picture    of    guarded    transmission. 
The    shafting    is    all    high    enough    to    walk    under,    and    there    are    high 


SAW  MILL 


45 


elevated  runways  for  oilers  to  reach  places  they  cannot  reach  from  the  floor. 
Elevated  Shafting.  On  account  of  the  frequent  necessity  for  work  on 
or  about  it,  elevated  shafting  should  be  especially  well  guarded.  Protrud- 
ing set  screws 
should  be  elimi- 
n  a  t  e  d,  keyways 
covered,  and  dead 
ends  cut  off  or  en- 
cased. When  a 
coupling  is  b  e- 
tween  hangers,  a 
metal  covering  can 
be  fitted  closely 
over  it.  When 
near  a  hanger  or 
pillar,  or  the  ceil- 
ing, a  housing  can 


be  built  out. 


Courtesy  of  Defiance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  44.  Plank  Guards  for  Live  Rolls. 
Frictions,  Gears,  Belts  and  Pulleys.  All  frictions,  gears,  and  sprockets 
and  chains  should  be  enclosed  as  fully  as  possible.  Fig.  49  (page  48)  shows 
such  transmission  covered  on  all  sides,  doors  affording  easy  access  at  necessary 
times.  In  Fig.  50  (page  48)  is  shown  how  a  big  friction  can  be  covered.  The 
board  covering  on  the  rear  side  is  stationary,  while  that  on  the  front  is  hinged 
and  can  be  lifted  up  as  shown. 

Long  horizontal  belts  driving  the  main  line  of  shafting  and  the  head  saws 
should  be  fenced  so  that  no  one  can  walk  into  them.  Fig.  51  (page  49)  shows 
an  ingenious  but  simple  scheme  for  getting  safely  through  a  main  drive  belt 

w  h  e  r  e  no  passage- 
way could  be  made 
over  or  around  it.  If 
such  a  belt  is  ele- 
vated, its  under  side 
should  be  guarded, 
over  all  passage- 
ways at  any  rate 
and  preferably  its 
entire  run.  The  idler 
on  the  main  drive 
belt  should  always 
be  secured  with 
chains,  instead  of 

Courtesy   of  Defiance  Lumber  Co.  TOpCS,   in   addition   tO 

Fig.  45.    Plank  Guards  for  Live  Rolls.  a  substantial  frame. 

The  web  pulley,  or  a  filled  in  pulley,  is  preferable,  but  any  pulley  near  a  plat- 
form or  runway,  or  a  passageway  below,  should  be  boxed  or  have  a  substantial 
board  guard  to  prevent  contact  with  it  or  its  belt. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Conveyors.  Conveyors  should  be  entirely  covered  wherever  possible, 
special  attention  being  paid  to  turning  points.  In  passing  over  a  conveyor, 
even  a  slow-moving  one,  a  man  runs  great  risk  of  being  caught  in  the  chain 

and  not  being  able  to  release  him- 
self before  reaching  a  danger  point. 
Fig.  52  (page  49)  shows  effective 
guarding  of  conveyors,  both  those 
running  upright  and  those  on  the 
floor  being  boxed  in.  A  covering  has 
been  removed  from  one  chain  to 
show  the  method  of  boxing. 

Valves,  Etc.  The  valves  of  the 
nigger  and  other  steam  feeds  should 
be  kept  in  the  best  of  shape.  The 
stuffing-box  of  the  nigger  should  be 
kept  properly  packed.  Nigger  cylin- 
ders should  be  railed  off  to  prevent 
persons  being  injured  by  escaping 
hot  water.  Any  pit  in  which  nigger 
cylinders  are  placed  is  especially  in 
need  of  railing.  Exhausts  from  all 
steam  feeds  should  be  carried  out  so 
there  will  be  no  chance  of  their  in- 
juring anyone. 

General.  The  lower  parts  of  the 
band  or  circular  mills,  and  of  any 
gang  saws  used,  should  be  completely  housed.  All  overhead  sheaves  carry- 
ing cables  or  ropes  running  carriage  or  set  gears,  or  carrying  rope  transmission, 
should  be  guarded.  The 
spokes  and  the  parts  of 
sheaves  where  the  cable 
enters  should  be  entirely 
enclosed.  All  counter- 
weights should  run  close 
to  the  floor,  as  shown  in 

Fig-  49  (Page  48),  or  in 
enclosed  guides.  It  is 
wrell  to  box  counter- 
weights or  have  safety 
chains. 

STEAM   FEEDS  AND 
MACHINERY. 

The     utmost     care  Fig.   47.     Guarded   Transmission, 

should  be  taken  of  all  steam  arrangements  and  machinery.  Every  shift  should 
make  careful  examination  of  these,  each  man  examining  everything  with  which 
he  has  to  do.  Steam  should  be  turned  on  to  see  if  the  kicker,  the  deck  stop,. 


Courtesy   of   Kelley   &   Mayer. 

Fig.  46.     Guard  for  Low  Belts  and  Pulleys. 


SAW  MILL 


47 


the  nigger,  and  the  carriage  are  working  right.  The  sawyer  should  examine 
his  head  saw,  and  the  other  men  the  machines  and  parts  of  equipment  with 
which  each  has  to  do.  When  the  head  saw  is  changed,  and  the  mill  shut  down, 
which  is  likely  to  be  several  times  a  day,  every  man  should  examine  his  ma- 
chine to  see  if  it  is  in  good  condition,  and  oil  it  or  do  anything  else  necessary. 
Before  starting  up  the  engine  again,  the  engineer  should  sound  a  signal 
which  can  be  heard  all  over  the  mill,  so  that  men  cleaning  up  or  working  around 
the  machinery  can  stop  in  time  to  avoid  being  hurt.  Such  a  whistle  should  be 
sounded  also  before  stopping,  to  avoid  material  being  left  in  a  machine,  which 
will  cramp  and  strain  it  and  put  extra  strain  on  the  engine  and  transmission 
when  starting  up. 

FILING  ROOM. 

Suggestions  for  suitable  mounting,  equipment,  guarding  and  operation  of 

emery  wheels  will 
be  found  elsewhere 
in  this  book  (see 
index).  The  floor  of 
the  filing  room 
should  be  kept  in 
good  condition,  and 
all  shafting,  coup- 
lings, set  screws,  cog 
gearing  and  belts 
and  pulleys  should 
be  guarded  as  sug- 
gested in  the  chap- 
ter on  Power  Gen- 
eration. Transmis- 
sion, Etc.  If  the  fil- 
ing room  is  located 
directly  over  the 
band  mill,  as  is 
often  the  case,  the 
railed  off,  with  an 
easily  removable  rail,  so  that  no  one  will  stand  on  them.  Xot  only  is  there 
special  danger  at  this  point  in  event  of  a  saw  breaking,  but  the  doors  are  apt 
to  be  very  light  in  order  that  they  may  be  moved  quickly  when  necessary. 

BLACKSMITH  AND  MACHINE  SHOPS. 

Proper  appliances  should  be  supplied  for  handling  heavy  material  with 
perfect  safety.  Floors  should  be  kept  in  good  condition  and  all  transmission 
should  be  well  guarded  (see  chapter  on  Power  Generation.  Transmission, 
Etc.).  Back  and  change  gears  of  lathes  and  gears  on  drill  presses  should  be 
protected  with  covers.  Xo  protruding  set  screws  should  be  allowed  on  drill 
chucks.  Tools  should  be  watched  for  crystallization,  and  all  chains  should 
be  annealed  at  necessary  intervals.  Small  engines  used  in  the  machine  shoo 


ance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.   48.     Guarded    Transmission. 


sliding    or    lifting    doors    over    the    saw    should    be 


48 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


should  be  equipped,  guarded  and  operated  in  the  manner  best  calculated  to 

assure  safety  (see  index).  When 
steam  hammers  are  used,  the  valves 
should  be  kept  in  first  class  condition 
to  prevent  the  hammer  repeating.  For 
drop  hammers  it  is  well  to  install  a 
safety  device  which  will  prevent  the 
hammer  from  accidentally  dropping 
on  an  operator's  hand.  Under  no  cir- 
cumstances should  an  attempt  be 
made  to  shrink  a  hollow  piston  on  a 
piston  rod,  or  even  to  heat  a  hollow 
piston,  without  first  boring  it  or  open- 
ing it  in  some  manner.  Otherwise  it 
is  apt  to  explode  and  cause  severe 
injuries. 

THE  YARD. 

If  a  sorting  table  supplied  by 
sorting  chains  is  used,  the  dangerous 
gears  under  the  table  driving  the  sort- 
ing chains  and  the  table  chains  should 
be  wholly  enclosed,  preferably  in 
metal.  The  shafts  running  crossways 
under  the  table  at  each  end  should  be 
guarded,  and  so  should  the  gears  of 
any  live  rolls  that  may  be  used  at  the 
front  end  of  the  table  to  carry  stuff  to 
a  planing  mill  or  a  resaw  shed.  If  the 
lumber  is  taken  out  of  the  mill  by  the 
drop  system,  running  it  down  a  slide 
at  the  tail  to  the  platform,  ground  or 
wharf,  the  yard  foreman  should  put 
only  experienced  and  cool  men  on  the 
job  of  sending  stuff  down  the  slide.  A 
loud  bell  signal  should  be  sounded  to 
warn  men  below  when  lumber  is  com- 
ing. When  the  lumber  is  sent  down 
on  dead  rolls  set  on  an  incline,  these 
rolls  should  be  boxed  up  high  enough 
at  the  sides  to  prevent  stuff  from 
jumping  off.  There  should  also  be  a 
good  signal  system  to  prevent  anyone 
at  the  bottom  of  the  chute  getting 

Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd.  Caught. 

Fig.  50.    Big  Friction  Covered.  Platforms     and     Runways.     All 

platforms   and   runways  over  which   lumber   is  handled   should   be   watched 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Fig.  49.     Transmission  Guarded. 


SAW  MILL 


49 


closely  for  defects.  A  competent  man  should  have  charge  of  keeping  them  up 
so  that  trucks  won't  break  through  and  throw  heavy  lumber  off.  Holes  should 
be  repaired  at  once.  Inclines  on  runways  should  be  cleated,  if  possible.  Stair- 
ways leading  to  elevated  runways  or 
platforms  should  have  hand-rails  and 
toe  boards,  and  the  treads  should  be 
kept  in  good  condition. 

When  a  platform  is  used  for 
loading  from,  to  cars  or  piles,  there 
should  be  a  heavy  guard  timber  at 
the  edge  to  keep  trucks  from  running 
off  and  falling  on  anyone  below. 
When  platforms  are  not  used  for 
loading  over,  they  should  be  sub- 
stantially railed. 

Loading  and  Hauling.  When 
lumber,  shingles,  or  lath  are  loaded 
into  box  cars  from  a  platform,  there 
should  be  a  safety  gang-plank  be- 
tween the  car  and  the  platform, 
spiked  underneath  at  each  end  or 
equipped  with  other  secure  means  of 
fastening.  It  is  well  to  build  a  plat- 
form with  which  loading  on  to  flat 


C  ourtesy  of  Defiance  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.    51.     Safe    Passageway    Through    Main 
Drive  Belt. 


cars  is  done  with  an  incline.     Cars 
can    then    be    moved    along    in    the 

course  of  loading  so  that  lumber  need  never  be  lifted  up  to  the  cars.     Building 

the  railroad  on  an 

incline     will     a  c  - 

complish  the  same 

purpose.        Either 

will    obviate    also 

the  danger  of  load- 
ing from  a  plat- 
form to  a  car  way 

below    it.      At   all 

inclined       loading 

platforms    there 

should     be     signs 

giving  warning 

that    cars    run    up 

so  close  that  there 

is  no  Clearance.    In       Courtesy  of  Pair.c  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

loading  cars  to  be  Fig-  52-     Conveyors   Boxed  in. 

coupled  together,  care  should  be  taken  not  to  load  on  one  car  lumber 
which  will  project  over  the  coupling.  Two  cars  should  be  coupled  together 
for  such  long  stuff. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Hand  and  horse  trucks  and  all  other  appliances  used  for  conveying  lum- 
ber to  various  parts  of  the  yard  should  be  inspected  carefully  and  often. 
Wheels  and  bunks  should  be  kept  in  good  order.     No  vicious,  kicking,  or  bit- 
ing horses  should  be  used  for  haul- 
ing.     In    unloading   horse    or   hand 
cars,  the  unloading  should  be  done 
evenly  from  the  top  down,  never  off 
one  side  at  a  time.     Otherwise  the 
remainder    of    the    load    may    over- 
balance and  the  bunks  tip  over. 

Cranes,  Etc.  Timber  cranes 
should  have  all  gears  covered,  and 
cables,  hooks  and  tongs  should  be 
kept  in  good  shape.  Points  of  hooks 
and  tongs  should  be  kept  sharp  and 
not  allowed  to  get  bent.  A  good 
method  of  guarding  gears  is  shown 
in  Fig.  53.  A  safety  hook  is 
shown  in  Fig.  54.  The  handle 
"  A  "  enables  the  operator  to  handle 
the  hook  without  danger  of  get- 
ting his  fingers  caught,  and  the 
hump  "  B  "  prevents  the  hook  from 
A  pair  of  safety  tongs  is  shown  in 


Courtesy  of  Illinois  Steel  Co. 

Fig-  53-     Crane  Gears  Covered. 


accidentally  engaging  with  any  object. 
Fig-  55  (page  51). 

If  a  crane  is  worked  by  hand  crank,  there  should  be  safety  locking  devices 
to  hold  the  handles  on  the  shaft  and  a  ratchet  catch  to  lock  the  crane  at  any 
height  and  to  prevent  flying  back.    When  cranes  or  block  and  tackle  are  sup- 
ported from  a  gin  pole,  the  leverage  should  not  be  so 
high  up  that  the  pole  may  break  under  heavy  strain. 
Only  skilled  men  should  erect  such  a  pole. 

Lumber  Piles  and  Sheds.  Piles  should  be  started 
on  good  foundations,  and  lumber  should  never  be  piled 
too  high.  Platforms  used  in  passing  lumber  up  should 
be  made  of  good  stock  and  the  top  boards  should  not 
extend  far  beyond  the  bracings,  to  prevent  their  tipping 
by  a  man  standing  outside  a  brace.  There  are  safety 
lumber  hoists  which  obviate  the  necessity  for  such  pass- 
ing up,  and  also  that  of  men  leaning  over  the  edges  of 
piles.  Ladders  used  at  lumber  piles,  or  elsewhere,  should 
be  spiked.  Lumber  pilers  should  wear  leather  aprons  and 


square  leather  pieces  strapped  across  the  insides  of  their  Courtesy  of  National  Tube  Co. 
hands,  as  protection  against  splinters.     In  piling,  watch     Fl£-  54-     Safety  Hook, 
should  be  kept  for  high  voltage  wires,  where  such  are  used.     Care  should  be 
exercised  in  fastening  the  covers,  or  roofs,  on  lumber  piles,  as  many  serious 
injuries  have  been  inflicted  through  loose  covers  being  blown  off. 


SAW  MILL 


Lumber  sheds  should  be  well  kept  up.  All  stairways  and  open  hatches 
should  be  railed,  and  the  blocks  and  tackle  used  should  be  inspected  often. 
When  a  shed  has  two  stories,  care  should  be  taken  not  to  pile  so  much  lumber 

on  the  second  story  that  the  flooring  will  be  likely  to 
give  way  under  the  weight. 

General.  Overhead  conveyors  carrying  waste  to 
the  burner  should  have  their  sides  boxed  up  so  high 
that  even  large  accumulations  of  stuff  cannot  fall  off 
on  men  below,  and  should  have  substantial  railed  foot- 
walks  along  them.  At  the  burner  end  of  a  conveyor 
there  should  be  a  tight  fence,  which  can  be  opened  if 
necessary,  to  prevent  anyone  falling  into  the  burner. 
Reservoirs  and  all  excavations  should  be  fenced,  and 
also  the  mill  pond  when  possible.  Live  rolls  should 
be  guarded  like  those  used  in  the  mill,  as  they  too  are 
apt  to  be  reversible.  Ample  light  should  be  provided 
in  yards  at  night,  to  prevent  men  falling  into  holes, 
etc. 

RAILROAD  IN  YARD. 

Tracks.  Tracks  should  be  at  least  6  feet  from 
permanent  structures  or  piles  of  material,  and  ma- 
terial should  not  be  allowed  to  lie  along  tracks. 

Courtesy  of  British  Factory  ^'-vyhere  trolley  poles  are  used,  they  should  be  far 
Fig.  55-  Safety  Tongs.  enougn  from  a  track  to  prevent  a  man  being  caught 
between  a  pole  and  material  overhanging  from  a  car.  Xo  overhead  wire  or 
cable  across  a  track  should  be  low  enough  to  come  in  contact  with  a  man  on 
the  side  or  the  top  of  a  car. 

All  frogs  and  points  between  rails  and  ends  of  guard  rails  should  be 
blocked,  preferably  with  steel  or  iron,  and  the  blocks  should  be  kept 
in  good  shape.  Tracks  should 
be  filled  in  at  crossings  with 
planks  whose  ends  are  bev- 
eled off,  and  wherever  pos- 
sible all  tracks  should  be  sur- 
faced level  with  the  ties  be- 
tween the  tracks  and  to  the 
ends  of  the  ties.  Railroad 
trestles  should  be  planked 
over  above  crossings,  and 
should  be  equipped  with  safe 
walks  provided  with  railings 
and  toe  boards.  When  tracks  Courtesy  of  Illinois  steel  Co. 

pass    under    runways    or  Fig.  56.    Safety  Gates  to  Railroad  Track, 

bridges   there   should   be   telltales    at   each    side,    suspended    from   hanging 
boards  to  prevent  their  being  thrown   up   out  of  the  way. 

Switches  should  operate  parallel  with   rails,  instead  of  at  right  angles. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy    of   International   Harvester   Co. 

Fig.  57.     Guard  at  Railroad  Track. 


Tracks  on  an  incline  and  those  entering  buildings  should  be  provided  with 
derailing  switches.  There  should  be  substantial  bumping  blocks  at  dead  ends 
of  tracks.  All  tracks  should  be  carefully  examined  once  a  week  as  to  their 

condition    and    that    of 
safety  devices. 

Cars  and  Engines. 
All  cars,  engines  and 
equipment  should  be 
kept  in  good  repair. 
Whenever  possible,  all 
cars  should  be  equipped 
with  air  brakes  and  with 
automatic  couplings.  Flat 
cars  should  be  provided 
with  suitable  side  stakes. 
Locomotives  should  have 
efficient  safety  fenders, 
hung  as  low  as  possible. 
Guards  and  Warn- 
ings. Warning  signs 
should  be  placed  at  door- 
ways near  a  track,  at  points  where  there  is  not  ample  clearance  between  a 
track  and  any  fixed  structure  or  pile  of  material,  and  at  points  of  entrance 
to  a  track  from  which  a  full  view  of  the  track  cannot  be  had.  If  possible,  there 
should  be  bridges  over  crossings.  At  any  rate  there  should  be  swinging  gates 
marked  "  Danger,"  and  these  should  be  provided  with  red  lights  at  night.  A 
guard  railing  should  be  placed  at  a  doorway  near  a  track,  in  addition  to  a  sign, 
and  there  should  be  gates  at  approaches  between  buildings  to  a  track. 

Operation.  A  regu- 
lar system  of  whistles, 
or  an  automatic  bell  kept 
in  good  order,  should  be 
used  to  give  warning  of 
the  approach  of  cars. 
Walking  on  the  tracks 
should  be  positively  pro- 
hibited. Only  persons 
whose  duty  requires  it 
should  be  allowed  to  ride 
on  locomotives  or  trains. 
Jumping  on  or  off  trains 
in  motion,  other  than  by 
trainmen,  should  be  for- 
bidden. Cars  should  not 
be  speeded  too  high,  and  inclines  should  not  be  descended  with  more  cars  than 
can  be  safely  handled,  taking  into  consideration  the  condition  of  the  track,  wet 
or  dry. 


Courtesy  of  National  Tube  Co. 

Fig.  58.     Frogs  and  Guard  Rails  Blocked. 


SAW  MILL 


53 


A  train  should  not  be  started  until  the  engineer  has  received  proper  signal 
from  the  switchman  in  charge.  When  coupling  cars,  switchmen  should  first 
go  along  the  track  and  see  that  no  one  is  under  the  cars.  When  a  car  is  being 
loaded,  a  sign  should  be  hung  on  the  coupling  reading  "  Men  working  in  this 

car.  Do  not  move."  Cars  improperly 
loaded  should  not  be  handled;  train- 
men should  examine  cars  before  mov- 
ing them.  A  danger  signal,  prefer- 
ably a  red  banner,  should  be  placed 
far  enough  from  the  exposed  end  of 
a  car  upon  the  repair  track,  and  upon 
which  work  is  being  done,  to  insure 
the  safety  of  the  repair  men. 


Courtesy  of  National  Tube  Co. 

Fig.   59.    Safety  Car  Shifter. 

Trains  should  never  bump  into  cars  without  the  switchman  first  going 
ahead  to  see  if  men  are  working  on  or  about  the  cars.  Flying  switches  should 
be  prohibited.  If  necessity  requires  that  such  be  made  to  a  track  on  which 
a  car  is  standing,  the  switchman  should  warn  any  people  working  about  the 
car.  Switchmen .  should  not  go  between  cars  in  motion  to  pull  pins,  nor 
should  pins  be  pulled  or  couplings  made  on  the  inside  of  a  curve.  Cars  left 
on  side  tracks  should  be  properly  secured. 

In  moving  cars  by  hand  a  safety  car  shifter,  as  shown  in  Fig.  59, 
can  well  be  used  in  place  of  the  ordinary  pinch  bar.  With  this  shifter  a  man 
pulls  up.  instead  of  pushing  down,  and  in  case  the  bar  slips  the  man  is 
not  injured.  The  sharpened  prong  "  C  "  bites  the  rail  when  the  handle  is 
raised.  The  shape 
of  the  wedge  makes 
it  impossible  for  the 
car  to  slip  back- 
wards. At  the  end  of 
the  handle  held  by 
the  workman  is  a 
hook  to  prevent  his 
hands  from  slipping 
off. 


LATH  MILL. 

Lath  Bolters. 
When  a  single  saw  is 
used  without  feed 
roll,  a  substantial 
board  should  be  sus- 
pended in  front  of 
the  crown,  to  prevent 
knots,  gravel,  etc.,  flying  at  the  operator,  or  preferably  a  hood  should  be 
placed  over  the  saw.  Behind  the  saw  should  be  a  strong  splitter.  When  the 
bolter,  whether  single  saw  or  gang,  has  a  feed  roll,  the  whole  top  of  the 


sy  of  St.  Paul  &  Tacoma  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  60.     Lath  Bolter  and  Saws  Guarded. 


54 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


machine  can  well  be  housed  with  an  easily  removable  cover,  like  that  shown  in 
Fig.  61,  coming  as  close  as  possible  to  the  table  in  front  to  prevent 
a  hand  getting  caught  between  roll  and  stock.  If  there  is  no  complete  housing, 

the  saw  or  saws  should  be  guarded 
by  a  hood  coming  well  down  over 
the  front  of  the  roll,  and  the  gears  or 
sprockets  and  chains  should  be 
guarded. 

In  either  case  it  is  well  to  have 
dogs  behind  the  saws,  in  sections  so 
as  to  pick  up  any  narrow  pieces.  A 
machine  equipped  with  such  dogs 
and  with  a  hood  over  the  feed  roll  is 
shown  in  Fig.  60  (page  53).  When 
the  feed  is  underneath  and  sprocket 
and  spur  chains  are  used  for  top 
pressure,  it  is  especially  necessary  to 
house  both  feed  apparatus  and  saws. 
The  bolter  man  should  stand  at 

Courtesy  of  Kelley  &•  Mayer.  t]ie    sjde    Of    the    bolter,    not    ill    front. 

Fig.  61.    Lath  Saws  Guard,  in  Place.  When   a   machine   is   used   for  both 

splitting  and  bolting,  the  guide  being  slipped  over  and  then  slipped  back,  care 
should  be  taken  to  adjust  the  guide  firmly  in  each  case.  Drive  belts  and 
pulleys  should  be  well  fenced. 

Lath  Machine.     This  machine  needs  guarding  similar  to  that  of  a  self- 
feed    bolter.      Fig.    61    shows    feed    rolls,    saws    and    gearing    boxed.      The 
box    over    the    rolls    and    saws    can    be    lifted    up,    as    shown    in    Fig.    62. 
When  the  feed  roll  is  not  protected 
by  such  a  housing,  such  a  guard  as 
that  shown  in  Fig.  63  (page  55)  can 
be  used.    It  is  like  the  jointer  guard 
which  is  pushed  aside  by  the  ma- 
terial    fed     and     automatically     re- 
covers the  knives  when  the  stock  has 
gone  through.     Such  a  guard  holds 
the  stock  so  firmly  up  to  the  guide 
that  the  operator  does  not  have  to 
keep  his  hands  on  until  they  are  in 
danger  from  the  roll.     Its  pressure 
on  the  bolt  also  helps  prevent  kick- 
ing.    Pressure  is  given  by  a  weighr. 
Fig.  64  (page  55)   shows  a  piece  of 
stock  entering  the  feed  roll.     These     Courtesy  of  Kciiey  &•  Mayer. 
pictures   also   show   a   box  covering  Fig.  62.    Lath  Saws  Guard,  Raised, 

for  the  saws.  When  one  machine  is  used  as  combination  bolter  and  lath  ma- 
chine, the  protection  should  be  the  same  as  for  individual  machines. 


SAW  MILL 


55 


Trimmers.  Cut-off  saws  used  as  trimmers,  single  or  double,  should  be 
boxed  at  back  and  ends  of  the  machine.  If  the  cutting  is  done  with  the  under 
parts  of  the  saws,  hoods  should  cover  the  tops  and  come  down  in  front  and 
back  as  far  as  possible ;  if  with  the  up- 
per parts,  the  boxing  at  back  and  ends 
should  come  as  far  as  possible  over 
the  tops.  Fig.  65  (page  56)  shows  a 
double  trimmer  housed,  and  Fig.  66 
(page  56)  shows  a  single  saw  pro- 
tected on  top  and  at  back  and  sides.  If 
trimmers  are  near  a  wall,  and  not 
guarded  at  the  back,  the  end  guards 
should  extend  to  the  wall,  to  prevent 
the  space  behind  the  machine  being 
used  as  a  passageway.  When  a  pack- 
ing frame  forms  a  part  of  the  machine, 
the  frame  should  lock  as  it  comes  back 
into  position  in  front,  so  that  it  will 
not  tip  over  when  the  packer  is  lean- 
ing over  to  bind  a  bundle  and  throw 
him  into  the  saws. 

Waste  Holes,  Transfer  Tables, 
Etc.  There  should  be  plenty  of  waste 
holes,  to  get  rid  of  rubbish,  and  these 
should  be  hoppered,  or  preferably 
double-railed  with  piping,  to  prevent 
anyone  falling  into  them.  Sprockets 
on  transfer  tables  should  be  protected, 

as  shown  in  Fig.  60   (page  53),  the 

guard   coming  down   as   far  as  pos- 
sible.     Floors   where    men    stand   to 

pick  stock  from  conveyors  should  be 

kept  in  good  shape,  as  the  men  are 

constantly  on  the  jump  to  keep  stuff 

suitable  for  lath  from  going  on  with 

the  waste.     If  the  floor  is  defective, 

they  are  apt  to  get  nasty  falls.    Piling 

at  such  points  or  on  transfer  tables 

leading  to  bolters  should  be  carefully 

done,  to  prevent  toppling  over. 

Employing  Boys.     As  lath-mak- 
ing  is   usually   done   under   contract, 

young  boys  are  often  hired  at  small 


Courtesy  of  Freeman  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  63.    Lath  Machine  Feed  Roll  Guard, 
in  Place. 


Courtesy  of  Freeman  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  64.     Lath  Machine  Feed  Roll  Guard, 
Open. 


wages  to  do  much  of  the  work  around 

a  lath  mill.    This  practice  is  a  very  bad  one.     No  boy  under  17  years  of  age 

should  be  employed,  nor  should  boys  of  any  age  be  put  at  the  more  dangerous 

work. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


SHINGLE  MILL. 

Cut-off  Saws.     The  various  types  of  cut-off  saws  used  for  cutting  logs, 
bolts  or  cants  to  shingle  length  should  be  guarded  as  fully  as  possible.    Jump 

saws  and  swing  saws,  both  hori- 
zontal and  vertical,  should  be 
guarded  like  those  used  for  trimming 
lumber  in  a  saw  mill.  When  the  bolt 
is  crotched  in  swinging  legs  and 
pushed  to  the  saw,  the  saw  should  be 
protected  like  that  used  for  trimming 
bunches  of  lath.  The  table  cut-off 
saw  to  which  the  stock  is  fed  on  a 
carriage  is  especially  likely  to  need 
guarding  at  the  back,  as  it  is  large 
and  apt  to  stick  out  beyond  the  table. 
A  board  hung  down  in  front,  with  a 
pendant  Hap,  will  keep  stuff  from  fly- 
ing in  the  operator's  eyes.  Often  a 


Courtesy   of  Diamond  lion   Works. 

Fig.  65.     Lath  Trimmer    Guarded. 

suspended  hood  can  be  used  to  advantage  in  connection  with  such  a  board. 
It  is  best  to  have  an  automatic  feed  table  for  this  saw  which  will  lock  when  at 
the  front  end  and  is  tripped  by  the  sawyer.  The  table  should  be  so  arranged 
that  it  cannot  move  while  a 
bolt  is  being  placed  on  it. 
The  conveyor  on  which  bolts 
are  often  brought  to  a  cut- 
off saw  should  never  be  so 
located  that  the  bolts  coming 
up  on  it  can  bump  into  a  bolt 
going  through  the  saw.  It 
should  always  be  c  o  n- 
trollable  by  the  cut-off  saw- 
yer. 

Fig-  67  (page  57)  shows  a 
cut-off  machine  consisting  of 
a  large  circular  saw  and  a 
movable  carriage  with  rollers 
in  it  for  moving  the  logs 
ahead  as  the  pieces  are  cut 
off.  Often  it  is  necessary  for 
an  assistant  to  stand  on  the 
carriage  as  it  moves  back 
and  forth,  and  an  "  L" 


shaped  guard  makes  it  prac- 


Courtesy  of  Western  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  66.    Lath  Trimmer  Guarded, 
tically  impossible  for  him  to  come  in  contact  with  the  saw.     The  other  guard 
shown  covers  the  saw,  but  allows  the  logs  to  pass  under  it  as  they  are  being 
cut  off.    This  latter  device  can  be  improved  by  running  a  small  iron  rod  from 


SAW  MILL 


57 


the  roof  beam  to  the  end  of  the  piece  over  the  saw.  In  a  shingle  mill  boys  will 
run  around  over  tables,  and  the  only  way  is  to  protect  everything  possible  to 
cover.  The  picture  shows  also  the  under  part  of  the  saw  guarded,  the  main 
driving  belt  in  the  background  boxed  in  and  the  pulleys  on  the  main  shaft 
guarded  each  by  two  half  tires,  taken  from  an  old  wagon  wheel,  to  prevent 
injury  from  a  belt  breaking  and  flying.  The  blades  of  cut-off  machines 
should  be  kept  in  the  best  of  shape,  as  they  are  put  to  a  nasty  strain.  No 
cracked  saw  should  be  used.  Care  should  also  be  taken  that  any  carriage 
and  tracks  used  are  in  good  condition. 

Axes,  Wedges,  Etc.  The  axes,  wedges  and  sledges  sometimes  used  to 
split  stock  sawed  to  block  length  from  logs  or  cants  should  be  carefully  kept 
in  good  condition.  Handles  should  be  sound  and  sledgeheads  and  wedges 
watched  carefully  for  signs  of  crystallization.  A  wedge  having  burrs  on  it 
should  never  be  used. 

Knee  Bolter.  This  dangerous  saw  should  always  be  guarded  at  the  rear 
to  prevent  anyone  running 
into  it,  and  a  board  should  be 
suspended  rigidly  and  as  low 
as  possible  in  front  of  the 
crown  to  keep  knots,  saw- 
dust, etc.,  from  being  thrown 
at  the  operator.  Machines  so 
guarded  are  shown  in  Fig.  68 
(page  58).  It  is  well  to  have 
a  pendant  flap  attached  to  the 
suspended  board.  A  metal 
hood  can  well  be  used  with 
the  suspended  board  guard 
mentioned,  the  hood  cover- 
ing the  entire  back  of  the  saw 
but  being  open  on  top  to  let 
knots  fly  out.  There  should  also  be  a  stop  to  prevent  the  carriage  coming  too 
far  back  and  jumping  the  track,  the  drive  belt  and  pulley  should  be  boxed  or 
otherwise  guarded,  and  the  waste  hole  alongside  the  machine  should  be  fenced 
off.  Such  guards  are  shown  in  Fig.  68,  which  also  shows  a  little  flap  running 
on  the  track  to  keep  waste  from  accumulating  on  it. 

The  wheels  of  the  carriage  and  the  track  on  which  it  runs  should  be  in- 
spected frequently  and  carefully  to  see  both  are  in  good  shape.  If  the  carriage 
should  sag  or  jump  the  track,  the  sawyer,  who  has  to 'work  close  to  the  saw, 
frequently  with  an  arm  on  either  side,  would  be  in  great  danger.  The  inserted 
teeth  often  used  in  this  saw  should  be  very  carefully  set  in  and  locked,  as  they 
are  put  to  a  nasty  strain.  The  sawyer  frequently  moves  the  bolt  while  it  is 
in  the  saw,  twisting  it  around,  if  it  is  a  round  block,  to  follow  the  contour  of 
the  sap. 

To  prevent  the  sawyer  losing  his  footing  when  shoving  a  piece  through 
the  saw.  the  floor  on  which  he  stands  should  be  kept  free  from  holes  and  uneven 


Courtesy  of  H.  M.  Laud's  Sons  Co. 

Fig.   67.     Shingle    Cut-Off    Saw    Guarded. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


places,  and  as  clear  as  possible  of  the  bark,  knots  and  slippery  and  slimy  pieces 

of  wood  which  fall  from  the  saw  and  the  carriage. 

Horizontal  Shingle  Saws.  In  operating  the  one-block  or  two-block  power- 
feed  machines,  one  of  the 
chief  dangers  is  in  reach- 
ing in  to  remove  a  spalt. 
It  is  advisable  to  use  a 
machine  whose  carriage 
has  a  safety  spalting 
curve  which  never 
goes  over  the  saw  and 
which  keeps  the  sawyer's 
hand  from  being  crowded 
on  to  the  saw,  several 
inches  of  the  curve  open- 
ing being  clear  of  the 
saw  when  the  carriage  is 
over  the  blade.  In  oper- 
ating the  hand-feed  one- 


Courtesy  of  St.  Pawl  &  Tacoma  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  68.    Guarded  Knee  Bolters. 


block  machine,  the  saw- 
yer should  take  care  not 
to  saw  down  to  too 


small  a  spalt,  or  his  hand  holding  the  block  will  be  in  danger. 

The  carriage  of  a  power-feed  machine  should  be  kept  in  good  condition,  so 
as  not  to  lock  up  and  then  start  suddenly  on  the  sawyer.  Lost  motion  should 
be  watched  for  and  kept  out.  This  carriage  undergoes  severe  strain  and  should 
be  closely  inspected  daily 
by  the  filer  or  foreman. 
The  carriage  of  the  hand- 
feed  machine  requires 
similar  attention. 
Whether  a  machine  is 
power-feed  or  hand-feed, 
there  should  be  a  clutch 
on  the  driving  shaft,  by 
which  the  shaft  can  be 
stopped  for  changing 
saws  or  doing  any  work 
unsafe  to  do  with  the  saw 
running. 

The  guard- over  the 
back  of  a  horizontal 
shingle  saw  should  never 
be  touched  for  changing 


Courtesy  of  St.  Paul 


i.coma  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  69.    Shingle  Saws. 

the  saw  until  the  saw  is  stopped.  It  should  also  be  kept  down  over  the  saw  when 
running.  An  operator  of  a  one-block  or  two-block  machine  is  apt  to  raise  the 
guard,  as  shown  in  Fig.  69,  so  that  if  a  knot,  sliver  or  small  spalt 


SAW  MILL 


59 


gets  off  the  saw  it  will  fly  out  the  back  and  not  hit  him  on  the  hand.  This 
practice  is  dangerous,  the  risk  to  those  in  the  vicinity  being  much  greater  than 
the  operator  runs  by  leaving  the  guard  where  it  belongs. 

The  ten-block  rotary  machines  which  automatically  kick  out  the  spalts 
are  very  safe  machines,  as  the  sawyer  does  not  have  to  be  near  the  saws.  There 
should  always  be  guards  outside  the  saws,  however,  as  shown  in  Fig.  69. 

Upright  Shingle  Saw.  This  machine  should  have  the  run  of  the  carriage 
enclosed,  as  shown  in  Fig.  70,  and  it  is  a  good  idea  to  have  a  railing  along 
the  outside  of  the  run  to  prevent  anyone  falling  into  the  saw  or  carriage  gear. 
The  back  part  of  the  saw  should  be  guarded  by  a  heavy  plank  set  upright 
behind  it.  The  carriage  should  be  closely  inspected  daily  by  a  competent 
man.  It  is  especially  important  that  the  carriage  trip  works  properly,  so 
there  will  be  no  danger  of  its  moving  while  being  bolted.  The  operator 
should  never  attempt  to  take  out  a  spalt  or  bolt  the  saw  while  the  carriage  is 

in  motion.  The  floor 
around  the  machine 
should  be  kept  both  clean 
and  in  good  shape. 

The  shaft  of  the  ma- 
chine, which  usually  runs 
right  back  of  the  neigh- 
boring clip  saw  or  jointer 
should  be  guarded  its  en- 
tire length,  and  the  belt 
should  be  both 
guarded  and  kept  in  good 
condition,  to  prevent  its 
breaking  and  whipping 
over  at  the  sawyer,  who 
often  works  the  clip  or 
jointer  as  well  as  the  up- 
right machine.  The  upright  and  the  clip  saw  should  run  on  the  same  counter- 
shaft, so  that  when  the  upright  is  shut  down  to  change  saws  or  for  other  pur- 
pose the  clip  will  also  shut  down.  Otherwise  men  working  on  the  upright 
may  get  into  the  clip  saw. 

Piling  Blocks.  Blocks  should  be  piled  up  near  the  shingle  sawyer  with 
great  care,  as  if  the  pile  should  topple  over  both  shingle  sawyer  and  block 
piler  would  be  in  danger.  The  blocks  sometimes  come  faster  than  the  shingle 
saw  can  handle  them,  and,  if  possible,  there  should  be  plenty  of  room  for  stor- 
ing them  without  piling  them  too  high. 

Knot  Saw.  The  part  of  the  saw  under  the  table  should  be  covered  by  a 
dust  spout  or  otherwise  guarded.  From  the  edge  of  the  table  down  which  the 
shingles  are  slid  from  the  shingle  saws,  which  usually  extends  a  little  more 
than  half-way  over  the  top  of  the  saw,  a  stiff  leather  or  metal  strip  should 
be  hung  down  as  close  as  possible  to  the  saw.  This  will  serve  as  a  warning  if 
the  sawyer's  hand,  in  reaching  up  to  the  table  for  more  shingles,  gets  too  close 
to  the  saw. 


Courtesy  of  Sumner  Iron   Works. 

Fig.  70.    Upright  Shingle  and  Clip  Saws. 


6o 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


To  prevent  a  flying  shingle  or  spalt,  coming  down  the  inclined  part  of  the 
table,  from  hitting  the  sawyer,  a  heavy  wire  screen  should  be  suspended  over 
the  incline  about  half-way  up.  The  screen  should  come  down  as  close  to  the 
table  as  possible  without  interfering  with  the  shingle  supply  coming  down. 
Usually  it  should  be  from  6  to  12  inches  above  the  table.  The  screen  should 
be  hinged  above,  so  that  if  too  big  a  bunch  of  shingles  comes  down  at  once  it 
will  check  the  bunch  but  not  altogether  stop  the  supply.  The  carriage  and 
track  should  be  kept  in  good  condition,  so  the  carriage  will  not  jump  the  track. 
Jointer.  This  machine  should  be  completely  housed  with  strong  sheet  iron, 
except  for  the  feed  opening,  which  should  be  just  large  enough  to  let  the 
shingles  through  it.  Jointer  operators  should  never  wear  gloves  when  at  work. 
The  knives  should  be  set  only  by  an  experienced  man  and  they  should  be  fast- 
ened very  securely.  If  set  too  far  out  or  unevenly,  they  may  kick  the  shingle 
away  from  the  rest  and  draw  in  the  operator's  fingers.  If  a  knife  should  work 

loose  and  come  in  con- 
tact with  the  housing 
or  the  rest,  it  might 
tear  either  to  pieces,  as 
well  as  break  the  rim, 
and  throw  the  pieces 
far  and  wide.  Knives 
should  be  kept  very 
sharp,  so  the  operator 
will  not  have  to  shove 
so  hard  that  he  may 
split  a  shingle  and 
thus  get  his  hands  on 
the  knives. 

Clip    Saw.     T  h  e 

Courtesy  of   Wood,   Creek  Mill  Co.  springboard  clip   Saw   is 

Fig.  71.     Clip  Saw  Guarded.  a  yery  dangerous  ma_ 

chine,  the  sawyer's  hand  being  always  close  to  the  saw.    There  should  always 
be    an    iron    guard    over    the    top    of    the    saw,    as    shown    in    Fig.    71,    and 


-  7°  (Pa£e  59)'  to  prevent  the  operator's  hand  coming  in  contact  with  the 
saw  when  he  reaches  over  it  to  hold  the  other  part  of  a  shingle  to  be  split. 
This  guard,  preferably  of  flat  iron,  should  be  at  least  two  inches  wide  and  strong 
enough  to  support  the  weight  of  a  man's  body  should  he  slip  and  fall  on  it. 
There  should  also  be  a  finger  guard  underneath  the  front  edge  of  the  spring- 
board, as  also  shown  in  Fig.  71,  to  prevent  the  operator's  hand  coming  against 
the  saw  underneath  the  board  when  he  is  splitting,  taking  out  a  knot,  work- 
ing a  narrow  shingle,  'etc. 

The  bottom  part  of  a  clip  saw  should  be  housed  in.  A  metal  casing  is 
shown  in  Fig.  70  (page  59)  and  a  wooden  housing  in  Fig.  71.  The 
housing  should  come  as  far  up  as  possible  without  interfering  with  the  work- 
ing of  the  springboard,  and  should  be  carried  well  down  below  the  bottom  of 


SAW  MILL 


61 


the  saw.  Any  hole  cut  in  the  housing  for  kicking  waste  down  the  spout  under 
the  saw  should  be  as  low  as  possible,  to  prevent  the  operator's  foot  getting 
against  the  saw.  Such  a  hole  should  be  as  small  as  possible  and  should  not  be 
allowed  to  get  dangerously  large  through  wear. 

If  the  shingles  come  down  to  a  clip  saw  on  a  table,  there  should  be  a 
positive  stop  at  the  end  of  the  table  near  the  saw  to  prevent  any  shingles  com- 
ing over  on  the  saw  teeth.  The  floor  about  a  clip  saw  should  be  kept 
in  good  condition  and  clear  of  rubbish.  An  operator  has  to  work  very 
rapidly,  especially  if  he  also  tends  an  upright  shingle  saw  near  by,  and 
he  needs  secure  footing. 

Packing.  To  p  r  e- 
vent  a  man  knot-saw- 
ing, jointing  or  clipping 
from  throwing  stuff 
down  on  the  packers, 
there  should  be  a  swing- 
ing screen  guard,  simi- 
lar to  that  for  knot-saw- 
yers, suspended  about 
half-way  down  the  in- 
clined table  on  which 
the  shingles  come  to  the 
packers.  Such  guards 
are  shown  in  Fig.  72. 
Fingers  and  slats  are 


Courtesy  of  St.  Paul  &r   Tacoma  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.   72.     Screen   and   Guards  for   Shingle   Packers. 


hinged  to  the  bottom 
part  of  the  screens,  to 
keep  the  shingles  from  coming  too  fast.  The  whole  frame  wrill  swing  in 
proportion  to  the  number  of  shingles  in  the  bin. 

Other  Machines,  Etc.  Drag  saws  used  for  cutting  logs  to  block  length. 
pull  or  jump  cut-off  saws,  band  saws  used  for  pointing  shingles  and  round- 
ing them  up,  live  rolls,  conveyors,  runways,  log  hauls,  dry  kilns,  etc.,  should 
be  guarded  as  suggested  elsewhere  (see  index). 

Transmission.  This  feature  of  a  shingle  mill  should  be  treated  like  that 
of  a  sawmill.  Shingle  mill  belts  need  especially  good  guarding,  as  they 
are  apt  to  run  close  to  the  floor  and  are  large  and  speeded  high.  All 
belts  and  pulleys  and  gears  driving  machines  or  feeds  should  be  boxed  up, 
screened  or  railed  off. 

For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  and  other  driving  ap-- 
paratus  in  a  saw  mill  or  a  shingle  mill,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation, 
Transmission.  Etc. 


PLANING  MILL 


Sizers,  Moulders,  Etc.  Many  of  the  roll-fed  machines  used  in  a  planing 
mill,  such  as  sizers,  big  surfacers,  planers  and  matchers,  matchers  and  outside 
and  inside  moulders  require  substantially  the  same  guarding  in  most  respects. 
All  knife-heads  should  be  enclosed  as  fully  as  possible  by  suction  hoods  or 
other  metal  covers.  No  open  heads  should  run  under  any  circumstances.  Some 
kind  of  enclosure  can  always  be  provided  without  choking  or  clogging  up. 

All  cog  gearing  should  be  covered,  by  gear  cases  preferably.  If  such 
cases  are  not  furnished  with  a  machine,  they  can  be  purchased  or  suitable 

ones  improvised  at  the  mill. 
A  good  example  of  gear 
guarding  is  shown  in  Fig.  73, 
a  picture  of  a  hardwood  planer 
and  matcher  made  by  the 
American  Wood  Working 
Machinery  Co.,  of  Rochester, 
N.  Y.  Any  feed  roll  gears 
situated  inside  a  planer  frame 
should  be  completely  guarded, 
with  metal  covers. 


Courtesy  of  American  Woodworking  Machinery  Co. 

Fig.  73.    Gear  Cases  for  Planer  and  Matcher. 


The  main  drive  belts  and  pulleys  should  be  boxed  or  fenced  in  with 
wooden  slats  or  wire  mesh.  There  should  also  be  a  good  strong  guard  along 
the  pulleys  likely  to  be  found  at  the  feeding  end  of  the  machine,  to  prevent 
the  man  feeding  from  being  caught  and  to  keep  a  broken  belt  from  flying. 
This  guard  should  be  quickly  and  easily  removable,  for  adjustment  and  lacing 
of  belts,  etc.  An  excellent  method  of  guarding  belts  and  pulleys,  counter- 
shafts, etc.,  by  surrounding  them  with  wire  mesh  screens  set  in  angle  iron 
frames,  is  shown  in  Fig.  74  (page  63). 

Projecting  ends  of  drive  pulley  shafts,  countershafting,  etc.,  should  be 
guarded  if  there  is  no  housing  or  if  they  project  through  the  housing,  as  they 
endanger  the  legs  of  men  working  around  the  machine.  A  fencing  supported 
from  the  floor  can  be  used,  or  a  metal  casing,  or  a  piece  of  pipe  can  be  fitted 
over  the  shaft  which  has  ears  fitting  in  slots  in  the  bearing  box  and  can  be 
twisted  around  so  it  can  be  taken  off  when  necessary. 

All  set  screws  in  collars,  on  feed  rolls,  or  elsewhere  about  the  machine 
should  be  of  safety  type  or  so  protected  that  they  will  not  protrude.  As  heavy 
rolls  as  possible  should  be  used.  In  machines  working  only  one  or  two  sides  it 
is  often  deemed  advisable  to  use  sectional  feed  rolls,  to  prevent  kicking  if  thick 
and  thin  pieces  are  in  the  machine  at  the  same  time.  Every  machine  should 


PLANING  MILL 


Courtesy   of  International  Han-ester  Co. 

Fig.  74.     Screen  Guards  for  Planer. 


be  equipped  with  an  efficient  belt  shifter,  clutch,  or  other  means  of  quickly 
disengaging  the  power.  It  is  advisable  to  use  flanged  pulleys  on  all  heads. 
The  old  style  of  big-  timber  planer  whose  knife  is  set  in  the  end  of  a  re- 
volving arm,  or  extends  the 
whole  length  of  the  arm,  is 
very  dangerous.  There 
should  be  a  substantial  up- 
right guard  extending  on 
each  side  of  the  run  of  the 
arm,  and  a  similar  guard  at 
both  back  and  front.  If  the 
machine  is  set  against  a  wall, 
only  one  side  need  be 
guarded.  The  guards  should 
be  very  strong,  so  as  to  check 
a  flying  knife.  Heavy  wire 
mesh  can  be  used,  or  metal 
hoods  can  be  hinged  to  the 
frame,  both  front  and  back. 
The  machine  should  be  placed  in  such  a  position  that  should  material  be  piled 
near  it  no  one  will  get  caught  between  the  bed  and  such  material  when  the  bed 
is  at  its  extreme  travel  either  way. 

With  the  newer  types  of  timber  planer,  in  which  the  cutter  head  rotates, 
there  should  be  a  blower  or  other  hood  over  the  head,  or  at  least  an  arm  guard 
reaching  out  in  front  of  it  to  warn  an  operator  if  his  hands  should  get  into  a 

dangerous  position. 
Feed  Rolls  of 
Outside  Moulders. 
The  feed  rolls  of  out- 
side moulders  should 
be  guarded  to  prevent 
the  operator  getting 
caught  by  them,  as  he 
is  kept  feeding  or  ad- 
justing at  the  side  of 
the  machine  much  of 
the  time,  and  this 
work  and  necessary 
observation  bring 
him  very7  close.  The 
guard  should  not 
only  cover  the  tops 
of  the  rolls  but 
should  protect  their 
outer  ends  as  much  as  possible,  and  should  either  come  down  over  the  front  of 
the  front  roll  as  near  to  its  bottom  as  may  be  or  should  extend  well  out  from 
this  roll.  Fig.  75.  shows  a  door  sticker  with  a  metal  guard  covering  the  tops 


Courtesy  of  The  Wheeler-Osgood  Co. 

Fig.  75.     Door  Sticker  Guarded. 


64 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


of  the  feed  rolls  and  reaching  out  in  front  of  them.  This  picture  also  shows 
the  cog  gearing  protected  by  a  galvanized  iron  covering,  the  drive  pulley  and 
belt  boxed  off,  and  excellent  guarding  of  the  upper  head  by  a  blower  hood. 

The  guard  for  the  lower  head  which 
will  be  noted  can  be  slipped  up  to 
cover  that  head  when  in  use. 

To  prevent  an  operator's  hand 
getting  crushed  between  the  front 
feed  roll  and  material  being  fed,  a 
safety  roll  or  bar  is  sometimes  placed 
in  front  of  the  roll,  attached  in  such 
a  way  that  it  will  raise  and  lower 
with  it  and  will  always  be  just  a  little 
above  its  bottom. 

The  Germans  sometimes  protect 
the  working  side  of  an  outside 
moulder  with  a  metal  grating  ex- 
tending the  whole  length  of  the  ma- 
chine and  brought  around  the  feed- 
ing end.  The  material  being  fed 
through  this  grating,  the  operator's 
hands  cannot  come  near  the  rolls 
when  feeding. 

Courtesy   of  Defiance  Lumber   Co. 

Fig.  76.    Band  Resaw  Rolls  Guarded.  Knives  and  Cutter  Heads.    Care 

should  be  taken  that  only  knives  of 

the  right  kind,  of  the  best  quality  and  of  even  temper  are  used,  and  that  they 
are  properly  ground,  cor- 
rectly set  and  perfectly  trued. 
It  is  well  to  have  an  auto- 
matic machine  for  grinding. 
Heads  should  be  in  "  run- 
ning "  as  well  as  "  standing  ' 
balance.  Cutter  heads  can 
well  be  cylindrical  in  shape, 
both  for  safety  and  for  good 
work.  Such  a  head  avoids 
the  tendency  of  shavings  to 
pack  under  the  lip  and 
greatly  reduces  the  danger  of 
breakage.  Cylinder  heads 
can  be  obtained,  too,  in  which 
the  knives  are  fastened  in 
such  a  way  that  they  cannot 
fly  out.  Journals  and  boxes 


Courtesy  of  St.  Paul  <£   Tacoma  Lumber  Co. 

Fig.  77.     Circular  Resaw  Guarded. 


should  be  kept  in  the  best  of  condition,  and  lubrication  should  be  thorough. 
Great  care  should  be  exercised  in  setting  knives,  in  order  to  prevent  their  fly- 
ing out. 


PLANING   MILL 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Wood- 
workers   Ass'n. 

Fig.  78.     Guards  for  Resaw 
Feed  Rolls. 


Care  in  Operation.  When  adjusting  a  head  or  knives,  cleaning  or  doing 
other  work  about  the  machine,  the  entire  machine  should  be  shut  down,  and 
a  rule  to  this  effect  should  be  enforced.  Cleaning  out  of  knots  or  slivers  should 

not  be  done  while  the  machine  is  running,  nor 
should  an  operator  reach  in  to  pull  out  a  broken 
piece.  It  is  very  dangerous  to  do  any  cleaning  up 
about  a  machine  while  it  is  in  motion.  Workmen 
should  not  wear  gloves  when  approaching  moving 
parts,  and  their  sleeves  should  be  short  or  tight 
fitting. 

Gang  Ripping  Machines.  These  machines  should  be  guarded  like  saw  mill 
edgers  (see  index).  If  a  solid  feed  roll  is  used,  it  is  advisable  to  feed  only  one 
piece  at  a  time,  as  if  two  pieces  of  different  thicknesses  are  in  the  machine  at 
the  same  time  the  thinner  may  be  kicked.  Trying  to  increase  the  output  by 
feeding  one  piece  above  another  is  a  very  dangerous  practice.  The  feed  rolls 
should  be  very  carefully  adjusted  to  assure  a  firm  and  steady  feed,  and  should 
be  heavy. 

Resaws.  Both  circular  and  band  resaws  should  have  the  gears  at  the 
tops  of  the  feed  rolls  guarded,  and  the  point  of  entrance  to  the  feed  rolls 
should  be  protected  to  prevent  operators'  hands  getting  caught.  Some  ma- 
chines are  guarded  by  the  makers. 
Fig.  76  (page  64)  shows  a  band  re- 
saw  in  which  both  the  gears  and  the 
feed  entrance  are  protected  by  en- 
closing them  in  a  square  frame  with 
an  opening  as  large  as  the  rolls  will 
open.  When  guards  are  not  fur- 
nished, home-made  ones  can  easily  be 
applied  to  both  points.  Fig.  77  (page 
64)  showrs  such  a  guard  for  feed  roll 
gears.  The  point  of  entrance  to  rolls 
can  be  protected  by  fastening  metal 
strips  to  the  framework  and  curving 
them  around  the  sides  and  front  of 
the  rolls,  as  shown  in  Fig.  78.  An- 
other method  of  guarding  is  by  an 
arrangement  resembling  a  split  dish- 
pan,  one  half  of  which  is  placed  out- 
side of  each  front  roll,  the  bent  edges 
reaching  in  front  of  the  rolls.  In 
either  case  the  two  parts  of  the  guard 
should  come  as  near  as  possible  to 
each  other  in  front  of  the  rolls. 

A  circular  resaw  should  always  have  a  strong  splitter  back  of  the  saw, 
and  both  top  and  bottom  of  the  saw  should  be  guarded.  Fig.  77  (page  64) 
shows  such  a  resaw  equipped  with  a  substantial  splitter,  with  a  bar  guard  for 


,/•'  Rockwell   Mfg.    Co. 
Blower  Hood  for  Panel  Raiser. 


66 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


the  top  of  the  saw  and  with  the  lower  part  of  the  saw  protected  by  a  dust 
spout.  Such  a  spout  can  well  be  brought  up  close  to  the  arbor.  In  place  of 
a  bar  guard  for  the  saw  top,  a  hood  is  often  used,  extending  from  the  feed  rolls 
to  a  point  well  back  of  the  saw.  Such  a  hood  can  be  built  up  from  the  table 
or  supported  from  above.  The  combination  machine  for  planing  and  splitting 
siding  or  weather  boarding  should  have  its  cutter  heads  covered,  and  the  saw 
should  be  entirely  enclosed  both  top  and  bottom.  An  operator  of  a  circular 
resaw  should  be  very  careful  not  to  open  up  the  feed  rolls  when  a  piece  is 
going  through,  and  thus  allow  kicking. 

The  wheels  of  a  band  resaw  should  be  watched  carefully  for  any  defects 
or  wear  which  might  allow  them  to  fly  to  pieces.  Care  should  be  taken  not 
to  overspeed  the  machine.  The  wheels  should  be  housed,  and  the  return  part 
of  the  blade  guarded  if  it  runs  exposed.  It  is  a  good  idea  when  the  upper 

wheel  is  not  housed 
to  have  a  heavy 
plank,  firmly  s  u  p- 
ported,  run  along  the 
top  to  diminish  the 
force  of  a  break- 
ing blade.  When 
there  is  a  cross  belt  in 
front  of  where  the 
operator  stands,  as  is 
often  the  case  with 
big  machines,  it  should 
be  boxed,  as  the 
operator  sometimes 
has  to  step  over  it  to 
get  close  to  the  ma- 
chine. Any  wheel  pit 
for  a  band  resaw 
should  be  fenced. 


Courtesy  of  The   Wheeler-Osgood  Co. 

Fig.  80.     Panel  Raisers  Guarded. 


Panel  Raisers.  The  machines  used  for  raising  door  panels  should  have 
their  cutter  heads  enclosed  as  fully  as  possible.  Fig.  79  (page  65)  shows  a 
hand-feed  machine  with  its  head  guarded  by  a  suction  hood.  The  power  feed 
machine  in  which  the  panel  is  carried  through  by  vertical  rolls  or  by  a  belt 
running  on  edge  can  well  have  the  roll  or  belt  at  the  feeding  end  protected 
by  a  shield,  as  shown  in  Fig.  80.  This  picture  also  shows  the  belts  and  driv- 
ing pulleys  guarded.  At  the  right  is  a  panel  sander  with  its  disks  hooded 
and  with  a  strap  iron  guide  which  helps  to  keep  the  operator's  hand  from 
slipping  down  the  panel  and  into  the  machine. 

There  are  double  head  machines  for  raising  any  shape  of  panel  on  both 
sides  at  once  which  require  guarding  of  feed  rolls  like  a  sticker.  When  panels 
are  raised  on  a  shaper.  the  head  should  be  entirely  enclosed,  by  the  guide  and 
otherwise,  except  for  the  cutting  point.  The  part  left  exposed  can  often  be 
guarded  largely  by  the  arrangement  for  keeping  the  stock  in  proper  position. 


PLANING  MILL  67 

Relishers  and  Wedge  Cutters,  Dovetailers.  Relishers  and  wedge  cutters 
for  sash  and  door  work  should  have  their  saws  covered  as  fully  as  possible,  by 
permanent  or  hinged  covers.  With  some  machines  a  shield  can  be  fastened 
to  the  framework  back  of  the  saws,  extending  out  across  their  tops  and  curv- 
ing down  in  front  as  far  as  the  work  will  permit.  Such  a  guard  is  furnished 
by  some  makers. 

The  grooving  saws  of  sash  dovetailers  are  often  guarded  by  means  of 
suction  hoods.  The  cut-off  saw  or  saws  of  such  machines  should  also  be 
guarded  as  fully  as  possible  wrhen  they  are  so  situated  that  contact  \vith  them 
is  likely.  A  band  guard  can  often  be  used  when  no  suction  hood  protection 
is  available. 

Blind  Slat  Machines.  The  blind  slat  resaw  should  have  its  saws  guarded 
both  above  and  below  the  table.  Some  machines  come  equipped  with  a  steel 
spring  shield  for  the  top  of  the  saws,  which  also  serves  as  a  pressure  to  hold 
the  lumber  in  position,  and  with  a  cast  iron  shield  for,  the  part  of  the  saws 
beneath  the  table.  The  spurred  feed 
roll  should  be  guarded  by  a  shield 
curved  well  down  over  the  front  as 
well  as  the  top,  and  such  a  guard  is 
often  furnished  by  the  maker.  The 
safest  blind  slat  planers  are  auto- 
matically fed,  the  under  slat  being 
taken  each  time  from  a  hopper  which 
the  operator  keeps  filled.  There  are 
also  automatic  blind  slat  tenoning, 
boring,  and  boring  and  mortising 
machines. 

Wood  Trimmers.    The  trimmers 
used  for  cutting  moulding  for  doors. 

,          .  ,  ,   .  ,     Courtesy   of   Standard   Millwork    Co. 

etc.,     should     have     hinged     metal 

,  -   ,  ,  ,  ,       ,    ,.        .     .,  ,  Fig.  81.     Miter  Saw  Guarded, 

shields   at  each   end  of  the   knife  s 

travel.  Such  guards  are  often  furnished  by  the  makers.  When  they  are  lack- 
ing, home-made  ones  can  be  installed,  each  guard  arranged  on  a  spring  which 
holds  it  in  an  upright  position  except  when  the  knife  is  at  its  end.  A  pro- 
jection beyond  the  edge  of  the  knife  will  push  the  guard  back  to  allow  the 
sliding  of  the  knife  head. 

Miter  Saw  Guard.  Fig.  81  shows  a  guard  for  a  saw  set  in  a  swinging 
frame  which  is  used  to  miter  moulding  for  doors.  The  guard,  which  is  simply 
a  piece  of  wood  rounded  out  to  conform  to  the  curvature  of  the  saw,  is  at- 
tached to  the  frame  work  back  of  the  saw.  It  can  be  adjusted  so  as  to  guard 
all  of  the  saw  except  what  must  be  left  exposed  for  the  cutting.  Saw  and 
guard  are  brought  down  on  the  material  to  be  worked  by  means  of  a  foot 
treadle.  Such  a  saw  usually  runs  near  the  edge  of  a  bench  and  the  operator 
stands  close  up  to  it. 

Other  Sash,  Door  and  Blind  Machines.  The  saw  often  used  in  connection 
with  a  sash  sander  for  cutting  the  check  rail  of  the  sash  can  well  be  sub- 
stantially hooded,  as  shown  in  Fig.  82  (page  68). 


68 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


In  dadoing  the  safest  plan  is  to  feed  the  stock  on  a  sliding  table,  and  a 
lever  should  be  used  for  clamping  small  stock.  When  the  cutting  is  done  with 
the  upper  part  of  the  saws  or  heads  the  under  part  of  the  cutting  tools  should 
be  guarded  by  suction  or  other  hoods.  If  an  under-fed  machine  is  used,  the 
top  part  of  the  cutters  should  be  hooded  as  fully  as  possible.  When  these 
cutters  are  set  along  the  back  of  the  machine  they  are  especially  apt  to  be 
dangerous  if  the  space  behind  is  used  as  a  passageway. 

The  hand-feed  dowel  pin  machine  should  be  boxed  in  except  where  the 
material  is  fed,  and  a  substantial  push-stick  should  be  provided  for  pushing 
the  last  piece  through.  The  automatic  dowel  maker  should  have  the  entrance 

to  the  feed  rolls  so  guarded  as  to  pre- 
vent an  operator's  hand  from  getting 
caught. 

The  trimming  saws  of  diagonal 
planers  should  be  hooded  down  as  far 
as  the  work  will  permit,  and  the  gear- 
ing driving  the  feed  rolls  should  be  en- 
closed. 

Butting  Saws.  The  single  and 
double  butting  saws  often  used  for 
trimming  flooring  as  it  comes  from 
high-speed  floorers  should  be  fenced  off 
so  that  their  backs,  tops  and  sides  will 
be  guarded  when  they  are  at  rest. 
Whenever  possible,  it  is  advisable  to 
cover  each  saw  with  a  hood,  attached 
to  the  frame  of  the  carriage  so  that  all 
of  the  saw  will  always  be  covered  ex- 
cept what  must  be  left  exposed  for  the 
work. 

Picket  Header.  The  machine  in 
which  the  knives  are  set  in  a  disk 
should  have  the  bottom  part  boxed  and 
the  upper  part  covered  by  a  hood, 
hinged  to  the  machine  frame,  which 
will  leave  only  working  space  exposed. 


Courtesy    of   Rockiccll   Mfg.    Co. 

Fig.  82. 


Sash   Sander  and   Trimmer, 
Saw  Guarded. 


This  machine  is  much  safer  than  the  saw  picket  header. 

Conveyors.  Any  live  roll  conveyors  used  in  a  flooring  or  other  planing 
mill  to  carry  finished  stock  to  the  stock  room  or  for  other  purposes  should  be 
guarded  like  saw  mill  live  rolls  (see  index).  Where  no  blowing  system  is  in- 
stalled, conveyors  are  often  used  to  carry  away  the  waste  and  refuse.  These 
conveyors  usually  run  under  the  floor,  and  there  are  holes  in  the  floor  for 
sweeping  stuff  into  them.  The  loose  plank  often  used  to  cover  such  holes 
when  not  in  use  is  dangerous.  There  should  be  a  trap  door  which  closes  auto- 
matically. This  can  be  hooked  open  when  stuff  is  being  swept  in.  There 
should  never  be  such  a  hole  in  an  aisle.  Holes  should  be  preferably  under  a 


PLANING   MILL  69 

bench  or  in  a  corner  that  can  be  railed  off.  Wherever  possible,  railings  should 
be  provided  around  openings  in  floors,  in  addition  to  covers,  as  employees  are 
often  very  careless  about  closing  covers. 

Other  Planing  Mill  Machines.  The  other  machines  used  in  one  or  another 
kind  of  planing  mill,  such  as  rip  saws,  cut-off  saws,  swing  saws,  borers, 
mortisers,  sanders,  surfacers,  tenoners,  shapers,  jointers,  band  saws,  grinders, 
lathes,  etc.,  should  be  guarded  as  suggested  elsewhere  (see  index). 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmis- 
sion, Etc. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS. 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  83.     Splitter  Adjusted  to 
Large  Saw. 


The  circular  saw  is  at  the  same  time  about  the  most  convenient  and  the 
most  dangerous  of  woodworking  tools.  The  variety  of  uses  to  which  it  is  ap- 
plicable is  only  equalled  by  the  variety  of  accidents  which  it  can  cause.  A 

very  large  percentage  of  saw  accidents  is 
attributable  to  the  carelessness  of  work- 
men, but  it  is  only  natural  that  men  work- 
ing in  close  proximity  to  danger  should 
come  in  time  to  lose  the  constant  sense  of 
it  which  is  present  with  them  at  first.  This 
is  bound  to  happen  even  in  the  case  of  men 
who  are  naturally  very  careful.  As  for  a 
new  man  on  a  saw,  he  may  get  danger- 
ously near  the  teeth  despite  his  utmost 
care.  When  a  saw  is  revolving,  the  space 
between  the  teeth  shows  up  much  lighter 
than  the  solid  part  of  the  blade,  sometimes 
seeming  to  be  hardly  more  than  a  light  blur.  Again,  a  sawyer's  attention  is 
open  to  distraction  by  innumerable  things,  any  one  of  which  may  cause  that 
only  slight  displacement  of  the  hand  which  will  result  in  an  accident.  And, 
too,  there  are  many  dangers  connected  with  the  operation  of  saws  which  the 
utmost  carefulness  cannot  surely  avoid.  Such  a  dangerous  tool  demands  that 
every  effort  be  made  to  guard  it. 

RIP  SAWS. 

An  effective  guard  for  a  rip  saw 
should  protect  back,  crown  and  front 
—  the  back  because  pinching  there 
causes  wood  to  climb  and  be  thrown, 
the  crown  because  it  throws  wood 
which  has  pinched  and  climbed,  and  to 
prevent  accidental  contact  with  it,  and 
the  front  to  prevent  contact. 

The  Splitter.  Every  rip  saw  should  have  an  adequate  splitter,  or 
spreader,  behind  it,  to  prevent  wood  pinching.  This  will  also  guard  the  hand 
of  an  operator  reaching  back  of  the  saw,  protect  an  off-bearer,  and  prevent 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  84.     Splitter  Adjusted  to 
Smaller.  Saw. 


CIRCULAR    SAWS 


edgings  being  caught  and  thrown.  A  splitter  may  be  either  straight  or  curved, 
but  the  curved  kind,  conforming  closely  to  the  curvature  of  the  saw  and  cover- 
ing the  back  as  far  as  possible  up  to  the  crown,  is  preferable.  Whatever  the 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  85.    Splitter  Supported  from  Above. 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  86.     Extended  Splitter. 


kind,  a  splitter  should  be  of  the  best  steel,  smooth  in  finish,  and  slightly  beveled 
on  the  inner  edge.  It  should  be  slightly  thinner  than  the  saw  kerf,  but  thicker 
than  the  saw  disk.  It  should  always  be  very  securely  fastened,  and  carefully 
adjusted  so  as  to  be  in  true  alignment  with  the  saw  and  not  over  1-3  inch 
behind  it. 

A  splitter  can  usually  be  attached  to  the  table  or,  in  the  case  of  tilting 
tables  and  those  in  which  the  saw  arbor  raises  and  lowers,  to  the  framework 
underneath.  If  it  is  attached  to  a  throat  plate,  care  must  be  taken  that  the 
plate  is  securely  fastened  in  place,  as  if  anything  gets  caught  splitter  and  plate 
are  both  apt  to  be  pulled  out.  If  the  plate  is  a  loose  board,  it  is  well  to  have 
the  rear  end  shaped  to  fit  into  a  notch.  Any  buttons  used  for  fastenings  should 
be  carefully  watched  to  see  they  do  not  work  loose. 

To  keep  a  curved  splitter  close  enough  to  either  a  larger  or  smaller  saw  and 
have  it  always  conform  to  the  curvature,  it  should  be  adjustable  both  vertically 
and  horizontally.  Figs.  83 
and  84  (page  70)  show  a 
way  of  effecting  this  in  use 
in  Germany,  by  means  of 
two  slanting  slots  in  the 
gauge  and  one  vertical  slot 
in  the  splitter.  Use  of  an 
intermediate  plate  between 
splitter  and  gauge  enables 
the  splitter  to  be  kept  in 
exact  alignment  with  the 
sawr.  When  the  different 
saws  used  in  a  table  vary 
sufficiently  in  thickness,  different  splitters  should  be  used,  so  the  thickness  will 
always  be  right. 


Courtesy  of  L.  F.  Grammes  &  Sons. 

Fig.  87.     Reliable  Saw  Guard. 


72. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


When  a  splitter  is  removed  frequently,  for  grooving  or  other  work,  and 
adjustment  in  either  of  the  usual  ways  is  therefore  deemed  impracticable,  it  is 
sometimes  supported  from  above.  Such  an  arrangement  is  shown  in  Fig.  85 
(page  71).  The  splitter  is  adjustable  along  a  slot  in  the  strip  supporting  it, 

which  also  covers  the  saw  top. 
This  strip  can  be  supported  by 
an  arm  coming  out  from  a  stand- 
ard at  the  side  of  the  table,  or  by 
a  framework  hanging  from  the 
ceiling,  in  either  case  adjustable 
vertically.  When  even  such  a 
simple  strip  would  be  in  the  way, 
as  in  cutting  very  thin  pieces 
which  have  to  be  shoved  away 
from  the  saw  with  a  stick,  or 
when  the  strip  would  throw  an 
undesirable  shadow  on  work,  the 
upper  teeth  of  the  saw  can  be 


covered  by  extending  the  split- 


Courtesy   of  E.   C.  Atkins  <£  Co.,   Inc. 

Fig.  88.     O.  K.  Saw  Guard. 
ter  itself  over  them  as  far  as  possible,  as  shown  in  Fig.  86  (page  71). 

A  splitter  is  perhaps  the  most  essential  feature  of  rip  saw  protection,  as 
it  guards  the  most  dangerous  part  of  the  saw.  In  Germany  the  law  requires 
a  splitter  in  connection  with  all  rip  saws  which  do  not  have  pressure  rolls  close 
behind  the  saw  blade. 

Splitter  Guards.  Fig.  87  (page  71)  shows  a  guard  of  the  familiar  Reliable 
type,  made  by  L.  F.  Grammes  &  Sons,  of  Allentown,  Pa.,  which  is  a  combi- 
nation of  a  splitter  with  a  light  and  shallow  hood  protection  for  the  top  of  the 
saw.  Both  splitter  and  hood  are  adjustable. 

Another  type,  known  as  the  O.  K.,  and  made  by  E.  C.  Atkins  &  Co.,  of 
Indianapolis,  Ind.,  is  shown  in  Fig.  88.  It,  too,  is  a  combination  of  a  splitter 
with  a  hood-like  protection  for  the  top  of  the  saw,  and  it  is  adjustable  to  fit 
different  sizes  of  saws.  The  hood  is  of  the  extension  variety,  adjustable  by  a 
thumb  screw.  A  dog  is  attached  to  the  splitter,  to  aid  in  holding  wood  down. 

A  German  guard,  the  Goede,  is  shown  in  Fig.  89.  To  the  adjustable  split- 
ter is  attached  a  light  wooden  hood  hollowed  out  so  as  to  cover  the  upper 
teeth  of  the  saw.  At  the  left 

of  the  cut  the  guard  is  shown  '^'^r^J:  - 

adjusted  to  a  larger  saw;  at  >  -fc— 

the  right,  to  a  smaller  one. 

Fig.  90  (page  73)  shows 
another  splitter  guard,  made 
by  the  J.  A.  .Fay  &  Egan 
Co.,  of  Cincinnati,  O.  The 
hood  is  adjustable  on  the 
straight  splitter,  and  is 


Courtesy 

Fig.  89. 


Goede  Saw  Guard,  Adjusted  to  Large  and 
Small  Saws. 


hinged  so  as  always  to  be  close  clown  over  the  saw  except  when  raised  by 
material  coming  in  contact  with  the  split  finger  arrangement  in  front. 


CIRCULAR    SAWS 


73 


Hood  Types  of  Guard.  Some  prefer  hood  guards,  supported  from  above 
or  from  a  standard  at  the  side  of  the  table,  to  splitter  ones,  on  the  ground 
that,  in  addition  to  keeping  wood  from  climbing,  they  prevent  such  kicking  as 
may  result  from  a  knot  or  change  in  grain  being  struck  or  a  piece  jamming  be- 
tween saw  and  guide  or  being  dropped  on  the  teeth,  guard  an  operator  better 
against  being  cut  by  the  saw  teeth,  keep  slivers,  loose  knots 
and  pieces  of  knots  from  striking  him,  and  protect  him 
against  blinding  sawdust.  It  is  always  best,  however,  to 
use  a  splitter  in  connection  with  a  hood  guard,  whenever 
possible. 

A  hood  guard  should  be  kept  down  as  close  as  possible 
on  the  material.    To  enable  the  sawyer  to  see  the  line  of  his 
cut  well,  the  hood  can  be  turned  up  a  little 
ni  front,  or  the  top  or  all  of  it  can  be  made  of 
wire  mesh.    The  Germans  often  leave  the  top   g     * 


Courtesy   of  J. 

Fig.  90 


A.  Fay   &  Egan    Co. 

Fay  &   Egan  Saw   Guard. 


ourtesy   of  Jones  Safety  DC-,  ice   Co. 

Fig.  91.    Jones  Saw  Guard, 
open  save  for  enough  cross-pieces  to  hold  it  together,  and  frequently  their 
hoods  have  slatted  sides  also.    A  hood  should  always  be  wide  enough  to  allow 
for  vibration,  which  should  also  be  guarded  against 
by  having  the  supports  substantial,  keeping  taut  any 
guy  wires  used,  and  having  adjustment  joints  tight 
enough  to  avoid  lateral  vibration.     A  hood  should 
also  be  deep  enough  not  to  touch  the  crown  of  the 
saw  if  it  should  fall. 

Some  Hood  Guards.  Fig.  91  shows  a  hood 
guard,  made  by  the  Jones  Safety  Device  Co..  of 
Buffalo.  X.  Y.,  which  automatically  adjusts  itself  to 
different  thicknesses  of  material.  It  is  furnished 
with  either  sheet  steel  or  wire  hoods,  and  they  can  be 
of  closed  variety  or  writh  open  front.  The  hood  is 
equipped  with  a  steel  dog  at  the  rear. 

A  wire  hood  guard  suspended  from  the  ceiling  is 
shown  in  Fig.  92.  It  automatically  adjusts  for  differ- 
ent thicknesses  of  material.  A  slight  movement  on 
the  counterweight  will  raise  or  lower  the  hood,  and 
the  sliding  parts  can  be  secured  by  a  turn  on  a  thumb 
screw.  There  is  a  steel  dog  on  the  back  of  the  hood. 
Zcillei  &  Xagel.  of  Brookhn.  N.  V. 


Courtesy  of  Zcillcr  d-  Xagel. 

Fig.  92.     Zeiller  &  Nagel 
Saw  Guard. 

This  euard  is  made  bv 


74 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  93  shows  a  wire  hood  supported  by  a  bracket  coming  from  the  side 
of  the  table.  The  pedestal  is  curved,  and  therefore  permits  cross-cutting,  or 
dadoing  where  lumber  overhangs  the  table,  16  inches  in  the  rear  of  the  arbor. 

This  hood  can  also  be  sus- 
pended from  above,  bal- 
anced by  a  counterweight. 
The  makers  of  this  guard 
are  L.  F.  Grammes  &  Sons, 
of  Allentown,  Pa. 

A  wooden  hood  sup- 
ported from  the  side  of  the 
table  is  shown  in  Fig.  94. 
It  is  open  at  the  front  end, 
so  the  operator  can  see  the 
line  of  cut.  The  hood  is 
automatically  raised  by  ma- 
terial coming  in  contact 
with  it.  It  is  fastened  to  a 
sliding  steel  bar  that  can 
readily  be  adjusted  forward 


or     backward,     making     it 


Courtesy  of  L.  F.  Grammes  &  Sons. 

Fig.  93.     Grammes  Saw  Guard. 

suitable  for  two  mandrel  tables.    It  can  be  swung  up  out  of  the  way  as  shown 
in  the  cut.  This  guard  is  made  by  the  Crescent  Machinery  Co.,  of  Leetonia,  O. 

Two  home-made  adjustable  hood  guards  are  shown  in  Fig.  95  (page  75) 
and  Fig.  96  (page  75).  They  are  similar  in  all  respects  except  that  the  former 
has  a  closed  hood  and  the  latter  an  open  one  made  of  spring  steel  bent  into 
proper  form.  The  supporting  frame  in  each  case  consists  of  a  2-inch  pipe 
fastened  on  the  ceiling  with  a  floor  flange 
and  held  rigid  by  wrought  iron  rods  tight- 
ened by  turnbuckles.  Inside  this  pipe 
slides  another,  to  the  lower  end  of  which 
the  hood  is  fastened. 

An  English  guard,  the  "  Nonpareil," 
is  shown  in  Fig.  97  (page  76).  It  is  a 
balanced  hood,  moving  parallel  to  the 
table  top  and  taking  up  its  position  by 
pressure  on  a  roller  from  the  work  fed  to 
it.  The  guard  automatically  adjusts  itself 
to  any  thickness.  It  offers  no  resistance 
to  entrance  of  stock,  and  immediately  after 
stock  has  passed  it  automatically  covers 
the  saw.  It  can  be  attached  to  the  table 
as  shown,  or  supported  from  the  ceiling. 

Other  Types  of  Guards.  There  are 
many  other  types  of  guard  than  the  two  general  classes  mentioned.  The  split- 
ter is  often  used  in  connection  with  one  kind  or  another  of  hood,  and  the  num- 
ber of  home-made  devices  is  simply  legion.  A  splitter  and  hood  guard, 


Courtesy  of  Crescent  Machinery  Co. 

Fig.  94.     Crescent  Saw  Guard. 


CIRCULAR    SAWS 


75 


Fig.  95.     Adjustable  Hood  Guard. 


manufactured  by  the  H.  B.  Smith  Machine  Co.,  of  Smithville,  N.  J.,  with  hood 
made  of  wood  is  shown  in  Fig.  98  (page  76).  This  guard  is  adjustable  both 
vertically  and  horizontally,  and  it  can  be  turned  up  out  of  the  way  when 
desired.  A  German  splitter  and  hood 
guard  is  shown  in  Fig.  99  (page  76). 
The  hanging  support  of  the  hood  is 
fastened  by  a  screw  to  the  wooden 
hanging  post  suspended  from  the  ceil- 
ing. A  slanting  slot  for  this  screw 
enables  the  hood  to  be  adjusted  to  saws 
of  different  sizes.  The  hood  is  auto- 
matically raised  by  stock  coming  in 
contact  with  the  turned-up  finger  in 
front.  When  stock  work  is  to  be  done, 
the  hood  can  be  fixed  at  a  certain 
height  by  means  of  the  thumb  screw. 
Fig.  loo  (page  77)  shows  a  rip  saw 
used  in  a  show  case  factory  which  is 
fed  by  a  moving  carriage,  has  a  splitter 
behind  it,  and  is  protected  both  above 
and  below  the  table  by  suction  hoods. 
An  inexpensive  German  guard,  appli- 
able  to  a  general  utility  saw,  to  pre- 
vent kicking  is  shown  in  Fig.  101  (page 
77).  The  cam-shaped  piece  (a)  has 
teeth  around  it  to  grip  a  piece  of  wood 
that  catches  on  the  saw.  When  the 
cam  grips  the  wood,  the  latter  is  forced 
more  closely  against  the  guide,  and 
thus  there  is  no  twist  further  to  grip 
the  saw  and  make  trouble. 

Offutt  Guard.  Fig.  102  (page  78) 
and  Fig.  103  (page  78)  shows  the  Offutt 
rip  saw  guard,  which  has  the  unique 
feature  of  being  used  to  finish  sawing 
the  piece.  When  there  is  no  piece  be- 
ing sawed,  the  guard  hangs  down,  com- 
pletely covering  the  saw.  When  a 
board  is  started,  the  guard  rises  up  at 
(A),  as  shown  in  Fig.  102,  rising  against 
the  springs  (CC)  and  also  turning  on 
the  joints  (DD)  and  (EE).  When  the 
cut  is  nearly  completed,  the  operator 
grasps  the  handle  (F),  as  shown  in  Fig. 
103,  and  pushes  the  board  on  through  the  saw.  Thus  his  hands  do  not  come 
near  the  saw.  The  guard  can  be  swung  up  on  the  supports,  so  as  to  be  out 
of  the  way  for  examining  the  saw  or  setting  the  guide. 


Fig.  96.     Adjustable  Open  Hood  Guard. 


76 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy   of  British  Factory  Dept. 

Fig.  97.     Nonpareil  Saw  Guard. 


German  Finger  Guard.     A  peculiar  German  guard  is  shown  in  Fig.  104 

(page  79).    To  a  splitter  is  attached  a  strip  extending  along  the  top  of  the  saw. 

From  this  strip  depend  iron-plate  strips  fastened  in  such  a  way  that  they  are 

turned  toward  the  splitter  and  kept  oblique 
to  the  sawing  direction.  They  are  so  super- 
posed as  to  slip  one  upon  another  when  lifted. 
These  strips  are  lifted  one  by  one  by  material 
fed,  and  each  falls  back  into  place  after  the 
material  has  passed  by. 

Double  Hood  Guard.  The  Pogue  guard, 
combining  a  splitter  and  a  double  hood  ar- 
rangement, is  shown  in  Fig.  105  (page  79). 
The  outer  hood,  which  is  of  sheet  iron,  has 
an  extension  at  the  rear  which  is  dropped 
down  over  the  splitter  and  is  clamped  at  the 
desired  height  by  means  of  a  thumb  screw. 
Inside  of  this  hood  is  a  loose  wooden  hood 

within  which  the  saw  runs.     In. operation  the  iron  hood  is  adjusted  so  it  will 

just  clear  the  material     As  the  material  is 

fed,  it  pushes  up  the  wooden  hood,  which  is 

curved  at  the  front.    As  soon  as  the  material 

has  passed  by,  this  wooden  hood  drops  down 

again,  completely  covering  the  saw.  At- 
tached to  the  clamp  at  the  rear  is  a  swing- 
ing toothed  dog.  This  guard  is  made  by  the 

Olympic   Foundry   &   Machine   Co.,   of  Ta- 

coma,  Wash. 

An  unique  automatic  guard  manufactured 

by  the  Rockwell  Mfg.  Co.,  of  Milwaukee,  Wis., 

is  shown  in  Figs.  106  (page  80)  and  107  (page  81).     In  operation  the  hood 

normally    stands    in 

its  lower  position  en- 
tirely   enclosing    the 

working    portion    of 

the  saw.     When  the 

work  is  advanced  to 

the     saw,     its     front 

edge     engages     t  h  e 

lower  end  of  a  lever, 

causing  the  lever  to 

Swing    Or    draw    Upon         Courtesy   of  North  German   Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

a  chain  which  liftS^S'  99'  Goede  Saw  Guard,  Adjusted  to  Large  and  Small  Saws, 
the  hood  a  distance  corresponding  to  the  thickness  of  the  work,  thus  permitting 
the  work  to  pass  without  the  saw  being  uncovered.  Should  the  saw  start  to 
throw  the  wood,  either  the  dog  or  a  separate  spur  tooth  on  the  foot  of  the  lever 


Courtesy  of  H.  B.   Smith  Machine  Co. 

Fig.  98.     Smith  Saw  Guard. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


77 


will  engage  the  work.  There  is  a  fulcrum  connection  for  the  lever  which  is 
made  adjustable  so  as  to  adapt  the  guard  for  saws  of  different  sizes  and 
the  hook  on  the  lever  is  also  adjustable  so  as  to  vary  the  leverage  and  the 

amount  of  movement  of  the  hood  produced 
by  a  given  movement  of  the  lever.  Both 
hood  and  lever  may  be  raised  to  permit  the 
use  of  the  saw  without  the  guard.  The  sus- 
taining parts  of  the  guard  may  be  attached 
to  saw  table,  ceiling  or  floor,  as  may  be 
most  desirable.  This  guard  may  also  be 
manufactured  in  such  a  way  as  to  adapt  it 
to  the  tilting  table. 

In  Fig.  108  (page  81)  is  shown  the  Pryi- 
bil  saw  guard,  in  which  the  hood  is  guided 
by  two  links  which  partially  balance  it  and 
cause  it  to  raise  and  lower  easily.  The  guard 
is  supported  by  pipes  with  flanges  fastened 
to  the  ceiling  and  is  rigidly  stayed  by  wire 
ropes  with  turnbuckles.  While  the  hood  or- 
dinarily raises  and  lowers  automatically,  it 
can  be  suspended  at  any  height  by  a  spring 
pin  fitting  into  a  series  of  holes  for  various 
adjustments.  There  is  a  toothed  pawl  at  the 
rear  end  of  the  hood,  to  guard  against  ma- 
terial being  thrown  back.  When  desired,  the  hood  can  be  shifted  to  the  right 
by  releasing  a  thumb  screw. 

Figs.  109  (page  82)  and  no  (page  82)  show  an  aluminum  saw  guard 
invented  by  F.  McKee  of  Beloit,  Wis.  The  principal  feature  of  this  guard 
is  the  link  connection  between  the  hood  and  where  it  is  fastened.  This  enables 
the  nose  of  the  guard  to  ride  up  easily  on  material  fed  to  the  saw.  friction 
being  practically  eliminated.  In  Fig.  109  the  hood  is  attached  to  a  splitter, 
while  in  Fig.  no  it  is  attached  to  an  arm  supported  from  the  side  of  the  table. 
The  latter  method  of  attachment  is  used  for  pattern  shop  work.  If  it  is 
desired  to  remove  the  guard  for  work  on 
which  it  cannot  be  used,  loosening  of  one 
set  screw  will  allow  arm  and  guard  to  be 
swung  to  the  side  of  the  table.  This  guard 
can  also  be  attached  to  a  framework  sus- 
pended from  the  ceiling. 

Grooving  Saws.  Two  German  devices 
to  guard  grooving  saws,  for  which  no  close 
hood  protection  is  possible,  are  shown  in 
Fig.  in  (page  82)  and  Fig.  112  (page  83). 
In  the  former  a  board  supported  from  the 
side  covers  the  saw.  It  is  set  high  enough  for  work  to  go  underneath  it 
easily,  and  a  slot  in  the  front  enables  the  operator  to  see  the  line  of  cut.  It  is 
hinged  to  the  back  of  its  supporting  block,  so  it  can  be  thrown  back  out  of  the 


Courtesy  of  Grand  Rapids  Show  Case  Co. 

Fig.  100.    Blower  Hood  Saw 
Guards. 


Courtesy  of  Deutsche  Tiscliler-Zcitiing. 

Fig.  1 01.     German  Cam  Guard. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


way.  Fig.  112  (page  83)  shows  a  guard  somewhat  similar  to  an  automatic 
jointer  guard.  The  thin  board  (d),  which  turns  around  a  support  (e)  and  is 
held  against  the  guide  by  the  blade  spring  (c),  is  pushed  aside  by  the  material 

fed,  and  automatic- 
ally covers  the  saw 
again  after  the  stock 
has  passed  by.  A 
counterweight  might 
well  be  used  in  place 
of  the  spring,  to  give 
even  tension  for  any 
width  of  stock.  When 
no  guard  is  used, 
operators  should 
avoid  the  dangerous 
practice  of  letting 
the  stock  come  back 


Courtesy  of  National  Tube  Co. 

Fig.  102.     Offutt  Saw  Guard,  Raised  by  Material. 


over  the  saw.    After  a  piece  has  been  run  over  the  saw,  it  should  always  be 
picked  up. 

Self-feed  Saws.  A  self-feed  rip  saw  should  have  a  strip  metal  or  hood 
protection  over  the  saw.  If  this  guard  is  not  furnished  by  the  maker,  as 
is  usually  done,  it  can  easily  be  attached  by  any  mechanic.  A  feed- 
ing-out roll  also  contributes  to  safety,  in  carrying  pieces  beyond  the  saw. 
Such  a  roll  should 
be,  and  usual- 
ly  is,  provided  with 
a  thin  steel  wedge- 
disk  splitter  to  keep 
the  stock  from  pinch- 
ing. To  prevent  the 
feeding-in  roll  catch- 
ing a  'hand  kept  too 
long  on  the  stock,  a 
guard  should  be 
placed  over  the  roll 
coming  down  in 
front  as  far  as  pos- 
sible. This  should 
be  attached  to  the 
shaft  carrying  the 
roll,  so  as  always  to 
be  in  proper  position. 


Courtesy    of   National    Tube    Co. 

Fig.  103.     Offutt  Saw  Guard,  Finishing  Cut. 


Fig.  113  (page  83)  shows  a  home-made  device  for  protecting  this  roll. 

Fig.  114  (page  84),  a  picture  taken  in  a  sash  and  door  plant,  shows  a  self- 
feed  rip  saw  with  a  galvanized  hood  coming  down  over  the  front  of  the  feed 
roll  as  far  as  possible.  An  extension  of  this  hood  covers  the  top  of  the  roll  as 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


79 


far  as  the  suction  hood  to  prevent  the  operator's  hand,  when  reaching  up  to  the 
lever  which  shows  close  to  the  blow  pipe,  from  getting  in  the  teeth  of  the  roll. 

The  saw  is  protected  both 
top  and  bottom  by  suction 
hoods,  and  a  slanting  board 
guards  the  drive  belt.  The 
sprocket  and  chain  or  gear- 
ing driving  the  feed  should 
always  be  well  guarded,  to 
prevent  an  operator's  hand 
being  caught  when,  adjust- 
ing, or  at  other  times. 

\Yhile  self-feed  saws  are 
Courtesy  of  American  Museum  of  Safety.  normally  safer  than  hand-feed 

Fig.  104.     German  Finger  Guard.  oneSj    they    should    be    care- 

fully operated  and  adjusted.  The  whole  feed  framework  is  severely  strained 
by  operation,  and  should  be  examined  carefully  and  often.  Special  attention 
should  be  paid  to  the  feed  drive,  as,  if  the  feed  is  thrown  out  of  commission, 
the  stock  may  kick  before  reaching  the  feeding  out  roll.  In  operating  there 
is  danger  from  the  operator  lifting  the  feed  apparatus  so  as  to  drop  it  on  the 
stock  and  get  a  better  grip. 


CUT-OFF  SAWS. 

The  operation  of  cut-off  saws  does  not  involve  the  same  degree  of  risk  as 
that  of  rip  saws,  so 
the  protection  can 
take  a  simpler  form 
and  yet  be  reason- 
ably effective.  For 
the  ordinary  cut-off 
machine  whose  saw 
has  a  fixed  position 
in  the  table,  any  of 
the  rip  saw  hoods  al- 
ready illustrated  or 
described  which 
leave  the  table  clear 
can  be  used.  For 
many  kinds  of  work 
a  hood  can  overhang 
the  saw  from  the 

,  .      .       -  Courtesy   of  Olympic  Foundry   &   Machine   Co. 

rear,  where  it  is  fas 

,   ,  .  .  Fig.  105.     Pogue  Double  Hood  Saw  Guard, 

tened  by  a  hinge  so 

it  can  easily  be  thrown  back  when  necessary.  Even  a  strip  of  metal  bent  to 
conform  to  the  curvature  of  the  saw,  and  securely  fastened  at  the  rear,  will 
prevent  many  accidents.  Such  a  home-made  device  is  shown  in  Fig.  115 


8o 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


(page  84),  a  picture  of  a  stationary  table  saw  used  for  cutting  off  the  ends  of 
wagon  shafts. 

To  guard  a  cut-off  saw  further  when  not  in  use,  a  strip  can  be  hinged  to 
the  front  of  the  hood  which  will  cover  the  front  teeth  when  the  saw  is  not 
being  used  but  which  can  easily  be  thrown  up  when  work  is  being  done.  When 
an  off-bearer  is  employed,  and  a  hood  does  not  protect  the  rear  teeth,  it  is  a 
good  idea  to  have  a  splitter  back  of  the  sawr,  to  keep  his  hands  from  coming  in 
contact  with  the  teeth. 

Another  arrangement  for  guarding  a  cut-off  sawr  is  shown  in  Fig.  116 
(page  85).  A  framework  hinged  to  uprights  at  the  rear  of  the  table  covers 

each  side  of  the  saw,  its  own  weight 
holding  it  down  on  the  table  except 
when  raised  by  material  fed  to  the 
saw.  The  front  is  curved  to  allow 
easy  feeding,  and  the  top  of  the  saw 
is  covered  by  a  horizontal  strip. 

Double  Cut-off  Guard.  For 
double  cut-off  saw  machines,  which 
are  much  used  in  many  factories, 
hood  guards  can  be  suspended 
from  the  ceiling,  adjustable  along  a 
bar  extending  the  length  of  the  table. 
Such  an  arrangement  is  shown  in  Fig. 
117  (page  85),  a  guard  made  by  the 
Jones  Safety  Device  Co.,  of  Buffalo, 
N.  Y.  The  hoods  adjust  automatically 
for  different  thicknesses  of  material, 
are  equipped  with  steel  dogs  at  the 
rear,  and  can  be  turned  up  out  of  the 
way  when  necessary. 

Traveling  Cut-off  Saws.  When- 
ever possible,  such  a  saw  should  be 
guarded  by  a  hood  the  supporting 
frame  of  which  is  attached  to  the  saw 
carriage,  thus  keeping  the  hood  al- 
ways over  the  saw  as  it  moves  to  and 

fro.  The  hood  should  also  adjust  automatically  for  different  thicknesses  of 
material.  Such  a  guard  for  a  railway  cut-off  saw,  made  by  the  Jones  Safety 
Device  Co.,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  is  shown  in  Fig.  118  (page  86). 

Where  it  is  impossible  to  apply  such  full  protection,  there  should  at  least 
be  a  permanent  covering  which  will  guard  the  saw  at  rest.  A  saw  so  guarded 
by  its  makers,  the  E.  &  B.  Holmes  Machinery  Co.,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y..  is  shown 
in  Fig.  119  (page  86).  If  no  such  covering  comes  with  the  machine,  a  home- 
made one  can  easily  be  attached.  When  a  traveling  cut-off  saw  is  operated  by 
a  handle  extending  above  it  from  the  rear,  a  hood  can  often  be  attached  to  this 
handle. 


Courtesy    of   Rockwell   Mfg.    Co. 

Fig.  106.     Rockwell  Saw  Guard. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


81 


Feeding  Material.     It  is  much  safer  to  feed  material  to  a  cut-off  saw  by 

means  of  a  sliding-  table 
rather  than  by  hand,  and 
such  tables  can  well  be 
used  whenever  practi- 
cable. When  cross-cut- 
ting into  several  small 
pieces  at  one  operation, 
there  should  be  a  clamp- 
ing device  for  holding 
the  stock  on  the  carriage, 
as  otherwise  the  operator 
runs  much  risk  of  injury 
in  holding  the  stock  as  it 
goes  between  the  saws. 
AYhen  round  or  polygo- 
nal material  is  cut,  some 
secure  scheme  of  holding 

Courtesy    of   Recall   Mfg.    Co.  ^°M    ^    "^    U?     S° 

Fig.  107.    Rockwell  Saw  Guard,  2  x  4  Being  Ripped.  ***  Can  '*  gCt  *Wa-V 

trom  the  operator.    Such 

irregular  shapes  are  very  hard  to  handle.    Clamping  the  piece  in  a  groove  in  a 
board  gives  a  good  grip  on  it. 

An  operator  should  be  careful 
in  feeding  material  to  a  cut-off  saw, 
as  jamming,  though  not  so  likely  as 
with  a  rip  saw,  may  occur  unless 
the  feeding  is  accurate,  even  be- 
tween the  two  saws  of  a  double  cut- 
off machine.  If  the  stock  is  fed 
by  hand,  one  hand  may  press  a 
little  harder  than  the  other,  arid  so 
feed  the  material  in  at  an  angle. 

Carriage  Fed  Cut-off  Guards. 
\Yhen  a  feeding  carriage  is  used, 
and  there  is  no  hood  supported 
from  above,  a  hood  can  often  be 
attached  to  the  carriage  which  will 
cover  the  saw  completely  when  not 
in  use.  Such  a  German  guard  is 
shown  in  Fig.  120  (page  87).  From 
the  top  of  the  hood  a  strip  extends 
to  protect  the  top  of  the  saw  when 
not  covered  by  the  hood  proper. 
The  stock  is  held  against  the  front 
of  the  hood  while  being  cut.  A  counterweight  brings  the  carriage  back 
automatically. 


Courtesy   of  P.   Pryibil. 

Fig.  108.     Pryibil  Saw  Guard. 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Another  German  arrangement  of  similar  nature  is  shown  in  Fig.  121  (page 
87).  The  wood  to  be  cut  is  placed  on  the  carriage  against  the 
two  iron  strips  (h).  To  the  lower  part  of  the  carriage  at  the 


Courtesy  of  Fairbanks,  Morse  &  Co. 

Fig.     109.      McKee    Saw    Guard, 
tached  to  Splitter. 


At- 


Courtesy  of  Fairbanks,  Morse  &  Co. 

Fig.    no.      McKee  Saw  Guard,  Sup- 
ported from  Side  of  Table. 


back  is  fastened  at  (c)  a  double-acting  lever.  The  hood  is  at- 
tached to  the  short  shank  (d)  of  this  lever,  while  the  long  shank 
(e)  glides  on  a  roller  (f)  fastened  to  the  frame  of  the  table.  The 
hood  completely  covers  the  saw  when  not  in  use,  but  is  automatically 
raised  as  stock  is  fed.  After  the  cut  is  made  and  the  pressure  against  the  strips 
(h)  is  removed,  the  weight  (g)  brings  the  carriage  back  and  the  saw  is  again 
covered  by  the  hood. 

Fig.  122  (page  87)  shows  a  home-made  cover 
for  a  miter  saw,  used  in  a  picture  frame  factory; 
consisting  of  an  oblong  box-like  arrangement  made 
of  wood.  Fig.  123  (page  88)  shows  a  clever  guard, 
devised  by  the  International  Harvester  Co.,  whose 
metal  hood  is  self-adjusting,  its  carriage  traveling 
on  an  inclined  track.  It  is  counterweighted  so  as 
to  offer  the  least  resistance  when  the  piece  of  stock 
strikes  the  wheel  at  the  front  end  of  the  hood.  The 
friction  is  sometimes  reduced  by  having,  instead  of 
this  one  wheel,  a  series  of  wheels  reaching  back  from  Courtesy  of  North  German  wood 

.         .  ,        r~.  .        .  ,  workers'  Ass'n. 

the  front  end.     The  principle  of  this  guard  can  be 
applied  to  rip  saw  protection  as  well  as  cut-off. 


Guard  for  Groov- 
ing Saw. 


BOLTER  SAWS. 

The     saws    of     machines     for     splitting    sections     of     logs     into     bolts 
for  shingle,  heading  and  stave  saws  should  be  well  guarded  at  both  back 


CIRCULAR   SAWS 


83. 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  112.     Guard  for  Grooving  Saw. 


and  side.  Not  only  is  there  danger  of  some  one  falling  on  such  a  saw,  but, 
with  the  low  friction-driven  split  table  often  used,  slivers,  etc.  are  likely  to  drop 
through  the  slit  in  the  carriage  to  the  floor  below  and  then  be  caught  by  the 

under  side  of  the  saw  and  be  thrown 
with  great  force  toward  the  rear. 
There  should  never  be  an  exposed 
passageway  behind  such  a  machine. 


Fig.  124  (page  88)  shows  such  a 
heading  saw  with  the  side  of  the  saw 
and  the  open  space  behind  railed  off. 
No  employee  should  be  allowed  to 
ride  on  the  carriage.  At  the  left  of 
the  picture  the  run  of  the  drag  saw 
which  cuts  the  logs  to  bolt  length  is 
shown  fenced  off. 

The  hand-feed  table  saw  for 
squaring  one  side  of  the  bolt  in  a 
pail  and  tub  factory  before  it  goes 
to  the  heading  or  stave  sawing  machine  should  have  a  wide  hood  suspended 
from  above,  or  at  least  should  be  hooded  at  back  and  on  top,  with  a  band 
curving  over  as  much  of  the  front  as  is  not  required  for  the  work.  A  feeding 
carriage  with  a  V-shaped  bottom  could  well  be  used.  The  operator  should 
brush  away  slabs  with  a  stick,  as  otherwise 
he  comes  dangerously  near  the  saw  teeth. 

The  carrier-fed  machine  for  cross-cut- 
ting bolts  should  have  its  saw  well  guarded. 
If  the  cutting  is  done  with  the  upper  part 
of  the  saw,  the  entire  saw  below  the  man- 
drel, and  above  it  to  a  point  just  below  the 
swinging  frame  in  which  the  bolt  is  held, 
can  be  protected  by  a  cover,  supported  from 
the  machine  frame  or  the  floor,  open  both 
top  and  bottom  and  with  the  outer  side 
hinged  for  access  to  the  saw.  If  the  cutting 
is  done  with  the  lower  side  of  the  saw,  there 
can  be  a  fencing  at  the  back  and  along  the 
outside  set  far  enough  away  not  to  interfere 
with  the  feeding  frame.  It  is  well  also  to 
have  the  upper  part  of  the  saw  guarded  by  a 
hood  or  band  supported  from  the  machine 


Courtesy   of  Paine   Lumber   Co.,   Ltd. 


Fig.  113. 


Self-feed  Rip  Saw 
Guarded. 


EQUALIZING  SAWS. 

The  equalizing  saws  used  so  extensively 

in  cooperage  and  wagon  work,  and  in  box  and  excelsior  factories,  veneer  mills, 

and  many  other  plants,  are  dangerous  machines  and  need  careful  guarding. 

The  saws  should  always  be  protected  as  fully  as  possible  on  top  by  hoods,  or 


84 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  The  Wheeler-Osgood  Co. 

Fig.  114.     Self -feed  Rip  Saw  Guarded. 


at  least  by  bands,  and  they  should  be  guarded  at  the  back  when  there  is  a  pass- 
ageway there.  When  the  saws  are  set  near  the  ends  of  the  arbor  outside  of  the 
bearings,  the  outer  part  of  each  saw  should  be  covered  to  a  point  below  the  bottom. 

Cooperage  Saws. 
Fig.  125  (page  89) 
shows  a  stave  and 
heading  equalizer 
equipped  by  its  manu- 
facturers, the  E.  &  B. 
Holmes  Machinery 
Co.,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
with  guards  which 
protect  the  bottom  of 
each  saw  and  the 
back  up  to  the 
crown.  They  are  ad- 
justable, along  a  bar 
at  the  front  of  the 
machine,  for  differ- 
ent positions  of  the 
saws.  There  are 
also  self-feed  equal- 
izers in  which  the  saws  are  fully  guarded  and  to  which  the  stock  is  fed  on  a 
traveling  chain  fitted  with  brackets. 

Equalizers  fed  by  means  of  carriers  should  always  have  springs  or  weights 
to  keep  the  carriers  away  from  the  saws  except  when  stock  is  being  fed,  and 
these  should  be  kept  in  the  best  of  condition.  The  small  stave  equalizing 
saws  used  in  pail  and  tub  factories  should  have  hoods  coming  down  as  far  in 
front  as  possible,  and  the  carrier  should  have 
a  lever  attachment  for  clamping  the  stock  on 
it.  When  the  saws  are  set  very  close  to- 
gether, one  hood  can  cover  both  saws. 

Fig.  126  (page  89)  shows  a  home-made 
guard  for  stave  equalizers.  Each  of  the  two 
wooden  sections  of  which  the  guard  is  made 
is  bolted  to  a  frame  of  iron,  bent  to  proper 
form  and  bolted  to  the  framework  of  the 
machine.  Beneath  each  saw  is  a  box  to 
catch  the  blocks,  an  excellent  idea  where 
there  is  no  chute.  If  blocks  pile  up,  the  saw 
is  apt  to  catch  one  of  them  and  throw  it  with 
great  force.  The  box  also  facilitates  safe 
removal  of  the  blocks. 

A  good  and  cheap  way  of  guarding  such 

equalizers  is  to  set  a  board  across  the  back  of  the  machine,  long  enough  to 
extend  about  six  inches  beyond  the  saw  or  frame  at  each  end,  and  at  right 
angles  to  this  to  run  from  each  end  a  board  along  the  outside  of  the  saw  as 


Courtesy   of   II'.   H.    Gillette   Co. 

Fig.  115.    Home-made  Cut-Off 
Guard. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


far  to  the  front  as  possible.  Each  board  should  be  a  little  wider  than  the 
saw's  diameter.  It  is  well  to  have  the  side  casings  hinged  for  access  to  the 
saws.  Such  a  guard  will  prevent  anyone  from  backing  up  against  the  saws 
or  running  into  them,  yet  it 
is  far  enough  away  to  let  the 
blocks  fall  inside. 

Wagon  Saws.  Fig.  127 
(page  90)  shows  a  pair  of 
saws,  used  in  a  buggy  parts 
plant  for  equalizing  the 
lengths  of  single-trees, 
guarded  by  substantial  sheet 
iron  hoods.  The  saw  shaft 
and  bearings  are  mounted  on 


Courtesy  of  American  Museum  of  Safety. 

Fig.  116.     German  Cut-Off  Saw  Guard. 


a  solid  table,  and  the  guards 
are  mounted  on  a  piece  of 
angle  iron  extending  the  full  length  of  the  shaft.  They  are  made  wide  so  as  to 
cover  the  saws  when  set  for  different  lengths  of  material.  Fig.  128  (page  90) 
shows  a  guarded  double  hub  equalizing  saw,  made  by  the  Defiance  Machine 
Works.  Defiance.  O.  The  operator  is  protected  by  the  convenient  hand  lever 
used  for  holding  the  hub  in  position  and  sliding  the  carriage  to  and  from  the 
saws.  Such  a  feeding  apparatus  might  well  be  used  for  many  kinds  of  equaliz- 
ing work. 

Spoke  and  Handle  Saw.  Fig.  129  (page  91)  shows  a  guarded  machine, 
made  by  the  Defiance  Machine  Works,  for  reducing  spoke,  handle  and  other 
blanks  to  exact  length  and  preparing  them  for  the  turning  lathe.  The  guards 
are  adjustable  on  the  frame  of  the  machine  with  the  saws. 

Veneer  Saws.  Fig.  130 
(page  91)  shows  a  home- 
made method  of  guarding 
the  saws  used  in  veneer 
mills  for  cutting  door  or 
furniture  panels  to  equal 
size.  The  hoods  are  ad- 
justable both  horizontally 
along  the  bar  above,  to  suit 
varying  sizes  of  panels, 
and  vertically.  The  picture 
also  shows  guards  over  the 
main  drive  belt  and  pulley 
at  the  left  and  over  two 
pulleys  driving  the  saws, 
and  a  sleeve  over  a  dead 


Courtesy   of  Jones  Safety  Device   Co. 

Fig.  117.    Jones  Double  Cut-off  Guard. 


end  of  shaft  at  the  right.     Such  points  should  always  be  guarded. 

Drum  Equalizer.     The  guarded  machine  shown  in  Fig.   131    (page  92) 
made  by  the  Chattanooga  Machinery  Co.,  of  Chattanooga.  Tenn.,  is  used  in  box 


86 


WOODWORKING  SAFDGUARDS 


factories  and  elsewhere.  The  boards  or  blocks  are  laid  on  the  steps  in  from 
of  the  machine,  and  as  the  drum  slowly  revolves  the  stock  is  cut.  Holding- 
down  springs  prevent  the  stock  moving  when  in  contact  with  the  saws. 

The  saws  are  hooded  at  the  back  and 
on  top. 

Tie  Equalizer.  A  guarded  rail- 
road tie  equalizer  in  a  saw  mill  is 
shown  in  Fig.  13  (page  25).  The 
two  saws,  8  feet  apart,  sometimes 
throw  ties  or  pieces.  There  is  a 
front  planking  guard  to  prevent 
pieces  striking  employees.  Two 
arms  hung  from  pins  lift  up  as  the, 

Courtesy  of  Jones  Safety  Device  Co.  ties  8°  "nder  them,  and  then  drop 

Fig.  118.    Jones  Railway  Cut-Off  Guard.      down  a»d  prevent  the  ties  from  slid- 
ing back  on  top  of  the  saws. 


SWING  SAWS. 

Counterweights.  The  most  essential  feature  of  swing  saw  protection  has 
to  do  with  the  counterweight,  so  that  there  will  be  no  danger  of  the  saw 
unexpectedly  swinging  out  toward  the  operator.  Balancing  the  saw  by  a 
counterweight  attached  to  a  rope  should  be  avoided  whenever  possible.  A 
rope  running  over  a  small  pulley  is  apt  to  become  weak  from  wear  and  then  to 
break  when  the  saw  goes 

back  with  a  jerk  after  being  ^1 

released  by  the  operator. 
The  run  of  the  rope  behind 
the  bench  is  usually  en- 
closed, as  it  should  be,  to 
prevent  sawdust  and  other 
stuff  from  clogging  it  so  it- 
will  not  work  smoothly, 
and  this  practice  is  apt  to 
prevent  wear  being  noticed 
quickly.  For  the  same  rea- 
son it  is  unlikely  that  suf- 
ficiently close  watch  will  be 
kept  on  the  fastening  of  the 
weight  to  the  rope.  When 
a  rope  counterweight  is  used, 
frequent  examination  of  the  ,, 

Courtesy  of  E.  &  B.  Holmes  Machinery  C 

rope  and  of  the  fastening  of  ,,.  _,  ,  ^^  „       _ 

Fig.  119.     Cut-Off  Saw  Guard, 
the  weight  should  be  made, 

to  assure  the  rope  being  in  good  condition  and  the  weight  being  securely 
attached. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


When  the  swing  bar  method  of  counterbalancing  is  used,  the  bar  should 
be  so  arranged  that  it  works  from  a  horizontal  position  upward,  as  otherwise, 
if  the  weight  should  come  loose,  it  may  drop  on  the  operator  or  some  one  else 
as  well  as  let  the  saw  come  out  at  the  operator.  Care  should  be  taken  to  fasten 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  120.     Cut-Off  Saw  Guard. 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  121.     Cut-Off  Saw  Guard. 


the  weight  very  securely  to  the  bar.  It  is  a  good  plan  to  have  a  positive  stop 
on  each  side  of  it.  Any  bolts  which  fasten  the  bar  to  the  framework  should  be 
tested  frequently,  as  they  are  subject  to  heavy  strain.  The  bar  itself  can  well 
be  made  of  wrought  iron.  To  prevent  any  possibility  of  the  weight  falling,  it 
can  be  attached  to  a  safety  chain  coming  down  from  the  ceiling,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  132  (page  92).  If  the  saw  is  counterbalanced  by  springs,  these  springs 
should  be  very  carefully  adjusted,  and  frequently  inspected  to  assure  their 
working  properly. 

Guarding  the  Saw.  The  saw  proper  is  usually  equipped  w-ith  a  guard  by- 
its  maker,  in  the  form  of  a  half  hood  covering  the  top  of  the  saw  and  the  side 
next  to  the  handle.  When  no  guard  comes  with  the  machine,  a  home-made 
one  can  easily  be  made.  Fig.  133  (page  93)  shows  a  home-made  hood,  with 
side  of  wood  and  top  of  sheet  iron,  bolted  to  the  side  of  the  frame.  It  is  better, 
however,  to  enclose  the  top  of  the  saw  on  both  sides,  as  shown  in  Fig.  134 
(page  93). 

More  complete  protec- 
tion yet  can  often  be  given. 

Fig-  J35  (Page  94)  shows  a 
reinforced  wire  mesh  guard 
extending  the  protection 
given  by  the  ordinary  metal 
hood.  The  mesh  guard 
slides  in  slots  in  the  metal 
hood  for  an  adjustment  to 
12  inches  from  the  work. 


In  Germany  a  telescopic 
hood  is  sometimes  placed 
inside  the  usual  hood,  en- 


Courtesy  of  L.   R.   Harsha  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.  122.    Home-made  Cut-Off  Guard. 


tirely  covering  the  saw-,  as  shown  in  Fig.  136  (page  94).  The  front  part  of  this 
guard  is  lifted  by  the  work  striking  the  projecting  forks,  and  the  rear  guard 
also  raises  when  the  work  reaches  it.  Another  European  method  is  to  attach 


88 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy    of  International  Harvester   Co. 

Fig.  123.     Guard  for  Circular  Saw. 


to  the  front  of  the  ordinary  hood  a  metal  strip  working  on  a  hinge,  which 
glides  on  the  wood  being  cut  and  pushes  back  an  operator's  hand  carelessly 
left  in  the  line  of  the  cut. 

The  lower  part  of 
the  blade  can  well  be 
guarded,  when  the  saw 
is  at  rest,  by  boards  set 
as  close  as  possible  to 
each  side  and  projecting 
far  enough  beyond  the 
blade  in  front  to  enable 
the  operator  to  handle 
his  stock  on  the  table 
with  perfect  safety. 
When  a  swing  saw  is  so 
situated  that  anyone  can 
get  in  the  rear  of  the 
table,  it  should  be  fenced 
off  at  the  back.  Fig.  134 
(page  93)  shows  an  ex- 
cellent wire  screen  for 
this  point,  and  Fig.  133  (page  93)  shows  boxing  at  both  side  and  back. 
Guarding  the  Belt.  The  belt  of  a  swing  saw  should  be  well  guarded, 
especially  when  it  runs  near  the  handle.  Fig.  134  (page  93)  shows  a  sheet 
metal  guard  back  of  the  handle  and  a  wire  screen  extending  upward.  Wire 
screen  methods  of  guarding  are  shown  in  Figs.  135  (page  94)  and  136  (page 
94).  Some  machines  are  equipped  with  handle  guards  by  the  makers,  but 
these  should  be  supple- 
mented by  guarding  the 
belt  above.  When  there 
is  no  protection  for  the 
handle,  and  it  is  not  on 
the  side  of  the  hood,  it 
should  at  least  set  well 
out  from  the  belt.  A 
home-made  handle  can 
be  attached  to  the  frame- 
work well  away  from  the 
belt,  as  shown  in  Fig. 
133  (page  93). 

Limiting  the  Swing. 
In  some  machines  the 
counterweighting  mechanism  is  arranged  so  the  saw  can  swing  out  only  a 
limited  distance.  Whether  this  is  the  case  or  not,  the  swing  can  be  limited  by 
a  safety  chain  running  from  the  lower  part  of  the  swinging  frame  to  a  fixed 


Courtesy  of  Jonesboro  Heading  Co. 

Fig.  124.     Heading  Bolter  Saw  Guarded. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


89 


Courtesy   of  E.   &  B.   Holmes  Machinery   Co. 

Fig.  125.     Stave  Equalizer  Guarded. 


point  in  the  rear.     Fig.  132   (page  92)   shows  such  a  chain,  attached  at  the 
rear  to  the  framework  of  the 
guard    for    the    back    of   the 
saw. 

General.  The  saw 
should  be  hung  on  the  end 
of  the  frame  away  from  ap- 
proaching material  so  the 
operator's  hands  will  not  be 
directly  in  front  of  the  saw. 

Every  belt-driven  saw 
should  have  an  efficient  belt 
shifter  within  easy  reach  of 
the  operator.  Some  ma- 
chines come  equipped  with 
shifters  attached  to  the 
swinging  frame,  so  the  oper- 
ator need  not  let  go  of  the 
machine  when  shifting  the 
belt. 

Care  should  be  taken 
not  to  attempt  to  saw  material 
of  thickness  equal  to  the  distance 
from  the  top  of  the  table  to 
where  the  drive  belt  passes  over 
the  pulley,  as  this  may  cause  the 
pulley  to  ride  over  the  material 
and  throw  the  saw  against  the 
operator. 


GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS. 

Guarding  Under  Part  of  Saw. 
The  part  of  a  saw  underneath  a 
bench  should  always  be  well 
guarded  against  contact.  This  is 
often  effected  by  means  of  a  suc- 
tion hood,  or  by  placing  on  each 
side  of  the  saw  a  metal  or  wood 
shield  somewhat  larger  than  the 
saw.  Perhaps  the  best  method, 
howrever,  is  to  fence  in  any  open- 
ings in  the  sides  and  ends  of  the 
bench  with  doors  or  shields, 
which  slide  in  grooves  or  swing 


Courtesy    of  Royer   Wheel   Co. 

Fig.  126.     Stave  Equalizer  Guarded. 


on  hinges  so  they  can  easily  be   opened  for  necessary  access. 


9o 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Care  in  Operation,  Etc.  A  sawyer  cannot  be  too  careful  in  operating  a 
rip  saw.  Care  is  especially  necessary  when  forcing  a  piece  through  after  it  has 
pinched  or  a  knot  or  change  in  grain  is  struck,  on  account  of  the  sudden  jerk 

apt  to  follow  the  extra  pres- 
sure required,  and  in  brush- 
ing waste  pieces  away  from 
the  back  of  the  saw.  An 
operator  should  never  feed 
stock  with  his  breast  or  ab- 
domen, and  he  should  try  to 
avoid  standing  directly  be- 
hind his  work.  In  some 
plants  rip  saw  operators  wear 
thickly  padded  leather 
aprons.  Holding  on  to  a 
narrow  strip  when  pushing 
a  piece  through  the  saw  and 
cleaning  out  a  dust  chute 

Courtesy  of  w.  H.  Gillette  Co.  while  the  saw  is  running  are 

Fig.  127.    Single-tree  Equalizer  Guarded.  both  dangerous  practices. 

Great  care  should  be  ex- 
ercised in  approaching  a  saw  after  the  driving  power  has  been  disengaged,  as 
inertia  keeps  it  moving  for  some  time.  When  stopping  a  belt-driven  saw  to 
adjust  or  clean  up,  the  oper- 
ator should  see  that  the  belt 
is  well  home  on  the  loose 
pulley,  so  it  will  not  slip 
back  and  start  the  machine 
while  he  is  working  about  it. 
When  there  are  two  saws  in 
a  table,  both  should  be  stop- 
ped when  one  is  to  be  ad- 
justed or  cleaned  up.  In 
feeling  the  run  of  a  saAv 
while  adjusting,  an  operator 
should  take  care  that  his 
hand  is  not  carried  on  to  the 
teeth  by  friction. 

It  is  important  that  the 
guide  be  always  parallel  with 
the  saw,  and  securely  fast- 
ened to  prevent  its  slipping 
and  suddenly  throwing  the 
operator's  hand  on  the  teeth.  It  is  well  to  examine  often  the  fastenings  of  a 
guide  more  or  less  permanently  fixed  in  one  position. 


Courtesy   of  Defiance   Machine    Works. 

Fig.  128.     Double  Hub  Equalizer  Guarded. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


91 


Working  of  saws  in  the  open  air  or  in  a  cold  room  should  be  avoided,  to 
prevent  accidents  due  to  operators'  hands  becoming  stiff  or  the  wearing  of 
gloves  to  keep  them  warm.  When  saw  blades  become  cracked  or  dull,  the 
operator  should  report  their  condition,  and  they  should  be  removed  at  once 

from  the  workroom  to  avoid 
possible  use  of  them. 

Push-Stick.  A  p  u  s  h- 
stick  is  often  a  useful  safe- 
guard in  finishing  a  cut,  and 
suitable  ones  should  always 
be  provided  so  a  workman 
may  not  improvise  one  out 
of  some  soft  stuff  lying 
handy  which  may  break  at  a 
critical  moment.  The  notch 
of  a  push-stick  should  be 
lined  with  metal,  and  there 
should  be  a  hole  in  the  other 
end  for  hanging  it  up  con- 
veniently at  hand.  Use  of  a 
push-stick  i  s  preferable, 
when  possible,  to  using  a 
second  piece  to  push  the  first 
through. 

When  rabbeting  or 
plowing  is  done  on  a  saw,  a 
push-block  can  often  be 
used,  made  simply  by  rabbeting  off  the  sole  of  a  block  of  wood  and  putting 
on  top  a  handle  like  that  of 
a  plane. 

Off -bearers.  There 
should  always  be  an  off- 
bearer  when  material  is 
ripped  which  is  longer  than 
the  saw  table,  and  off-bear- 
ers can  well  be  employed  no 
matter  what  size  of  stock  is 
being  worked.  An  off- 
bearer  should  be  careful  not 
only  to  keep  from  the  back 
teeth  of  an  unguarded  sa\v, 
but  also  to  avoid  pinching 
sawn  pieces  together  and 
thus  endangering  the  saw- 


Cotirtesy  of  Defiance  Machine   Works. 

Fig.  129.     Guarded  Equalizer. 


Courtesy   of  Louisville    Veneer  Mills. 

Fig.  130.    Veneer  Equalizer  Guarded. 


yer  as  well  as  possibly  himself  getting  a  hand  mangled.    It  is  a  good  plan  for 
off-bearer  boys  to  use  a  hook,  whenever  possible,  to  pull  wood  past  the  splitter. 


92 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Clothing.  It  is  advisable  for  both  sawyers  and  off-bearers  to  wear  tight- 
fitting  clothing.  Sleeves  which  do  not  fit  closely  should  be  rolled  up  or  prefer- 
ably short-sleeved  jumpers  should  be  worn.  The  latter  avoids  dangerous 
bunching  of  cloth  around  the  upper  arm.  Wearing  gloves  is  a  bad  practice 
which  should  be  prohibited. 

Use  and  Adjustment  of  Guards.     Guards  are  of  no  value  unless  used  as 


Courtesy   of  Chattanooga  Machinery   Co. 

Fig.  131.     Drum  Equalizer  Guarded. 

intended.  Complete  use  for  all 
possible  work  should  be  insisted 
upon,  and  replacement  required  at 
once  after  completion  of  work  for 
which  they  cannot  be  used.  For 
short  stock  the  use  of  a  guard 
should  be  compulsory.  There  is 
nothing  in  all  the  wide  range  of 
woodworking  more  dangerous 
than  short  feeding  small  dimen- 
sion stock. 

Hoods  used  should  adjust 
automatically  whenever  possible. 
If  arranged  otherwise,  they 
should  be  adjustable  by  hand,  and 
always  set  to  cover  the  saw  as  fully  as  may  be.  When  a  saw  is  changed  for  one 
of  another  size,  the  splitter  should  be  readjusted  close  behind  the  new  saw,  or, 
if  ncessary,  a  new  one  set  in  place. 

The  tendency  of  workmen  to  turn  back  the  nosepiece  of  a  splitter  and 
light  hood  guard,  so  as  to  see  the  line  of  cut  better,  can  be  obviated,  in  many 
instances,  by  splitting  the  front  part  of  this  hood  like  two  fingers  or  making 
it  of  wire  mesh. 


of  International   Harvester    Co. 

Fig.  132.     Swing  Saw  Guards. 


CIRCULAR  SAWS 


93 


Courtesy   of  Kentucky  River  Poplar   Co. 

Fig-  T33-     Home-made  Swing  Saw  Guards. 


Material  of  Guards.  Whatever  the  material  of  a  guard,  it  and  its  supports 
should  be  very  substantial. 
If  possible  supports  should 
not  be  of  cast  iron.  Manx- 
prefer  wood  hoods,  as  likely 
to  do  less  damage  if  struck 
by  the  saw.  For  this  reason 
the  Germans  often  line 
metal  hoods  with  wood. 
Fibre  is  sometimes  used  in 
place  of  wood  or  metal. 

Care  of  Saws  and 
Bearings.  Saws  should  be 
carefully  inspected  quite 
often  for  lost  motion  in 
the  bearings.  If  the  bear- 
ings are  worn,  the  saw 
will  wobble  and  jump  and 
be  more  dangerous.  End 
play  in  a  mandrel  has 
caused  men  to  lose  fingers 
on  a  rip  saw,  and  has  also 
resulted  in  the  throwing 
of  edgings  with  disastrous 
effect.  The  bearings 
should  be  kept  well  bab- 
bitted up,  and  in  the  inter- 
vals between  babbittings 
the  liners  between  the  bot- 
tom half  of  the  bearing 
and  the  cap  should  be 
changed.  In  this  way  one 
babbitting  can  be  made  to 
serve  effectively  much 
longer.  Saws  should  also 
be  kept  well  sharpened. 
There  is  nothing  like  a 
dull  saw  for  making  stock 
pinch  and  climb.  Care  in 
these  two  points  is  just 
as  necessary  for  quality 
of  work  as  for  safety 

Fixing  Speed  of  Saws. 
When  saw  machines  are 
set  up,  care  should  be 
taken  to  ensure  the  fixing 


Courtesy   of  International   Harvester   Co. 

Fig.  134.    Swing  Saw  Guards. 


of  their  speed   at  the  proper  rate.     Overspeeding  and   underspeeding  both 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


have  their  dangerous  points.  While 
successful  operation  of 
saws,  there  is  a  point 
beyond  which  the  saw 
not  only  becomes  li- 
able to  cause  many  ac- 
cidents, but  it  also 
cannot  do  good  work. 
Too  high  a  speed 
heats  up  the  saw,  and 
makes  it  touchy  and 
limber.  Then,  if  the 
teeth  are  at  all  dulled, 
the  saw  runs  or 
dodges  whenever  it 
comes  in  contact  with 
the  least  obstacle. 
Underspeeding  also  is 
apt  to  make  a  saw  dodge  either  way  on 
striking  an  object. 

Covering  Saws  Left  Running. 
Whenever  possible  an  operator  should 
never  leave 'his  machine  without  shut- 
ting it  down.  If  a  saw  has  to  be  left 
running,  it  should  be  covered  up.  This 
is  frequently  done  by  placing  over  it 
a  box  with  dowel  pins  which  fit 


high    speed    is    necessary    for    the 


Courtesy  of  Reming- 
ton Typewriter 
Works. 

F»g-    135-     Mesh 

Guards  for  Swing 

Saw. 


Courtesy   of  American  Museum   of  Saf 

Fig.  136.     German  Swing  Saw 


?ty. 

Guards. 


into  holes  in  the  table.  A 
permanently  attached  cover 
is  better,  however,  when 
such  can  be  arranged,  as  it  is 
always  conveniently  at  hand 
and  therefore  more  likely  to 
be  used.  Fig.  137  shows 
such  a  cover  used  in  a  match 
factory.  It  is  hinged  so  it 
can  be  thrown  back  at  the 
side  of  the  saw.  In  the  pic- 
ture the  cover  is  raised  to 
show  its  construction  and 
how  it  works  on  its  hinges. 
When  a  hood  is  used  as  a 
saw  guard,  this  can  often  be 
adjusted  to  serve  as  a  com- 
plete cover. 

Transmission,  Etc.     For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmission,  Etc. 


Courtesy  of  Diamond  Match  Co. 

Fig.  137.     Cover  for  Saw. 


BAND  SAWS. 


A  band  saw  is  much  safer  to  operate  than  a  circular  saw,  for 
there  is  no  danger  of  the 
wood  being  kicked,  but  it 
has  peculiar  hazards  of  its 
own  against  which  an  operator 
should  be  protected.  Fortunate- 
ly it  is  unlike  the  circular  saw 
also  in  that  practically  complete 
protection  can  be  furnished. 

Guarding  the  Lower  Wheel. 
When  the  lower  wheel  is  left 
exposed,  it  is  very  likely  to  cause 
accidents,  especially  if  it  is  a 
spoked  wheel.  The  draught 
created  by  it  is  apt  to  draw  in 
some  loose  part  of  the  operator's 
clothing,  his  foot  or  leg  may 
come  in  contact  with  the  wheel 
or  his  toe  get  under  it,  or  a 
block  of  wood  may  get  tangled 
up  in  the  wheel,  if  it  is  spoked, 
and  be  thrown  or  damage  the 
wheel  and  thus  cause  an  acci- 
dent. The  saw  blade  also  may 
break  under  the  table,  and  its 
ends  or  pieces  fly  out  and  cut  the 
operator's  legs. 

The  lower  wheel  should  be 
entirely  covered  on  the  side  to- 
wards the  operator.  Some  manufacturers  furnish  such  a  guard,  in  the  form 
usually  of  cast  iron  doors.  When  a  machine  is  not  thus  equipped,  it  is  easy 
to  provide  a  home-made  guard,  of  wire  mesh,  wood  or  metal.  The  guard 
should  be  so  arranged  that  it  can  easily  be  opened,  and  it  should  come  down 
close  to  the  floor,  to  prevent  anything  getting  under  the  wheel. 

The  lower  wheel  is  often  of  the  web  type,  which  from  the  safety  stand- 
point is  decidedly  preferable  to  the  spoked  kind.  Its  use  practically  eliminates 
the  danger  of  the  operator's  clothing  or  a  piece  of  wood  being  caught  in  the 
wheel,  and  there  are  no  spokes  to  catch  a  breaking  blade  and  tear  it  to  pieces. 


Courtesy   of  Brown   &  Sharpe  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.  138.     Guards  for  Band  Saw. 


96 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Jones  Safety  Device  Co. 

Fig.  139.     Jones  Band  Saw  Guard. 


Courtesy  of  International  Harvester  C 

Fig.  140.     Band  Saw  Guarded. 


Fig.  141.     Guards  for  Band  Saw 
Wheels. 


Courtesy   of   Link-Belt   Co. 

Fig.  142.     Guard  for  Band  Saw  Blade. 


BAND   SAWS 


97 


Courtesy  of  American  Museum  of  Safety, 

Fig.  143.     German  Guards  for  Band  Saw. 


The  web  wheel  also  gives  a  more 
steady  movement  to  the  blade,  thus  re- 
ducing the  danger  of  breakage.  It 
should  be  encased,  however,  just  like 
the  spoked  wheel. 

Guarding  the  Upper  Wheel.  The 
upper  wheel  should  be  enclosed  in  simi- 
lar fashion  to  the  lower.  Protection 
only  as  far  down  as  the  hub  is  not  suf- 
ficient, especially  when  the  wheel  is  set 
low  enough  to  reach  down  to  the  height 
of  the  operator's  head.  A  complete 
covering  is  always  better,  as  it  is  more 
likely  to  catch  the  saw  if  it  should 
break  or  slip  off  the  wheel.  If  the  blade 
should  merely  slip  off  the  wheel,  a 
complete  casing  will  tend  to  prevent 
the  kinking  which  often  causes  a  saw 
to  break. 

The  wheel  can  be  effectively  en- 
cased in  wood,  slats,  metal  or  wire 
mesh,  as  may  be  most  convenient.  The 
casing  should  be  arranged  so  that  it  cannot  come  in  contact  with  the  wheel, 
and  it  should  be  hinged  at  one  side,  or  detachable,  to  facilitate  the  saw's  re- 
moval. It  is  well  also  to  have  a  pro- 
tecting strip  span  the  wheel.  Such  a 
strip  will  do  much  toward  catching 
the  parts  of  the  blade  if  it  should 
break.  When  the  upper  wheel  is  not 
encased,  a  bar  is  sometimes  placed 
across  the  front,  fitting  in  a  rest  at 
each  side,  to  keep  the  saw  from  com- 
ing over  on  the  operator  if  it  should 
slip  off  the  wheel. 

Protecting  Return  Part  of  Blade. 
The  return  part  of  the  blade  between 
the  two  wrheels  should  be  guarded  for 
other  reasons  as  well  as  in  case  of 
breakage.  With  it  exposed,  the 
operator  or  someone  else  may  come  in 
contract  with  it,  or  a  piece  of  ma- 
terial be  crowded  on  it,  or  the  saw 
may  be  struck  from  the  rear  and 
thrown  off  the  wheels. 

Guarding   this   part   is    a    simple 


matter.     One  method  of  protection  is 
to  place  parallel  strips  of  wood,  each 


Courtesy  of  International  Harvester  Co. 

Fig.  144.     Guards  for  Band  Saw. 


98 


WOODWORKING    SAFEGUARDS 


wider  than  the  blade,  one  on  each  side  of  it.  The  strips  should  come  down 
close  to  the  table.  Another  way  of  guarding  is  to  run  a  strip  up  along  the 
side  of  the  blade,  and  attach  to  it  at  right  angles  two  other  strips,  one  cover- 
ing the  saw  teeth  in  front  and  the  other  protecting  the  back  of  the  blade  so 
that  it  cannot  be  struck  from  the  rear  and  thrown  off  the  wheel. 

A  third  device  is  a  piece  of  timber  with  a  slot  cut  in  the  front  of  it  in 
which  the  blade  will  run,  the  slot  being  deep  enough  for  the  blade  to  be  some 
little  distance  from  its  front  edges.  Some  manufacturers  furnish  a  tube- 
like  guard  in  which  the  blade  can  be  enclosed.  Others  equip  their  ma- 
chine with  a  U-shaped  protec- 
tion or  a  cast-iron  channel  in 
which  the  blade  runs. 

Guarding  Working  Part  of 
Blade.  The  working  side  of 
the  saw  should  be  guarded  both 
on  account  of  the  danger  of 
breakage  and  to  keep  an  opera- 
tor's head  from  coming  in  con- 
tact with  it,  as  when  he  bends 
over  to  follow  penciled  lines 
showing  the  desired  cut.  Some 
machines  come  from  the  maker 
equipped  with  a  guard  for  this 
point.  When  there  is  none  a 
home-made  guard  is  easy  to  ap- 
ply, and  often  it  can  be  at- 
tached to  the  guide  so  as  to 
raise  and  lower  with  it.  A 
wooden  or  metal  strip  can  be 
placed  in  front  of  the  teeth,  or 
strips  can  be  placed  at  right 
angles  to  each  other  which  will 
guard  both  the  front  and  the 
outside  of  the  blade.  Only  the 
part  of  the  saw  in  actual  use 
need  be  left  exposed. 

Care     by     Operator.     The 


Courtesy  of  Brown  &  Sharps  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.  145.     Band  Saw  Guarded. 


operator  should  see  that  the  work  lies  straight  and  firm  before  feeding,  so  it 
will  not  turn  and  draw  his  fingers  into  the  blade.  He  should  keep  his  atten- 
tion exclusively  fixed  on  his  work,  and  he  should  be  careful  in  brushing  away 
cuttings.  After  the  power  is  disengaged  he  should  always  wait  for  the  ma- 
chine to  come  to  a  stop,  never  trying  to  stop  the  wheel  with  a  piece  of  wood 
or  with  hand  or  foot.  Sometimes,  as  in  Germany,  a  brake  is  rigged  up,  brought 
into  action  by  a  foot  lever  after  the  belt  has  been  shifted  to  the  loose 
pulley,  to  stop  the  machine  almost  instantly.  A  device  by  which  the  belt 
shifter,  when  moved  to  the  limit  of  its  travel,  would  apply  a  brake  effect  and 
thereby  bring  the  machine  to  a  halt  more  quickly,  would  be  preferable. 


BAND   SAWS 


99 


When  a  band  saw  is  stopped,  it  is  advisable  to  lower  the  tension  some- 
what unless  this  is  well  provided  for  by  the  makers.  While  working,  the  saw 
becomes  heated  and  expands;  when  not  working,  it  cools  off  and  contracts. 
So  there  is  danger  of  a  subsequent  break,  with  possibility  of  an  accident,  if  the 
tension  is  not  slackened.  When  the  saw  is  running,  the  tension,  of  course,  has 
to  be  kept  pretty  firm,  to  prevent  the  blade  slipping  off  the  wheel  and  to  keep 
it  moving  smoothly. 

A  band  saw  break  sometimes  comes  gradually,  its  beginning  being  shown 
by  a  noticeable  click.  The  machine  should  then  be  stopped  at  once  and  the 
blade  removed. 

Other  Precautions. 
Band  saws  should  not  be 
operated,  either  indoors  or 
out,  in  a  temperature  low- 
enough  to  cause  the  opera- 
tor's hands  to  become  stiff. 
Too  low  a  temperature  is 
also  apt  to  cause  the  blade 
to  snap  when  started.  Use 
of  gloves  by  operators 
should  be  positively  pro- 
hibited. 

Saw  blades  should  be 
carefully  sharpened,  and 
brazed  with  great  care 
when  necessary.  If  a  saw 
is  not  brazed  properly,  it 
is  much  more  likely  to 
break  when  next  put  in  use. 
Too  much  emphasis  can- 
not be  laid  upon  the  need  of 
proper  brazing,  to  assure 
the  brazed  joints  being 
carefully  made,  the  blades 
not  being  overheated,  the  flux  and  solder  thoroughly  uniting  the  parts,  and 
the  thickness  being  afterward  brought  down  accurately  to  that  of  the  rest  of 
the  blade.  Cracked  saw  blades  should  not  be  used,  and  dull  blades  out  of  com- 
mission should  not  be  left  in  the  work-room. 

Illustrations  of  Guards.  Fig.  138  (page  95)  shows  a  guarded  band  saw 
in  use  in  the  plant  of  the  Brown  &  Sharpe  Mfg.  Co.,  of  Providence,  R.  I.  The 
return  part  of  the  saw  is  protected  by  parallel  strips  on  either  side,  and  the 
working  side  is  also  guarded.  The  lower  wheel  is  enclosed  in  cast-iron  doors, 
and  the  upper  is  protected  by  a  spanning  bow  and  by  a  hinged  wire  mesh 
shield  slotted  to  fit  over  the  hub.  The  makers  of  this  machine,  the  Oliver 
Machinery  Co.,  of  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  furnish  an  L-shaped  guard,  of 
steel  with  a  wood  facing,  for  the  working  side  of  their  saws,  the  guard  cover- 


Courtesy   of  \ational    Tube    Co. 

Fig.  146.     Band  Saw  Guarded. 


ioo  WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 

ing  both  front  and  side  of  the  blade  and  adjusting  with  the  guide,  and  a  guard 
for  the  return  part  of  the  blade  in  the  form  of  a  U-shaped  trough. 

Fig.  139  (page  96)  shows  the  guard  made  by  the  Jones  Safety  Device 
Co.,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  The  wheel  covering  is  composed  of  wire  mesh  on  an 
angle  iron  frame.  The  return  part  of  the  blade  is  guarded,  and  the  working 
portion  protected  by  a  sliding  guard  which  raises  and  lowers  with  the  guide. 

A  method  of  guarding  employed  by  the  International  Harvester  Co.  is 
shown  in  Fig.  140  (page  96).  The  lower  wheel  is  protected  by  a  removable 
wooden  housing,  and  the  upper  by  a  sheet  steel  guard.  The  return  part  of 
the  blade  is  also  guarded. 

A  simple  home-made  guard  for  the  wheels  is  shown  in  Fig.  141  (page  96). 
It  consists  of  substantial  wooden  doors  hinged  at  one  side  so  they  can  be 
swung  open.  A  home-made  device  for  guarding  the  working  side,  shown 
in  Fig.  142  (page  96),  is  in  use  in  the  plant  of  the  Link-Belt  Co.,  of  Chicago, 
111.  It  is  a  metal  strip  which  is  fastened  to  the  guide  and  moves  up  and 
down  with  it. 

Fig.  143  (page  97),  a  picture  of  a  German  machine,  shows  the  upper 
wheel  surrounded  by  a  protective  bow  and  the  lower  covered  with  lattice 
work.  A  patented  safety  device,  attached  directly  over  the  table,  rests  upon 
the  material  being  sawed  and  prevents  the  fingers  from  hitting  the  teeth.  A 
pipe  railing  guard  for  the  motor  furnishing  the  power  is  also  shown. 

Another  International  Harvester  guard  is  shown  in  Fig.  144  (page  97). 
The  lower  wheel  is  protected  by  a  removable  housing  and  the  upper  by  a  wire 
screen  guard  slotted  so  as  to  slip  over  the  hub.  The  latter  guard  can  be 
raised  clear  by  means  of  a  rope  working  over  a  pulley  attached  to  the  ceiling. 
The  return  part  of  the  blade  is  guarded. 

The  method  of  boxing  in  the  wheels  shown  in  Fig.  145  (page  98)  is  in  use 
in  the  plant  of  the  Brown  &  Sharpe  Mfg.  Co.,  of  Providence,  R.  I.  Both  upper 
and  lower  wheels  are  encased  in  wooden  housings,  and  an  exhaust  is  attached 
to  the  lower  cover  to  carry  away  the  sawdust. 

Fig.  146  (page  99)  shows  wooden  shields  (AA)  in  front  of  both  wheels  of 
a  band  saw  used  in  a  National  Tube  Co.  pattern  shop,  and  also  a  curved 
block  of  wood  (B)  to  catch  a  flying  end  of  the  blade  in  case  it  should  break. 

Self-feed  Band  Saws.  The  same  wheel  protection  should  be  furnished 
self-feed  saws  as  is  given  the  hand-feed  machine.  It  is  advisable  to  have  the 
front  feed  roller  guarded  to  prevent  the  operator's  hands  being  drawn  in  be- 
tween it  and  the  stock,  and  the  sprocket  and  chain  gearing,  or  other  form  of 
power  transmission  for  the  feed  should  be  protected.  So  also  should  the  belt 
and  pulley  driving  the  feed  works,  if  such  are  used  for  the  purpose.  When 
the  top  rollers  act  as  hold-downs,  the  feed  being  by  means  of  an  endless 
chain  beneath  the  stock,  the  part  of  the  chain  below  the  table  should  be 
fenced  in. 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmis- 
sion, Etc. 


JOINTERS  OR  BUZZ 
PLANERS.   "? 


Next  to  the  circular  saw,  the  jointer  or  buzz  planer  has  probably  the  widest 
range  of  usefulness  of  all  woodworking  machines,  and,  with  the  shaper,  it  also 
ranks  next  to  the  saw  in  its  capacity  for  doing  injury  to  its  operator.  The  planer 
often  shortens  the  fingers  of  dreamers,  and  it  is  a  poor  machine  for  anyone  to  run 
unless  he  places  his  mind  on  his  work  and  follows  the  instructions  of 
experienced  hands. 


Fig.  147.     Old  Style  Square  Head. 


Fig.  148.     Safety  Circular  Cylinder. 


Its  danger  lies  in  the  fact  that  under  ordinary  circumstances  the  operator  is 
dependent  wholly  upon  his  hands  for  control  of  his  work.  With  them  he  pushes 
the  stock  over  the  knives  and  also  keeps  it  firmly  pressed  to  the  table  so  as  to 
secure  an  even  cut.  They  are  therefore  brought  frequently  into  close  proximity  to 
the  danger  point,  the  gap  between  the  two  tables  in  which  the  knife  head  is  rapidly 
revolving.  Any  one  of  a  number  of  causes  is  apt  then  to  throw  a  hand  off  the 
material  and  into  the  knives.  A  knot  or  change  in  grain  may  be  struck,  too  heavy 
a  cut  may  be  taken,  the  piece  of  stock  may  be  too  small  for  such  planing,  or  the 
operator  may  be  doing  his  work  carelessly.  Whatever  the  cause,  the  result  is 
pretty  sure  to  be  a  serious  injury  unless  everything  possible  has  been  done  to 
guard  the  machine.  Some  of  the  causes  of  accident  can  be  foreseen  by  the  operator 
and  avoided,  but  others  are  beyond  his  control,  and  on  both  accounts  the  jointer 
demands  as  complete  protection  as  can  be  given  it. 

Circular  Safety  Cylinder.  One  of  the  most  effective  mechanical  safeguards 
that  can  be  installed  on  a  jointer  is  the  circular  safety  cylinder.  This  form  of  head 
fills  up  the  gap  between  the  tables  to  such  an  extent,  and  the  knives  project  so  little 
from  the  head,  that  if  an  operator's  hands  should  come  in  contact  with  the  knives 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


they  cannot  be  mangled  as  they  would  be  with  a  square  head.  Figs.  147  and  148 
(page  101)  show  the  difference  between  the  two  kinds  of  heads  very  plainly 
and  Figs.  149  and  150  show  the  nature  of  the  injuries  apt  to  be  inflicted  by  each. 
Space  does  not  permit  of  mentioning  all  of  the  many  makes  of  circular  cylin- 
ders. The  one  illustrated  in  Fig.  148  (page  101)  is  made  by  the  Oliver  Machinery 
Co.,  of  Grand  Rapids;,  Mich-; Special  thin  knives  are  used  in  the  Oliver  cylinder,  and 
the  knives  are  prevented^  f rom  flying  out  by  notches  at  their  ends  fitting  over  small 
lugs  in  the  ey'indetv  In  addition.to  those  makes  which  require  special  knives,  there  are 
circular" heads  in  which  the  same  kinds  of  knives  can  be  used  as  in  the  square  head. 
Not  only  does  the  circular  cylinder  prevent  a  workman's  hands  from  getting 
materially  below  the  table  top,  but  the  danger  of  kicking  back  is  much  diminished. 
Use  of  such  a  head  largely  increases  the  capabilities  of  a  jointer.  Shorter  pieces  of 
wood  can  be  planed,  and  planing  can  be  done  against  the  end  of  a  piece  of  stock. 
The  circular  head  is  steadier  running  than  the  square  one,  has  less  tendency  to 
vibrate,  and  is  less  liable  to  get  out  of  balance. 

A  circular  head  should  be  used  on  every  jointer.    It  does  not  obviate  the  need 

of  other  guarding,  but  it 

goes  a  long  way  toward 

giving    the    protection 

which  should  be  given.  It 

will  also  minimize  many 

accidents  due  to  failure 

of  operators  to  vise  other 

guards  provided. 

Types   of    Guards. 

There   are   two   general 

classes  of  jointer  guards, 

the    sliding    and    rising 

type,  in  the  use  of  which 

for  facing  the  hands  pass 

over  the  guard  and  the 
material  beneath  it,  and  the  automatic,  which  is  pushed  aside  by  the  stock  and  does 
not  require  the  hands  to  be  lifted  from  the  stock.  Each  has  its  points  of  advantage, 
A  sliding  and  rising  guard  keeps  the  knives  covered  all  the  time,  except  for  edge 
work,  but  it  always  has  to  be  adjusted  for  edging  and  usually  for  different  thick- 
nesses of  stock.  An  automatic  guard  leaves  part  of  the  knife  gap  exposed  just 
before  and  after  the  passage  of  the  material,  but  its  automatic  adjustment  gives 
less  opportunity  for  carelessness  or  failure  to  use  the  guard  as  intended. 

Sliding  and  Rising  Guards.  One  of  the  popular  guards  of  this  type  is  the 
"Wills,"  shown  in  Fig.  151  (page  103),  manufactured  by  the  John  A.  White 
Co.,  of  Dover,  N.  H.  It  is  adjustable  vertically  and  horizontally  and  can  be 
swung  to  one  side,  as  shown  by  the  dotted  lines. 

Fig.  152  (page  103)  shows  the  Jones  adjustable  guard,  made  by  the  Jones 
Safety  Device  Co.,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  The  top  covering  is  made  in  sections  which 
telescope  into  each  other,  to  avoid  getting  into  the  operator's  way.  The  guard  can 
be  lowered  to  the  side,  as  shown  by  the  dotted  lines. 


Fig.  149. 


Done  with  Square 
Head. 


Fig.  150.     Done  with  Cir- 
cular   Cylinder. 


JOINTERS  OR  BUZZ  PLANERS 


103 


An  ingenious  English  guard,  made  by  J.  Campbell  &  Co.,  of  Manchester,  Eng- 
land, is  shown  in  Fig.  153  (page  104).  It  is  adjustable  vertically  and  horizon- 
tally. The  steel  rod  cover  for  the  knives  enables  the  operator  to  see  his  work. 
The  uppermost  rod  revolves  and  can  be  used  as  a  roller  to  bring  back  material. 

There  are  sliding  and  rising  guards 
\vhere  the  adjustment  for  thickness  of 
material  is  automatic,  the  position  be- 
ing governed  by  a  balance  weight. 

Champion  Guard.  A  well-known 
guard  of  the  automatic  type  is  shown 
in  Fig.  154  (page  104).  It  is  called  the 
Champion  Automatic  Flexible  Safety 
Guard  and  is  manufactured  by  the 
Champion  Machinery  Co.,  of  Joliet,  111. 

Courtesy  of  John  A.    U'hite  Co.  The  coyer  f()r  the  knives  js  Qf  WOOden 

Fig  151.    "  Wills  "  Jointer  Guard.  siats  So  fastened  together  as  to  make 

the  entire  covering  flexible.  The  guard  is  held  up  against  the  guide  by  a  spring  at 
the  point  of  attachment  to  the  table.  When  it  is  pushed  away  by  material  being 
fed  to  the  knives,  the  flexible  cover  drops  down  to  the  sfde  of  the  machine  frame 
so  as  not  to  be  in  the  way  of  the  operator.  The  picture  shows  the  material 
going  through,  the  guard  being  pushed  aside  just  enough  to  permit  its  passage. 

Other  Automatic  Guards.  Another  guard  of  the  automatic  type  is  the 
"  Badger,"  shown  in  Fig.  155  (page  105)  manufactured  by  the  Badger  Jointer 
Guard  Co.,  of  Eau  Claire,  Wis.  In  operation,  the  guard-plate  is  pushed  aside  by  the 
approaching  material  so  as  to  uncover  just  so  much  of  the  knife  length  as  is  re- 
quired. As  soon  as  the  material  has  passed  by,  a  spring  brings  the  guard-plate 
back  into  position  over  the  knives. 

A  home-made  guard  resembling  the  Badger,  but  made  of  pierced  aluminum  so 
as  to  be  light,  is  shown  in  Fig.  156  (page  105).  At  the  end  of  the  straight  edge 
nearest  the  guide  the  guard  rides  on  the  table.  Such  guards  are  also  made  of  wood. 
It  is  well  to  have  them  as  light  as  possible,  to  reduce  friction.  Sometimes 
they  are  made  in  the  form  of  a  disk,  which  is  revolved  by  the  material  fed. 

In  some  plants  a  guard  is  used  which  re- 
sembles the  Badger  in  general  design,  but  which 
has  a  beveled  nub  extending  up  from  the  inside 
edge  of  the  guard  plate  at  the  point  directly  over 
the  knife  gap  when  the  guard  is  in  normal  position. 
This  nub  makes  it  possible  for  a  piece  of  material 
to  be  dropped  down  between  the  guard  and  the 
guide  and  jointed  in  one  or  more  places  instead  of 
its  entire  length. 

Many  prefer  a  weight  to  a  spring  for  an  auto- 
matic guard,  on  the  theory  that  a  spring  has  only  a 
certain  amount  of  life,  while  the  action  of  a  weight 


Courtesy  of    Jones  Safety    Dei-ice  Co. 
Fig.    152.     Jones   Adjustable 
Jointer   Guard. 


is  both  positive  and  permanent  and  gives  more  even  tension.  The  weight  prin- 
ciple is  a  feature  of  the  "  Porter  "  jointer  guard,  shown  in  Fig.  157  (page  106) 
manufactured  by  the  C.  O.  Porter  Machinery  Co.,  of  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 


104 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  158  (page  106)  shows  an  English  automatic  guard  patented  by  H.  W. 
Gibbs,  of  Bedford,  England.  It  is  designed  to  meet  the  objection  that  an  automatic 
guard  leaves  part  of  the  knife  gap  exposed  just  before  the  material  reaches  it  and 

just  after  it  has  passed  by. 
The  covering  for  the 
knives  consists  of  two 
parts,  both  attached  to  the 
table  edge  and  both  held 
in  position  by  springs  at 
that  point.  The  upper  part 
is  shaped  so  that  it  is  easily 
pushed  aside  by  the  ap- 
proaching material,  while 
the  under  part  keeps  the 
knife  slot  covered  until  the 
material  reaches  practi- 
cally the  edge  of  the  gap 
between  the  tables. 


Courtesy     of    British    Factory    Depi. 

Fig.   153.     Campbell  Jointer   Guard. 

Home-made  Automatic  Guards.  A  home-made  automatic  guard  is  shown  in 
Fig.  159  (page  107).  A  polished  metal  strip  is  placed  on  the  curved  part  where 
the  material  comes  against  the  guard  to  push  it  aside.  This  reduces  the  friction 
between  guard  and  material.  The  picture  shows  the  method  of  hinging  the  guard 
at  the  edge  of  the  table  and  the  placing  of  the  spring  which  keeps  it  in  position 
against  the  guide. 

A  home-made  automatic  guard  worked  by  a  weight  is  shown  in  Fig.  160 
(page  107).  A  7-8  inch  board  is  cut  to  the  shape 
shown  and  hinged  to  the  table.  About  midway  of 
the  guard  a  piece  of  iron  bent  to  right  angle  shape 
is  fastened  to  it.  The  rope  for  the  weight  is  fastened 
to  the  lower  end  of  this  piece,  crossing  the  machine 
under  the  table  and  then  being  led  over  a  small 
pulley  and  down  the  rear  side  of  the  machine. 

Swing  Paddle  Guard.  Another  home-made 
guard,  which  does  not  work  automatically,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  161  (page  108).  It  can  easily  be 
shaped  out  of  a  piece  of  hard  wood  by  any  me- 
chanic, and  at  small  cost.  It  is  bolted  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  machine  and  can  be  set  for  any  width 
of  stock,  covering  all  that  part  of  the  knives  not 
in  use.  This  guard  is  sometimes  made  with  a 
curved  edge  on  the  feeding  side,  so  that  the  ma- 
terial pushes  it  away  when  fed  to  the  knives. 

Sometimes,  too,  it  is  fastened  to  the  front 


Courtesy  of  Champion  Machinery  Co. 


Fig.  154. 


Champion  Jointer 
Guard. 


table,  to  leave  the  rebating  portion  clear  and  also  to  reduce  the  likelihood  of 
its  interfering  with  the  operator  as  he  walks  along  the  machine.  When  so 
attached,  its  action  practically  becomes  automatic  through  the  operator's  body 


JOINTERS  OR  BUZZ  PLANERS 


pushing  it  back  against  -the  guide  as  soon  as  the  material  has 
passed  by.  A  guard  of  this  swing  paddle  type  can  easily  be 
equipped  with  a  spring  or  weight  to  make  it  automatic. 

An  ingenious  variation  of  this 
type  of  guard,  designed  especi- 
ally to  prevent  its  getting  in 
the  way  of  the  workman,  con- 
sists of  making  it  in  two  pieces, 
one  sliding  over  the  other.  The 
under  part  has  a  cleat  beneath 
it  which  comes  against  the  re- 


Courtesy    of    Badger    Jointer    Guard    Co. 

Fig.  155.     Badger  Jointer  Guard. 


bating    edge   and    acts    as    a    stop. 
Each    part    covers    about    half    of 
the     knife     gap,     and     both     are 
pivoted    to    the    rear    table    at    the    same    point. 

Double  Automatic  Guard.  In  cabinet  shops  and  other  establishments 
where  much  planing  of  cross-grained  hard-wood  is  done  it  is  sometimes  advis- 
able to  remove  the  guide  entirely  and  place  two  automatic  guards,  a  right 
hand  one  and  a  left  hand  one,  on  opposite  sides  of  the  table,  letting  them  meet 
in  the  middle.  Either  springs  or  weights  may  be  used  to  work  them.  Such 
an  arrangement,  in  use  in  Germany,  is  shown  in  Fig.  162  (page  108).  The 
action  of  the  two  guards  is  governed  by  weights.  With  such  a  device  the 
knives  can  be  used  along  their  entire  length,  but  all  except  the  part  in  im- 
mediate use  is  covered.  A  guard  of  this  kind  might  often  be  used  in  taking  out 
the  wind. 

Finger  Guard.  Fig.  163  (page  108)  shows  an  ingenious  jointer  guard 
devised  by  the  General  Electric  Co.,  at  its  Schenectady  works.  As  the  stock 
is  run  over  the  knives  the  fingers,  as  many  as  obstruct  the  passage  of  the  work, 
are  pushed  back  under  the  table.  As  soon  as  the  work  has  cleared  the  knives 
they  spring  back  into 
place.  The  action  is  of 
sliding  in  a  grooved  cast- 
ing under  individual  ten- 
sion for  each  finger. 

Taking  Out  the 
Wind.  The  guard 
shown  in  Fig.  164  (page 
109)  is  used  on  a  buzz 
planer  in  taking  out  the 
wind.  While  not  a  per- 
fect guard  it  has  proved 

.  .  Courtesy     of    American    Steel    Foundries    Co. 

quite   eftective   for   such 

,          T,  ,  ,,  Fig.    156.     Aluminum   Jointer   Guard, 

work.       It     makes     the 

operator  begin  to  feed  with  the  end  of  the  piece  of  material  and 
also  prevents  his  pulling  the  piece  back  over  the  knives.  The 
guard  consists  of  a  flat,  thin  board  extending  clear  across  the  table  and 


106 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


held  about  three  inches  above  the  knives  by  band  springs,  one  at  each  end. 

Self-feed  Jointers.     Automatic  feed  jointers  eliminate  most  of  the  danger 

attaching  to  the  operation  of  a  jointer.     It  is  well,  however,  to  have  the  guard 

at  the  feeding  point  cover  as  much  of 

the  feeding  chain  as  possible,  to  avoid 
the  chance  of  the  operator's  fingers  be- 
ing nipped  between  the  stock  and  the 
chain. 

There  are  also  automatic  machines 
for  face  planing,  in  which  rollers  take 
the  place  of  an  operator's  hands  in 
carrying  the  stock  through  the  knives. 
These  machines  are  equipped  with  roll- 
ers working  independently  of  each 


Courtesy    of    C.    O.    Porter    Machinery    Co. 

Fig.    157.     Porter  Jointer   Guard. 


other  so  as  to  allow  of  pieces  of  differ- 
ent thickness  being  planed  at  the  same 
time.  In  many  plants  such  machines 
are  used  even  for  taking  out  the  wind.  It  is  well  to  have  a  bar  guard  extend- 
ing down  in  front  of  the  rollers  as  close  as  possible  to  the  table  to  prevent 
a  man's  hands  following  stock  in  and  getting  caught.  A  covering  for  the  tops 
of  the  rollers  is  also  advisable. 

There  is  also  a  self-feed  jointer  attachment  which  can  be  used  in  connec- 
tion with  ordinary  jointers.  In  this  the  stock  is  fed  to  the  knives  and  pressed 
to  the  tables  by  an  endless  chain  carrying  a  series  of  fingers,  which  extend  the 
full  width  of  the  jointer  table.  Their  pressure  upon  the  stock  is  regulated  by 
coil  springs. 

Irregular  Work.  The  danger  of 
the  jointer  increases  greatly  when 
it  is  used  for  such  work  as  moulding, 
beading,  tonguing  and  grooving,  as 
the  knives  used  necessarily  protrude 
further  from  the  head  than  under 
ordinary  circumstances.  A  circular 
head  should  be  used  for  all  such 
work,  and  some  mechanical  arrange- 
ment should  always  be  employed  to 
give  the  necessary  pressure  on  the 
material.  Such  a  device,  in  use  in 
Germany  and  manufactured  by 
Blumwe  &  Sohn,  Bromberg,  Prin- 
zenthal,  is  shown  in  Fig.  165  (page 
109).  On  the  guide  (D)  is  placed  a 
weight  lever  (be)  which  swings 
around  (b)  and  is  adjustable.  The 
weight  lever  carries  in  its  center  a  cast  iron  stool  (h)  on  the  lower  surface  of 
which  are  placed  three  rollers  (e)  which  facilitate  the  feeding  of  the  wood.  The 
stool  (h)  is  shiftable  horizontally  in  a  slot  of  the  weight  lever,  so  that  the 


Courtesy    of    British    Factory    Deft. 

Fig.   158.     Gibbs  Jointer   Guard. 


JOINTERS  OR  BUZZ  PLANERS 


107 


pressure  on  the  wood  may  be  exerted  at  the  necessary  point.  All  the  part  of 
the  table  gap  not  covered  by  the  apparatus  is  protected  by  an  adjustable  guard. 
Short  Pieces.  Special  danger  is  involved  in  the  working  of  short  pieces 
on  a  hand  jointer.  Such 
pieces  may  tip  at  the  table's 
edge,  or  a  blunt  knife  may 
give  a  blow  that  does  not 
cut  clean,  or  a  ragged  end, 
knot  or  bulging  place  on  the 
stock  may  catch  —  in  any 
event  throwing  the  work- 
man's hand  into  the  knives. 
Short  pieces  are  also  very 
likely  to  kick,  owing  to  their 
lightness  and  the  difficulty 
of  holding  them  close  to  the 
table.  Many  shops  will  not 
allow  short  strips  to  be 

planed  On  a  hand  jointer,  and       Courtesy    of    l~.    S.    Cast   Iron    Fife    &•   Foundry    Co. 

this  rule  should  be  generally  Fig.  159.      Home-made  Jointer  Guard. 

followed. 

Where  such  work  is  done,  however,  some  safe  means  of  holding  the  stock 
should  be  furnished  and  its  use  insisted  upon.  One  of  these  means  is  a  push 
block,  made  somewhat  in  the  shape  of  a  hand  plane  with  a  cleat  at  the  back 

to  cover  the  end  of  the  stock.  It  is 
well  to  have  the  under  side  of  the 
block  a  notched  metal  plate,  to  hold 
the  material  squarely  and  prevent  it 
from  kicking  sideways.  Or  a  strip  of 
iron  having  the  lower  edge  toothed 
can  be  fastened  to  the  front  end  of  the 
block  so  that  the  teeth  will  protrude 
a  little  below  the  bottom  of  the  block. 
An  appliance  of  this  sort  can  be  used 
to  advantage  in  connection  with  an 
automatic  guard.  Such  a  push  block 
is  shown  in  Fig.  166  (page  no).  Simi- 
lar appliances  can  be  made,  and  should 
be  used,  for  three-cornered  pieces  and 
other  irregular  shapes. 

It  is  difficult  to  state  the  mini- 
mum length  of  stock  which  should  be 
worked  on  a  hand  planer.  The  rules 
of  the  German  woodworking  associa- 
tions require  a  push  block  or  other  feeding  apparatus  for  all  pieces 
shorter  than  15  3-4  inches  and  thinner  than  2  3-4  inches.  In  some 
shops  in  this  country  12  inches  is  fixed  as  the  minimum  length. 


Courtesy    of    Harris    &    Cole    Bros. 

Fig.    160.      Home-made   Jointer    Guard. 


io8 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.   161.     Home-made  Jointer  Guard. 


It    is    well    to    be    on    the    safer    side    and    put    the    figure    high    enough. 

There  are  self  feed  planers  made  especially  for  short  pieces,  on  which  it  is 

claimed  that  even  5-inch  stock  can  be  safely  handled.    The  feeding  apparatus 

consists  of  rollers  driven  by 
sprocket  chains,  and  the  opera- 
tor has  to  push  the  stock  only 
a  short  distance  to  start  the 
cut. 

Rear  Part  of  Knives.  Any 
exposed  part  of  the  knives  back 
of  the  guide  should  be  kept  cov- 
ered. Where  much  edge  work 
is  done,  one  part  of  the  knives 
becomes  dulled  earlier  than  the 
rest,  and  the  guide  is  often 
moved  for  that  reason.  Some 
guides  have  an  attachment  for 
covering  the  knives  back  of 
them.  If  there  is  none,  a  piece 
of  board  should  be  clamped  on,  or  some  other  device  used. 

Care  in  Operation.  No  one  should  be  allowed  to  run  a  jointer  or  buzz 
planer  without  full  instructions  as  to 
the  points  of  danger,  and  an  operator 
cannot  be  too  careful  about  his  work 
and  the  adjustment  of  his  machine  in 
order  to  avoid  injury.  He  should  al- 
ways work  from  the  side,  never  from 
in  front.  He  should  try  never  to  let 
one  of  his  hands  rest  upon  that  part 
of  the  stock  which  is  directly  over  Fig"  l62'  Double  Automatic  J°inter  Guard. 
the  knives.  He  should  also  be  careful  not  to  let  either  of  his  hands  get  too  near 

either  the  front  or  the 
rear  end  of  the  material 
which  he  is  working. 
The  stock  should  not 
be  pushed  forward 
too  rapidly,  and  the 
pressure  of  the  handb 
upon  the  stock 
should  be  evenly  di- 
vided. The  opera- 


Courtesy    of    North    German    Woodworkers'    Ass'n. 


Courtesy   of   General   Electric    Co. 

Fig.  163.     Finger  Guard  for  Jointer. 


tor's  footing  should 
be  secure,  his  grip 
firm,  his  position  well  taken,  and  his  eyes  and  mind  wholly  on  the  job.  An 
operator  should  never  wear  gloves  while  at  work  and  his  sleeves  should  be 
tight-fitting  or  short. 


JOINTERS  OR  BUZZ  PLANERS 


109 


A  workman  should  try  a  jointer  before  using  it,  to  see  that  the  knives  are 
not  set  to  take  too  heavy  a  cut,  as  this  is  almost  sure  to  kick  the  stock, 
especially  if  a  knot  or  change  in  grain  is  struck.    Special  care  should  be  taken 
to  see  that  the  rear 
table    is    in    a    plane 
with     the     highest 
position     of     the 
knives. 

When  adjusting 
or  changing  knives, 
the  belt  should  be 
removed  from  the 
pulley  attached  to 
the  head,  as  other- 
wise the  belt  may 
creep  on  the  tight 
pulley  and  unex- 
pectedly start  the 
machine.  Great  care 


Courtesy    of    Grand    Rapids    Sfwv.'    Case    Co. 

Fig.    164.     Buzz   Planer   Guard. 


should  be  exercised  in  cleaning  up  around  a  jointer.  Many  a  man's  fingers  have 
been  badly  cut  by  the  knives  catching  the  waste  with  which  he  was  wiping  off 
the  bed.  Brushing  away  shavings  is  another  dangerous  operation.  When  a 
guard  is  removed  for  rebating,  it  should  be  replaced  as  soon  as  that  work  is 
completed. 

Setting  and  Care  of  Knives.  Many  accidents  are  caused  by  the  condition 
or  setting  of  the  knives.  Dull  knives  cause  kicking,  and  so  do  those  unevenly 
sharpened.  Knives  should  be  sharpened  and  balanced  with  great  care,  and 
should  then  be  set  with  no  more  than  the  necessary  overhang  for  free  cutting. 
They  should  be  attached  to  the  head  so  that  the  latter  is  in  "  running  "  as  well 
as  "  standing  "  balance.  Bearings  should  be  close,  yet  free.  Loose  journals 
or  insecure  caps  on  bearings  cause  vibration  and  lead  to  accidents.  To  help 
avoid  vibration,  as  well  as  secure  good  alignment,  babbitting  should  be  very 

carefully  done. 

Too  much  emphasis  can- 
not be  laid  upon  the  ne- 
cessity of  avoiding  hurry  or 
carelessness  i  n  changing 
knives.  Either  is  apt  to  re- 
sult in  a  knife  being  badly 
set,  or  the  bolts  not  being 
tightened  enough,  or  the 

wrong  knife  being  used,  or 
Fig.    165.     Pressure   Apparatus   for   Jointer.          the  knife  not  fitting  properlv 

(being  set  at  an  angle  or  something  as  bad),  or  some  foreign  substance  getting 
between  the  clamp  and  the  knife.  Then,  when  the  machine  is  working,  the 
knife  is  likely  to  fly  out  or  to  gouge  into  the  wood  and  kick  it  back. 

The  Guide.     To  assure  good  work,  as  well  as  to  prevent  accidents  due  to 
twisting  of  stock  and  its  irregular  presentation  to  the  knives,  the  guide  on  :i 


I  10 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


jointer  should  be  exactly  at  right  angles  to  the  head.  In  changing  the  position 
of  the  guide  great  care  should  be  taken  to  fasten  it  securely  in  its  new  position 
so  as  to  avoid  any  danger  of  its  slipping. 

Steel  Lips  for  Tables.  It  is  highly  important  that  the  edges  of  the  tables 
be  kept  in  good  condition,  as  the  possibility  of  injury  increases  naturally  with 
the  width  of  the  gap  between  the  two  tables.  To  guard  against  this  gap  being 
made  irregular  and  wider  by  the  edges  breaking  off,  it  is  advisable  to  have  the 
tables  equipped  with  steel  lips  so  made  that  they  will  extend  over  the  head 
as  far  as  possible  without  interfering  with  the  cutting. 


Courtesy    of    Norlh    German     Woodworkers'    Ass'n. 

Fig.  1 66.     Push-block  for  Short  Pieces. 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally, 
or  other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Trans- 
mission, Etc. 


SHAPERS. 


The  shaper,  as  the  irregular  moulder  is  commonly  called,  is  one  of  the 
most  dangerous  of  woodworking  tools.  For  every  operator  who  has  run  a 
machine  for  a  number  of  years  without  suffering  injury  there  are  hundreds 
who  have  lost  all  or  parts  of 
fingers  or  hands,  and  there 
have  been  many  cases  of 
loss  of  life. 

The  exceptional  danger 
of  the  shaper  is  due  to  the 
facts  that  the  material  must 
be  guided  by  the  hands, 
that  for  much  of  the  work  a 
guide  cannot  be  used,  and 
that,  on  account  of  the 
necessity  of  leaving  the 
work  smooth-finished,  the 
knives  must  be  run  at  a  high  rate  of  speed. 

Shaper  work  is  of  such  variety  that  a  universal  guard  would  be  difficult, 
if  not  impossible,  to  find.    There  are  patented  guards  adaptable  to  many  kinds 


'sy   of   Olson   Stair   Co. 

Fig.  167.     Wooden  Spring  Shaper  Guard. 


Courtesy  of  North   German   Wood- 
workers'  Association. 


Courtesy  of  Xortli  German   Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  168.     Notched  Board  Shaper  Guard. 

of  work,  however,  and  home-made  guards  can  be 
devised  for  particular  work  which  will  fulfil 
the  necessary  double  purpose  of  protecting  the 
operator's  hands  and  acting  as  tension  on  the 


Fig.  169.    Guard  for  Grooving,    material. 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Straight  Work.  For  straight  work  a  guide  can  be  applied  in  such  a  way 
as  largely  to  lessen  the  risk  of  accident,  and  a  guard  can  generally  be  used  in 
connection  with  it,  either  in  the  form  of  a  patented  article  or  of  some  such  home- 
made device  as  the  wooden  spring 
shown  in  Fig.  167  (page  in). 
This  spring  can  be  raised  or  low- 
ered, as  the  holes  for  the  bolts 
which  fasten  it  to  the  guide  are 
slotted.  There  are  patented  guides 
which  are  adjustable  to  bits  of 
widely  different  diameter,  thus 
doing  away  with  the  necessity  of 
having  a  guide  to  fit  each  bit. 

An  effective  home-made  guard 
for  many  operations  is  easy  to 
design,  if  time  and  thought  are 
given  the  subject.  In  Germany 
such  attention  has  been  carefully 
devoted  to  the  protection  of  shaper 
workmen,  and  the  result  is  a  large 
variety  of  guards,  covering  all 
sorts  of  work.  One  of  them,  which 


can  readily  be  made  by  any  wood- 


Courtesy  of  North  German  Woodworkers'  Ass'n. 

Fig.  170.  Feeding  Apparatus, 
worker,  is  shown  in  Fig.  168  (page  HI).  A  piece  of  wood  notched  comb-like 
is  fastened  to  the  shaper  table  in  such  a  way  that  the  wooden  teeth  press 
like  a  spring  against  the  wood  to  be  shaped.  The  angle  at  which  the  teeth 
are  cut  prevents  the  throwing  back  of  the  stock.  A  similar  notched  board, 
attached  to  the  guide,  serves  as  a  hold-down  and  also  protects  the  operator's 
hands. 

Sometimes  a  blade  spring  is  used  to  give  horizontal  pressure.  A  strip  of 
wood  or  metal  is  fas- 
tened to  the  table  in 
front  of  the  spindle  and 
parallel  with  the  guide'. 
On  the  inner  side  a 
blade  spring  is  at- 
tached. As  the  stock 
is  fed  between  this 
spring  and  the  spindle, 
the  spring  holds  it 
firmly  against  the 
knives.  The  strip  hold- 
ing the  spring  can  be 


Courtesy   of  Grand  Rapids  Show   Case   Co. 

Fig.   171.     Home-made  Shaper  Guard. 


arranged  to  run  along 

grooves  in  the  table  so  that  it  will  be  adjustable  forward  and  backward. 

Grooving  Work.    Where  grooving  is  to  be  done  by  cutters  or  saws,  many 
consider  it  too  dangerous  to  press  the  stock  against  the  cutting  tool  by  hand, 


SHAPERS 


and    therefore    require    the    use    of 

mechanical   pressure  apparatus.     A 

German  arrangement  for  giving  both 

vertical   and  horizontal   pressure   is 

shown  in  Fig.  169  (page  in).     The 

material  (A)  is  pressed  horizontally 

against  the   knife   through   a  screw 

spring    (f)    and    down    pressure    is 

given  by  a  blade  spring  (h)  adjusted 

by  a  hand  wheel.     Similar  pressure 

apparatus  is  used  generally  in  Ger- 
many for  much  work. 

Where  a  circular  saw  is  used  in 

a  shaper  head  for  grooving  and  no 

pressure  apparatus  is  used,  the  guide 

can  be  built  so  as  to  surround  the 

head  on  three  sides,  the  back  part 

being  beveled  at  an  upward  slant  to 

allow  chips  to  fly  out.    To  the  guide 

can  be  fastened,  on  top,  a  protection 

plate  which  will  overreach  the  saw. 

This  plate  can  be  either  of  wood  or 

of  wire  mesh. 

Feeding  Apparatus.      For  some 

kinds    of   work    done    on    a    shaper, 

the  Germans  often  use  special  feeding  apparatus,  such  as  is  shown  in  Fig.  170 

(page  112).    The  spindle  is  surrounded  on  three  sides  by  a  wooden  frame  on 

which  is  fastened  in  front  the  guide   (b).     To  this  frame  is  fastened  also  a 

wooden  casing  (c)  working  at  one 
side  on  hinges  (rr)  and  fastened  at 
the  other  side  by  a  bolt  (s).  This 
covers  the  entire  knife  head,  leaving 
only  enough  room  in  front  for  the 
material  to  pass  beneath.  The  chips 
are  carried  off  by  the  slanting  roof 
(d)  at  the  rear.  The  stock  to  be 
worked  is  set  on  an  iron  carriage  (f) 
which  slides  in  an  iron  channel  (e) 
screwed  fast  to  the  table.  A  press 
plate  (h)  holds  the  stock  firmly  on 
the  carriage.  It  is  brought  into 
position  by  a  lever  (i)  which  then 
serves  also  as  a  handle  for  pushing 
th§  apparatus  and  material  by  the 
knives.  Both  press  plate  and  lever 
are  adjustable  on  a  supporting  hori- 
zontal arm  and  are  carried  by  a  post 


Courtesy    of    Widdicomb   Furniture    Co. 

Fig.  172.     Home-made  Shaper  Guard. 


>urtesy   of  Grand  Rapids  Show  Case  Co. 

Fig.  173.    Home-made  Shaper  Guards. 


(1)  attached  to  the  carriage. 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


of  Jones    Safety   De-i'ice    Co. 

Fig.  174.    Jones  Shaper  Guard. 


Variety  Work.  Shapers  used  for  a  large  variety  of  work  in  which  no 
guide  can  be  employed  are  especially  hard  to  guard.  Some  of  the  patented 
guards  are  very  effective,  however,  and  local  ingenuity  has  devised  all  sorts  of 

protective  arrangements  for  differ- 
ent kinds  of  work.  Fig.  171  (page 
112)  shows  a  home-made  type  of 
guard  much  used  in  furniture  fac- 
tories in  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.  It 
acts  both  as  hold-down  for  mater- 
ial and  protection  for  operator.  It 
is  customary  to  have  a  number  of 
sizes,  for  different  needs,  hung  up 
near  a  shaper  table.  Other  home- 
made guards  used  in  these  fac- 
tories are  shown  in  Figs.  172 
(page  113)  and  173  (page  113). 
Patented  Guards.  Fig.  174  shows  the  Jones  adjustable  guard,  made  by 
the  Jones  Safety  Device  Co.,  of 
Buffalo,  N.  Y.  Each  arm  is 
jointed  so  that  it  can  be  thrown 
up  when  necessary.  When  in 
position,  a  spring  puts  tension  on 
the  stock. 

The  guard  shown  in  Fig.  175 
is  made  by  the  American  Wood 
Working  Machinery  Co.,  of 
Rochester,  N.  Y.  The  curved 
block  in  front  of  the  spindle  is 
supported  by  adjustable  spring 
bars. 

Another  adjustable  guard, 
made  by  the  J.  A.  Fay  &  Egan 
Co.,  of  Cincinnati,  O.,  is  shown 
in  Fig.  176.  The  wooden  front 
piece  can  be  moved  about  by  adjusting  the  spring  bars. 

The  Grammes  guard,  made  by 
L.  F.  Grammes  &  Sons,  of  Allen- 
town,  Pa.,  is  shown  in  Fig.  177  (page 
115).  It  is  hinged  for  throwing 
back.  The  fender  is  held  down  on 
the  work  by  a  spring. 

Fig.  178  (page  115)  shows  the 
K.  C.  guard  and  chip  breaker,  made 
by  the  Kansas  City  Shaper  Guard 
Co.,  of  Kansas  City,  Mo.  It  is  made 


Courtesy    of   American    Wood    Working    Machinery    Co. 

Fig.  175.     Shaper  Guard. 


Courtesy   of  J.   A.  Fay  &   Egan   Co. 

Fig.   176.     Fay   &   Egan  Shaper  Guard. 


of   steel   and    malleable   iron   and   is 
automatically   adjustable.      The    dotted   lines    show   how    it    can    be   opened. 


SHARERS 


of    L.    F.    Grammes   &    Sons. 

Fig.  177.     Grammes  Shaper  Guard. 


Another  combined  guard 
and  chip  breaker,  the  Richards, 
made  by  W.  S.  Richards,  of 
Albany,  Oregon,  is  shown  in 
Fig.  179. 

The  Racine  Guard,  made 
by  the  Fair  Mfg.  Co.,  of  Racine, 
\Yis..  is  shown  in  Fig.  180 
(page  116).  This  guard  is  fin- 
ished with  aluminum  paint  to 
give  better  light  around  the 
shaper.  head. 

The  Buckeye  guard,  made 
by  Butterfield  &  Canty,  of 
Logan,  O.,  is  shown  in  Fig.  181 


(page  116).  The  springs 
for  tension  are  placed 
around  bolts,  attached  to 
the  bottom  ring  and 
coming  up  through  the 
top  one.  Smaller  rods 
are  inserted  between  the 
spring-encircled  bolts  for 
additional  safety. 

Gelvin's  attachment, 
made  by  Yandergrift  & 
Morris,  of  Shelbyville, 

Ind.,  is  Shown  in  Fig.  l82     Courtesy    of    Kansas    City    Shaper    Guard    Co. 

(page  116).  It  is  adjust-  Fig.  178.     K.  C.  Shaper  Guard. 


Courtesy  of  W.  S.  Richards. 

Fig.  179.     Richards  Shaper  Guard. 


able  for  thickness  and  for  different  sizes 
of  bits,  and  each  of  the  two  arms  is  re- 
movable. 

A  well-known  English  guard, 
Campbell  &  Greenwood's,  is  shown  in 
Fig.  183  (page  117).  The  picture  shows 
the  convex  shield  in  position  for  straight 
work  and  for  circular  work,  and  when 
turned  up  for  access  to  cutters.  The 
shield  is  pierced  for  observation  and  can 
be  slid  up  and  down. 

A  German  guard  is  shown  in  Fig. 
184  (page  117).  It  is  hinged  so  the 
front  part  can  be  lifted  up,  as  shown  in 
the  picture.  Tension  on  the  work  is 
given  by  a  spring. 


n6 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


•BSEi 


Courtesy    of   Fair   Mfs.    Co. 

Fig.  1 80.     Racine  Shaper  Guard. 

heavy  work,  it  is  very  substantial, 
of  heavy  bar  metal.  The 
guard  is  adjustable  up  and 
down  on  the  strong  wooden 
framework  hung  rigidly  from 
the  ceiling. 

Ring,  Plate  and  Cap 
Guards.  Where  curved 
pieces  of  wood  are  handled, 
as  in  furniture  factories,  and 
consequently  a  guide  cannot 
be  used  as  a  rule,  the  German 
woodworking  associations 
recommend  protection  rings 
as  the  best  form  of  guard. 
These  rings  are  made  of 


Home-made       Guards. 

Figs.  185  (page  118)  and  186 
(page  118)  show  two  adjust- 
able home-made  guards  used 
by  the  International  Harves- 
ter Co.  In  Fig.  185  (page 
118)  the  guard  is  composed  of 
a  pierced  metal  shield,  while 
in  Fig.  186  (page  118)  it  is  a 
substantial  wire  cage. 

The  guard  shown  in  Fig. 
187  (page  119)  was  devised 
at  the  wagon  plant  of  the 
Peter  Schuttler  Co.,  in  Chi- 
cago. Being  designed  for 
The  iron  ring  guarding  the  spindle  is  made 


Courtesy   of  Butterfield  &   Canty. 

Fig.  181.     Buckeye  Shaper  Guard. 

metal  or  inlaid  wood,  the  latter  having  the  advantage  of  being  light  and  not 

warming  up.  Fig.  188  (page  119) 
shows  one  of  the  metal  rings,  in  the 
form  of  a  light  spoked  wheel.  The 
ring  is  fastened  on  the  spindle,  as 
close  as  possible  to  the  cutters,  and 
revolves  with  it.  Through  its  rapid 
rotation  the  spokes  become  invisible 
"o  the  workman.  An  assortment  of 
rings  of  different  sizes  is  usually 
kept  on  hand. 

y 


Courtesy   of   Vandergrift   &  Morris. 

Fig.  182.     Gelvin's  Shaper  Guard. 


Rings  are  also  used 
which  are  so  attached  to  the  spindle 
that  they  revolve  with  it  when  no 
work  is  being  done,  but  as  soon  as 
anything  comes  in  contact  with  them 
cease  to  move. 


SHAPERS 


117 


Circular  plates  curved  so  as  to  come  down  over  the  cutters  as  far  as 
possible,  rounded  at  the  edges  and  pierced  on  top  to  form  arms,  can  also  be 
employed.  Brass  caps  of  various  diameters,  pierced  for  arms  and  rounded  off 
at  the  edges,  are  some- 
times used  in  England. 
A  German  device,  in  the 
form  of  a  pulley-like 
guard  for  the  cutters,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  189  (page 
120).  Any  of  these  ar- 
rangements leaves  the 
table  entirely  clear. 

Suction  Pipes.  Sev- 
eral of  the  pictures 
shown,  notably  Figs,  i/i 
(page  112),  172  and 
J73  (page  113),  185  and 
186  (page  118),  illustrate 
the  suction  pipes  which 
should  always  be  used 
on  shaper  tables  to  keep 
them  clear  of  shavings. 
This  is  an  important 
feature  of  shaper  guard- 


of  British   l-'actory   Deft. 

Fig.  183.    Campbell  Guard  for  Shaper. 


ing,  as  in  brushing  away  shavings  with  his  hands  an  operator  runs  much  risk 
of  coming  in  contact  with  the  cutters,  even  under  guards  when  set  for  certain 
kinds  of  work.  Suction  pipe  openings  should  take  the  form  of  a  flat  orifice 
lying  on  the  table,  and  it  is  desirable  to  have  them  arranged  so  they  can  be 

swung    around    in    any 

way. 

The  shapers  in  Fig. 
173  (page  113)  are 
equipped  with  leather 
devices  to  fan  the  cut- 
tings oft"  the  work.  These 
are  made  by  cutting  two 
slots  parallel  half  way  of 
a  piece  of  leather.  By 
buckling  out  the  middle 
between  the  slots,  the 
leather  is  then  slipped 
over  the  spindle.  Not 
only  does  such  a  device 
help  keep  the  material 


Fig.   184.     Hinged  Shaper  Guard. 


clear  of  chips,  but  its  flapping  ends  warn  the  operator  if  his  hand  gets  too 
close  to  the  cutters. 


n8 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Home-made  Feeding  Device.     For  certain  work  on  short  pieces  a  feeding 

arrangement  can  well 
be  used.  A  simple 
device  of  the  kind, 
invented  by  a  chair 
factory  foreman, 
makes  use  of  a  pair 
of  common  laundry 
wringers.  By  con- 
tinual turning  of  the 
wringer,  the  pieces 
push  each  other 
through.  Strips  ar- 
ranged on  the  table 
act  as  springs  to 
hold  the  material 
against  the  guide. 

Back  Part  of 
Spindle.  W  hen  a 
guide  is  used,  it  is 
advisable  to  have 
that  part  of  the 
spindle  and  knives 
w  h  i  c  h  protrudes 

back  of  the  guide  fenced  off,  unless  protected  by  any  guard  used.    A  covering 

can  easily  be  made,  and  often  it  can  be  a  part  of  the  guide. 

Setting  and  Care  of  Knives.     Knives  should  be  set  in  the  spindle  with  the 

utmost     care,     and 

fastened     very     se- 
curely.     Many   bad 

accidents  have  been 

caused  .  by      flying 

knives.          The 

threaded  collars 

and  spindles  should 

be  watched  closely 

for       damaged 

threads    and    crys- 

t  a  1 1  i  z  e  d      metal. 

Shaper        knives 

should     be     sharp- 
ened very  carefully, 

both      for      cutting 

edge    and    to    keep 

the  m     in     proper 

balance. 


Courtesy    of  Internationa!  Harvester   Co. 

Fig.  185.     Pierced  Shield  Shaper  Guard. 


Courtesy  of  International  Harvester  Co. 

Fig.    1 86.     Wire    Cage    Guard   for   Shaper. 


SHAPERS 


119 


An  ingenious  arrangement  for 
holding  knives  securely  is  in  use  in  a 
large  plumbers'  supply  plant  in  which 
very  heavy  knives  are  used  on  many  of 
the  shapers.  Both  the  knives  and  the 
collars  which  hold  them  are  grooved, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  190  (page  120).  The 
grooves  are  made  twelve  to  the  inch. 
Since  this  scheme  was  put  into  effect 
not  a  single  knife  has  flown  in  this  fac- 
tory. 

In  some  plants  knives  and  head 
are  made  in  one  solid  piece,  which  of 
course  prevents  any  possibility  of  a 
knife  flying.  Such  an  arrangement  is 
very  expensive  and  the  workmen  do 
not  like  it,  as  grinding  is  more  difficult 
and  takes  longer. 

Care  in  Operation.  Guards  are  de- 
signed to  keep  the  workman's  hands 
from  coming  in  contact  with  the  knives 
should  they  slip  from  the  material  be- 
ing worked,  or  should  the  material  be 
kicked  back,  or  the  stock  break  un- 
expectedly, or  a  glue  joint  pull  out,  or 


Courtesy  of  Peter  Schuttler  Co. 

Fig.   187.     Home-made   Shaper  Guard. 


any  one  of  a  number  of  other  possibilities  materialize.  ^Yhile  they  minimize 
the  likelihood  of  accident,  they,  cannot  wholly  take  the  place  of  caution  on  the 
part  of  the  operator.  He  should  see  to  it  that  his  mind  is  concentrated  on  his 

work,  that  his  footing  is  firm,  and  that  everything 
about  his  machine  is  in  good  working  order  and 
properly  adjusted.  Xo  accumulations  of  stock  or 
finished  work  should  be  allowed  on  the  table,  to  get 
in  his  way,  nor  should  there  be  rubbish  on  the  floor. 
over  which  he  may  trip. 

Shaper  operators  should  not  wear  gloves,  and 
their  sleeves  should  be  short  or  tight-fitting.  \Yhen 
a  guide  is  used,  the  operator  should  be  sure  that  it 
is  so  well  fastened  that  it  will  not  slip.  Care 
should  also  be  taken  that  the  work  is  securely 
fastened  to  any  working  forms,  or  patterns.  Such 
forms,  with  clamps,  should  be  used  on  all  work 
possible. 

General  Suggestions.,    A  shaper  machine  should 
be  of  the   most  heavy  and   rigid  construction   and 
Courtesy  of  \orth  German  u'ood-  should  set  very  firmly   on   the   floor,   to  avoid   the 

workers'  Ass'n.  ..  .  .,,,.,  .         , 

vibration,  chatter,  or      give,     which  are  as  fatal  to 
Fig.   188.     Ring   Guard  for     ...  1*1.  1-11 

the  doing  of  good  work  as  they  are  likelv  to  cause 


Shaper. 


accident. 


120 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


It  is  advisable  to  use  an  endless"  belt  on  the  spindle.  The  countershaft 
and  the  belts  leading  from  it  to  the  machine  should  be  surrounded  by  a  fenc- 
ing, preferably  of  wire  mesh,  raised  a  little  above  the  floor  at  the  bottom  and 

several  feet  high. 
Every  shaper  should 
be  equipped  with  an 
efficient  belt  shifter, 
with  its  control  con- 
venient to  the  opera- 
tor in  his  working 
position.  The  handle 
should  be  so  situated 
or  guarded  that  it 
cannot  be  acciden- 
tally moved  by  the 
operator. 

Fig.  189.     Pulley  Shaper  Guard.  If  the  mechanism 

under  the  table  is  ex- 
posed, the  whole  table  front  beneath  the  top  can  well  be  fenced  in,  leaving 
openings  for  adjustment  wheels  and  for  the  foot  treadle  shifting  the  belts,  if 
such  is  used.  Lock  nuts  should  al- 
ways be  provided  for  spindles.  A 
rubber  mat  or  slats  should  be  fur- 
nished to  give  the  operator  firm  foot- 
ing- 
Only  experienced  men  should  be 
employed  to  run  shapers.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  supply  only  proper 
knives  and  that  they  are  kept  in  per- 
fect condition.  Shaper  operators 
should  be  cautioned  from  time  to  time 
as  to  the  danger  of  the  machine.  Familiarity  is  apt  to  breed  contempt,  and 
the  least  carelessness  may  cause  a  bad  accident. 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Trans- 
mission, Etc. 


Courtesy    of   L.    Wolff  hlfg.    Co. 

Fig.  190.     Grooved  Knives  and  Collars. 


SANDERS,  ETC. 

(Including  Surfacers,  Borers,  Mortisers,  Tenoners, 
Derricks,  Drag  Saw  and  Dry  Kilns.) 


Sanders  vary  so  greatly  in  form 
that  they  have  practically  only  one 
point  in  common  which  requires  guard- 
ing, the  belts  and  pulleys  or  other  driv- 
ing mechanism.  Many  machines  can 
also  be  guarded  considerably  by 
exhaust  apparatus. 

Feed  Entrance.  The  ordinary 
sander,  in  which  the  material,  held 
down  by  pressure  rolls,  is  fed  over  re- 
volving drums,  needs  guarding  at  sev- 
eral points.  One  is  the  feed  entrance. 
If  an  operator's  hands  should  be  caught 
by  the  rolls  there,  they  would  be 
severely  injured.  Some  sanders  come 
equipped  with  a  metal  bar  in  front  of 
the  feed  rolls,  leaving  just  enough 
room  beneath  for  the  stock  to  enter,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  191,  a  machine  commonly 
used  for  furniture  work.  "When  not  so 
guarded,  a  metal  bar  should  be  placed 
in  front  of  the  front  top  feed  roll,  so 
attached  that  it  will  raise  and  lower 

with     the     roll,     its   lower    edge     always    being    just     a     little     above     the 
bottom  of  the  roll. 

Take-away  End.  The  take-away  man  is  very  apt,  especially  when  short 
pieces  are  being  sanded,  to  reach  over  the  little  feeding-out  table  and  allow  his 
fingers  to  drop  over  its  inner  edge.  Then  a  piece  of  stock  coming  along  is 
likely  to  cut  the  fingers  off.  Whenever  possible,  an  extension  of  the  feeding 
out  table,  as  shown  in  Fig.  192  (page  122),  should  be  provided.  It  is  well  also 
to  have  a  guard  at  this  point  to  keep  a  man's  hands  away. 

One  device  is  a  board  or  sheet  of  metal  extending  from  the  upper  frame 
of  the  machine  down  as  close  as  possible  to  the  table,  with  another  piece,  con- 
nected with  it  at  right  angles  at  the  bottom,  reaching  out  parallel  with  the 


Courtesy   of   C.    S.    Paine    Co.,   Ltd. 

Fig.  191.     Bar  Guard  on  Sander. 


122 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy   of  Gruhl  Sash  &•  Door  Co. 


Courtesy    of    Grand    Rapids    Show   Case    Co. 


Fig.  192.     Feeding-out  Table  for  Sander.  Fig.  193.     Take-away  Guard  for  Sander. 


Courtesy    of    Widdicomb    Furniture    Co. 

Fig.  194.    Sander  Belt  and  Gear  Housing 
in  Place. 


Courtesy    of    Widdicomb    Furniture    Co. 

Fig.  195.     Sander  Belt  and  Gear  Housing 
Removed. 


SANDERS,   ETC. 


123 


table  for  several  inches.  Another  is  an  apron,  hinged  to  the  machine  frame, 
which  is  pushed  up  and  out  by  the  stock  coming  through.  To  avoid  track- 
ing where  very  fine  wood -is  being  sanded,  as  in  furniture  and  chair  factories, 
this  apron  is  sometimes  made  stationary  in  a  slanting  position,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  193  (page  122).  The  board  which  acts  as  an  apron  is  attached  to  the 
machine  frame  by  angle  iron.  It  reaches  far  enough  down  and  out  to  keep 
hands  out  of  danger. 

Gears,  Belts,  Etc.  Another  danger  point  is  at  the  sides  of  the  machine, 
where  belts  and  pulleys  and  nests  of  gears  operating  the  feed  rolls  are  situated. 
The  risk  here  is  the  greater  because  the  sanding  drums  oscillate  as  well  as 
revolve.  Fig.  194  (page  122)  shows  how  this  driving  mechanism  can  be  com- 
pletely covered  by  wooden  housings,  stopping  a  little  short  of  the  floor  so  that 
sweeping  out  may  prevent  accumulation  of  rubbish  there.  The  guard  is  re- 
movable and  can  be 
lifted  away,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  195  (page 
122)  when  necessary. 
Fig.  196  shows  a 
method  of  guarding 
this  point  by  wire 
screening  on  an  angle 
iron  frame. 

\\  here  the  press 
rolls  are  adjusted 
from  the  bottom  of 
the  machine,  a  flat 
board  cover  is  often 
provided  for  the  top 
of  the  machine  to 
prevent  anyone 
reaching  over  and 
putting  h  i  s  hand 
down  into  the  ma- 
chine between  the 
rolls. 


Courtt 


'•    International    Harvester    Co. 

Fig.  196.     Screen  Guards  for  Sander. 

Endless  Bed  Feed  Sander.  In  furniture  and  chair  factories  and  other 
plants  where  many  small  pieces  are  polished,  as  well  as  larger  work,  the  end- 
less bed  feed  sander  is  much  used.  Such  a  machine,  made  by  the  H.  B.  Smith 
Machine  Co.,  of  Smithville.  X.  J..  is  shown  in  Fig.  197  (page  124).  This 
machine  needs  guarding  only  at  the  sides,  where  the  belts  and  pulleys  and 
sprocket  wheels  and  chains  are  located.  There  are  no  feed  or  pressure  rolls, 
the  frame  of  the  machine  in  front  comes  well  down  to  the  bed,  and  the  sand- 
ing drums,  which  are  on  top  instead  of  underneath,  are  completely  covered. 

Disk  Sanders.  The  disk  sander.  much  used  in  furniture,  box  and  wagon 
factories  and  other  plants,  can  often  be  well  guarded  by  the  exhaust  apparatus, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  198  (page  124),  a  picture  of  a  double  disk  sander  in  a  furni- 
ture plant.  Each  wheel  is  entirely  enclosed  under  the  table,  and  as  much  as 


124 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Michigan  Chair  Co. 

Fig.  197.    Endless  Bed  Feed  Sander. 

give  a  bad  scraping,  which  may  result 
chine  can  always  be  guarded  at  least 
by  a  semi-circular  exhaust  hood  partly 
encircling  the  pulley  towards  which 
the  dust  is  driven,  and  the  other  pul- 
ley can  usually  be  boxed  or  fenced  off. 
The  hood  should  be  so  large  or  set  so 
close  to  the  belt  that  a  hand  cannot 
get  caught  between  belt  and  hood. 
Fig.  202  (page  126)  shows  well 
guarded  sanding  belts  in  a  wagon 
plant. 

Moulding  Sanders.  The  sander 
used  in  picture  moulding  and  other 
plants  which  polishes  and  brushes  the 
moulding  at  the  same  time  can  be 
completely  housed  on  top,  with  the 
covering  hinged  on  one  side  so  that  it 
can  be  lifted  up  when  necessary.  If 
the  front  feed  rolls  are  not  protected, 
the  bar  guard  suggested  for  the 
ordinarv  sander  should  be  used. 


possible  above  it.  Fig.  199  (page  125), 
another  furniture  picture,  shows  a 
single  disk  sander  with  the  bottom 
part  and  the  back  of  the  upper  part 
enclosed,  and  also  a  spindle  sander 
guarded  as  much  as  possible  by  its  suc- 
tion pipe. 

The  sanding  wheel  used  for  such 
work  as  polishing  doors  and  sash  can  be 
well  guarded  by  a  suction  hood,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  200  (page  125).  Similar 
protection,  though  not  quite  so  com- 
plete, can  be  given  such  sanding  drums 
as  those  used  for  polishing  felloes.  Fig. 
201  (page  125)  shows  a  door  panel 
sander  whose  wheels  are  enclosed  in 
suction  hoods. 

Belt  Sanders.  The  various  styles 
of  belt  sanders  can  be  guarded  quite 
effectively  by  exhaust  apparatus. 
Wherever  possible,  they  should  be  com- 
pletely housed  except  at  working 
points.  When  near  a  passageway  or  so 
situated  that  persons  may  fall  on  them, 
they  should  be  fenced  off.  They  can 
in  blood  poisoning.  The  horizontal  ma- 


Fig.   198.     Disk  Sanders   Guarded. 


SANDERS,  ETC. 


125 


Courtesy   of  Grand  Rapids  Show  Case  Co. 


Courtesy   of  Gruhl  Sash  &•  Door  Co. 


Fig.   199.     Disk   Sander   Guarded.  Fig.  200.     Sanding  Wheel   Guarded. 

The  same  bar  guard  should  be  used  on  the  moulding  sander  employed  in  furni- 
ture factories. 

SURFACERS. 

The  surfacer,  or  power  feed  planer,  is  one  of  the  most  widely  used  of  wood- 
working machines.  Either 
single  or  double,  and  in  one 
or  another  of  its  many  sizes 
and  forms,  it  is  employed  in 
saw  mills,  planing  mills  of 
all  kinds,  box  factories, 
bridge,  boat  and  ship-build- 
ing shops,  car,  wagon  and 
agricultural  implement 
plants,  furniture  and  chair 
factories,  cabinet  and  carpen- 
ter shops  —  in  fact  in  practi- 
cally every  woodworking  es- 
tablishment. 

Driving  Mechanism. 
Whatever  their  sizes  and 
whether  designed  to  plane 
two  sides  or  only  one,  all  sur- 
facers  need  the  same  sort  of 


guarding  in   many  respects. 


Courtesy    of  Standard  Mill    Work    Co. 

Fig.  201.     Panel  Sander  Guarded. 


126 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


The  belts  and  pulleys  or  other  driving  apparatus  should  be  fenced  off.  If 
pulleys  are  located  at  the  front,  they  can  well  be  protected  like  those  of  sizers, 
moulders,  etc.,  as  suggested  in  the  chapter  on  "  Planing  Mill." 

The  gears  ordinarily 
used  to  drive  the  feed 
rolls  should  be  encased. 
Some  surfacers  are  built 
without  gears,  both 
heads  and  rolls  being 
driven  by  roller  chains 
working  over  sprocket 
wheels,  and  all  moving 
parts  being  situated  on 
the  rear  side  of  the  ma- 
chine, out  of  the  opera- 
tor's way.  Most  of 
them,  however,  have  a 
number  of  dangerous 

Courtesy    of    McDoweU-Trammell    Co.  gears     which     if     left     CX- 

Fig.  202.    Sanding  Belts  Guarded.  posed   even  partially  are 

apt    to    cause    accidents. 

Fig.  203  and  Fig.  204  (page  127)  show  a  single  surfacer  well  guarded  on  both 
sides.  Fig.  203  shows  how  the  guard  on  that  side  opens. 

Feed  Entrance.  Many  surfacers  are  equipped  with  a  substantial  bar 
guard  in  front  of  the  feed  entrance,  which  prevents  an  operator's  hands  follow- 
ing stock  into  the  rollers.-  Such  a  machine  is  shown  in  Fig.  205  (page  127). 
The  guard  is  bolted  to  the  machine  and  always  remains  in  place.  \Yhere 
a  surfacer  is  not  so  guarded,  and  short  stock  is  being  worked  or  a  feed- 
ing table  long  enough  -to  keep  the  operator  out  of  danger  is  not  used,  a 
safety  strip  can  well  be  placed  in  front  of  the  feed  roll.  This  strip,  or  bar, 
should  be  fastened  to  the  __ 

frame  carrying  the  roll,  so  as 
to  remain  in  adjustment  for 
any  thickness  of  stock.  The 
pony  planer  used  for  light 
work  in  furniture  plants,  etc., 
is  especially  likely  to  require 
this  bar  protection.  Many  of 
these  machines  have  the  fixed 
bar  shown  in  Fig.  205  (page 
127). 

General.  Every  sur- 
facer should  be  equipped 
with  an  efficient  belt  shifter, 
clutch,  or  other  means  of  quickly  disengaging  the  power.  It  is  best  to  use  a 
sectional  feed  roll,  which  will  allow  simultaneous  feeding  of  pieces  of  stock  of 
varying  thickness  without  danger  of  a  thinner  piece  being  kicked  out  or 


Courtesy  of  Barter  D.    H'hitney  &  Son. 

Fig.  203.     Single  Surfacer  Guarded,  Guards  Open. 


SANDERS,  ETC. 


127 


otherwise  causing  trouble. 
Knives  and  heads  should  be 
cared  for  and  adjusted  as 
indicated  for  sizer,  moulder, 
etc.,  knives  in  the  chapter  on 
"  Planing  Mill."  As  in  the 
case  of  sizers,  etc.,  it  is  ad- 
visable, when  working  about 
a  head,  to  throw  the  power 
off  the  main  drive  belt  as 
well  as  the  belt  driving  the 
head. 

BORERS  AND  MOR- 
TISERS. 


The    Chief    dangers    COn-      Courtesy  of  Baxter  D.   H'hitney  &•  Son. 

nected  with  boring  machines  Fig.  204.    Single  Surfacer  Guarded, 

are  found  in  the  gears  or  belt  driving  the  spindle  and  in  the  protruding  set  screw 
frequently  used  to  hold  the  bit  in  the  chuck.  These  points  should  be  guarded 
both  when  borers  are  used  separately  and  when  in  machines  which  also  do 
other  work. 

Gears.  When  gears  are  used  to  drive  a  spindle,  they  are  sometimes  en- 
cased by  the  manufacturer.  If  this  is 
not  done,  they  should  be  enclosed  in  a 
home-made  cover,  which  can  advan- 
tageously be  of  sheet  metal  or  wire 
mesh. 

In  the  case  of  multiple  borers, 
whether  vertical  or  horizontal,  all  the 
spindle  gears  can  often  be  covered  by 
one  shield,  as  shown  in  Fig.  206  (page 
128).  a  picture  taken  in  a  wagon  plant. 
This  can  be  either  removable  or 
hinged  for  necessary  access.  It  is  well 
to  have  it  hinged,  so  that  when  thrown 
back  it  remains  attached  to  the  ma- 
chine. The  shield  should  come  down 
as  low  as  the  work  will  permit.  Fig. 
207  (page  128)  shows  a  hinged  wire 
screen  guard  in  two  sections,  each  of 
which  can  be  raised  by  a  rope  running 
over  a  pulley  above. 

Set  Screws.  A  chuck  which  will 
hold  the  bit  without  the  aid  of  a  pro- 
truding set  screw  is  the  safest  to  use. 
Many  machines  come  equipped  with 
round  safetv  sockets.  When  a  pro- 

Courtesv   of  Grand  Kaftas  Snou'   Case  Co.  * 

Fig!  205.    Surfacer  Feed  Roll  Guarded.         trading  set  screw  is  used,   it  should 


128 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


always  be  covered.    A  collar  hollowed  out  underneath  can  be  dropped  over  the 
chuck  so  as  to  cover  the  screw  head.     When  the  thickness  of  the  socket  is 
great  enough,  a  sunken  screw  can  often  be  used.     (For  other  means  of  protec- 
tion see  the  chapter 

^^^^^^^^^^^^  r  ^^^^^      on     i'oxvcT     (Icneni- 

Kjf  II     tion,      Transmission, 

11  -i '  i  Etc.)     Any  protrud- 

ing set  screws  in  col- 
lars on  spindles 
should  also  be  cov- 
ered or  countersunk. 
Fig.  208  (page  129) 
shows  a  bung  borer, 
used  in  a  cooperage, 
equipped  with  home- 
m  a  d  e  guards. 
Leather  is  wound 
around  the  protrud- 
ing set  screw  and  the 
gears  at  the  top  are 
sheet 


Courtesy    of    International    Harvester    Co. 

Fig.   206.     Multiple   Boring   Machine    Guarded. 


encased    in    a 
metal  boxing. 

Belts.     In  borers  with  belted  spindles  the  belts  are  sometimes  dangerously 
near  the  operator.    In  such  cases  they  should  be  protected  by  shields. 

Counterweights  and  Springs.  If  a  counterweight  is  used  on  a  vertical 
borer  to  effect  return  movement  of  the  bit,  care  should  be  taken  that  the 
counterweight  is  firmly  fastened.  When  springs  are  used  for  the  return  move- 
ment, they  should  be 
kept  in  good  condition 
and  proper  tension. 

Holding  Work.  It 
is  essential  that  work  be 
firmly  held.  Accidents 
have  happened  through 
a  bit  whirling  loosely 
held  work  around  and 
badly  bruising  or  cutting 
the  operator's  hands. 

Protecting  Hands. 
Fig.  209  (page  129) 
shows  a  home-made 
guard  used  in  an  office 
and  bar  fixture  factory 
to  keep  an  operator's 


Courtesy  of  International  Harvester  Co. 

Fig.  207.     Screen  Guard  for  Multiple  Boring  Machine. 


hand  from  getting  into  the  boring  tool  if  it  should  slip  off  the  work.  The 
guard  fits  into  slots  in  the  uprights  at  the  back  of  the  sliding  table  on  which  the 
stock  is  fed  to  the  tool.  If  more  than  one  bit  is  to  be  used,  this  guard  can  be 


SANDERS,   ETC. 


129 


slipped  out  and  one  put  in  place  having 
the  required  number  of  holes. 

Fig.  210  (page  130)  shows  a  hori- 
zontal boring  machine  for  boring  tenon 
holes  in  felloes  for  wagon  wheels.  The 
guard  is  made  of  sheet  metal.  It  is 
pushed  forward  over  chuck  and  bit  by 
a  spring  on  top.  As  the  chuck  holding 
the  bit  comes  forward,  the  top  part  of 
the  guard  remains  stationary  against 
the  felloe. 

Mortisers.  In  some  of  the  auto- 
matic hollow  chisel  mortisers  the  big 
driving  belt  at  the  side  in  the  rear  es- 
pecially needs  guarding,  as  the  bit  runs 
at  high  speed.  An  upright  sheet  of 
metal  should  be  placed  in  front  of  the 
belt,  with  a  horizontal  piece  extending 
out  from  it  over  the  belt. 

The  chain  mortiser,  much  used  in 
sash  and  door  and  other  plants,  should 
always  have  a  suction  hood  at  the  top. 
Many  accidents  have  resulted  from  an 
operator  carelessly  attempting  to  brush 
off  chips  carried  around  on  the  chain 
and  thus  getting  his  hand  injured  by 
the  chain.  Fig.  211  (page  130)  shows 


Courtesy   of  Louisville   Cooperage   Co. 

Fig.  208.     Bung  Borer  Guarded. 


such  a  mortiser  with  a  suction  pipe  attachment  and  also  with  a  removable 
shield  covering  the  upper  part  of  the  chain. 

TENONERS. 

The  tenoning  ma- 
chines of  various  kinds 
used  in  furniture,  chair, 
piano,  wagon,  car,  handle, 
and  sash,  door  and  blind 
plants,  cabinet  and  other 
woodworking  shops 
should  have  their  cutter 
heads  guarded,  and  also 
any  cut-off  and  grooving 
or  slitting  saws  or  shaper 
heads  with  which  they 

Courtesy  of  Lehnbuter  &•  Deichman  Mfg.  Co.  llia.V  be  equipped.      Many 

Fig.  209.    Home-made  Guard  for  Borer.  machines  come  furnished 


Courtesy   of  Peter  Schuttlcr  Co. 

Fig.  210.     Felloe  Borer   Guarded. 


13°  WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 

with  metal  shields  for  cutters  and  saws,  but  while  some  of  these  give  enough 

protection  others  can  well  be  supplemented. 

Suction  hoods  can  generally  be  arranged  to  give  most  if  not  all  of  the 

needed  protection.  When 
this  is  not  possible  for  ten- 
oner  saws,  these  saws  should 
have  broad  bands  of  metal 
covering  all  of  the  teeth  ex- 
cept what  must  be  left  ex- 
posed to  do  the  work.  Ten- 
oner  cutters  should  have  the 
same  attention  and  be  set 
with  the  same  care  as  shaper 
cutters. 

Guard  for  Hand  on 
Lever.  The  single  end  ten- 
oner  fed  by  hand  carriage  is 
especially  likely  to  need 
extra  guarding.  The  opera- 
tor's hand  holding  the  lever  for  pressing  the  stock  on  the  carriage  comes  dan- 
gerously near  the  cutter  head.  Fig.  212  (page  131)  shows  a  guard  consisting 
of  a  piece  of  sheet  iron  placed  so  that  the  operator's  hand  cannot  slip  off  the 
lever  handle  into  the  tool  in  going  by.  Such  a  guard  can  be  fastened  to  the 
lever.  The  cutter  head  is  also  guarded  by  a  suction  hood.  Hand  carriages 
for  tenoners  should  be  kept  in  the  best  of  condition. 

Self-feed  Double  End  Tenoner.  This  machine  can  as  a  rule  be  almost 
entirely  guarded  by  suction  hoods,  or 
hoods  of  similar  style.  Figs.  213  (page 
131)  and  214  (page  131)  show  front  and 
rear  views  of  a  continuous  automatic 
feed  double  end  tenoner  used  in  a  furni- 
ture factory.  This  machine  has  two 
sets  of  knives  in  front  and  two  in  the 
rear,  and  all  are  well  guarded  by  suc- 
tion hoods  and  extensions.  Part  of  one 
of  the  rear  hoods  is  shown  raised  for 
access  to  the  knives. 

Fig.  215  (page  132),  a  picture  taken 
in  a  sash  and  door  plant,  shows  a 
double  end  tenoner  with  its  cutters 
guarded  by  blower  hoods,  with  sheet 
iron  guards  around  the  vertical  shafts 
and  with  an  extension  to  the  feed 
chains  at  the  feeding-out  end.  This  ex- 


ckwell  Mfg.   Co. 

Chain  Mortiser  Guarded. 


Courtesy   of  R 

Fig.  211. 

tension,  which  consists  of  two  long  iron  bars  bolted  to  the  frame  of  the  ma- 
chine, makes  it  unnecessary  for  the  off-bearer  boy  to  step  in  close  to  the  ma- 
chine and  thus  be  in  danger  of  contact  with  the  belts.  The  bottom  pulley 


SANDERS,   ETC. 


Courtesy  of  Rockwell  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.  212.     Guard  for  Tenoner  Lever 
Handle. 

could  be  protected  by  extending  the 
sheet  iron  guard  to  the  floor  and 
hinging  it  so  it  could  be  swung  aside, 
whenever  necessary,  for  changing  the 
belt. 

Spoke  Tenoners.  Fig.  216  (page 
132)  shows  a  method  of  guarding  the 
saws  of  an  automatic  feed  tenoner 
and  equalizer  used  for  cutting  off  both 
ends  of  the  spoke  and  cutting  the 
tenon  for  the  mortise  in  the  hub  at 
one  operation.  In  addition  to  the 
shield  which  comes  with  the  machine, 
there  is  a  broad  hinged  flap  over  the 
teeth,  and  as  much  as  possible  of  the 
outside  of  the  saw,  both  above  and 
below  the  mandrel,  is  covered.  Such 
a  flap  guard  is  also  shown  in  Fig.  217 
(page  133),  which  illustrates  too  an 
excellent  method  of  guarding  the  belts 
and  pulleys  of  the  machine,  and  shows 
the  blower  hood  over  the  tenoning 
head. 


Courtesy  of  Grand  Rapids  Show  Case   Co. 


Fig.  213. 


Double  End  Tenoner  Guarded, 
Front  View. 


Courtesy   of   Grand  RapiJs  Shaw  Case   Co. 

Fig.  214.     Double  End  Tenoner  Guarded, 
Rear  View. 


132 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  The  Wheeler-Osgood  Co. 

Fig.  215.     Double  End  Tenoner  Guarded. 


Fig.  218  (page  133)  shows  a  spoke  tenoning  and  mitering  machine  with 

the  cutter  heads  well  guarded  by  castings  and  blower  hoods.     The  picture 

shows  how  the  operator  places  the  spoke  on  the  feeding  chain. 

Tenoners  for  cut- 
ting the  round  tenon 
to  fit  in  the  felloe  es- 
pecially need  guard- 
ing, as  the  cutter 
head  is  brought  some 
distance  forward  to 
do  the  work.  Fig. 
219  (page  134)  shows 
a  metal  plate  guard 
above  the  head  which 
slides  back  and  forth 
with  the  head.  A 
sheet  metal  guard 
could  well  be  placed 
along  each  side  of 
the  run  of  the  cutter 
head,  hinged  so  it 
could  be  opened 

when  necessary.     It  is  advisable  also  to  guard  the  belt,  as  the  lever  works  in 

front  of  it. 

In  Fig.  220  (page  134)  a  tenoner  and  cut-off  saw  is  shown  with  a  metal 

shield  guarding  the  cutter  head  at  the  side  where  contact  would  be  most  likely. 

This  picture  also  shows  a  screen  to  prevent  ends  of  spokes,  which  often  are 

thrown    with    great    force, 

from  striking  persons.    The 

holes  and  dents  noticeable 

in    the    screen    have    been 

made  by  flying  ends. 

DERRICKS. 

Derricks  should  always 
be  erected  by  men  ex- 
perienced in  such  work.  All 
material  used  should  be 
strong  and  of  good  quality, 
and  should  subsequently  be 
watched  carefully  for  de- 
terioration. All  cables, 
blocks,  hooks,  guy  wire 
fastenings,  etc.,  should  be 


Courtesy   of  Peter  Schuttler   Co. 

Fig.   216.     Spoke  Tenoner  Saw   Guarded. 


inspected  frequently  by  a  competent  man.  The  cables  usually  run  over  small 
sheaves  and  are  subject  to  heavy  wear,  and  they  also  are  generally  exposed 
to  all  sorts  of  weather.  Keeping  the  cables  well  lubricated  will  both  protect 


SANDERS,   ETC. 


'33 


them  from  the  weather  and  reduce  wear.  The  posts  to  which  guy  wires  are  fastened 
are  apt  to  rot  off  at  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Setting  the  posts  in  concrete 
grout  or  painting  or  tarring  the  part  set  in  the  ground  tends  to  protect  ttem. 

Means  of  ap- 
proach to  the  bear- 
ings at  the  top  of  the 
mast  pole  should  be 
kept  in  good  shape. 
A  ladder  made  of  U- 
shaped  irons  bolted 
to  the  pole  or  iron 
steps  such  as  are 
used  on  telephone 
poles  is  better  than 
a  ladder  made  of 
wooden  cleats  nailed 
to  the  pole.  When 

Courtesy  of  International  Harvester  Co.  the     approach     is     by 

Fig.   217.     Spoke   Tenoner   Guarded.  means    of    a    saddle, 

the     rope,     saddle, 

block,  etc.,  should  be  kept  in  good  condition,  and  the  hoisting  should  be  done 
very  carefully  by  hand,  never  by  power.  Whenever  a  man  goes  up  the  pole 
for  oiling,  he  should  be  sure  to 
examine  the  guy  fastenings  at  the  top. 

The  throttle  valve  of  the  derrick 
engine  should  be  kept  in  the  best  of 
condition.  It  needs  frequent  atten- 
tion, as  the  constant  wear  is  likely  to 
get  it  into  bad  shape. 

When  a  hand-power  derrick  is 
used,  care  should  be  taken  that  the 
handles  are  properly  secured,  that  any 
open  cog  gearing  is  covered  and  that 
there  is  a  ratchet  stop  to  prevent  the 
load  dropping. 

DRAG  SAW. 

The  trip  for  raising  and  lowering 
a  drag  saw  should  be  kept  in  the  best 
condition,  to  prevent  the  saw  sud- 
denly falling  on  some  one  under  it. 
The  drag  saw  machine  should  be  en- 
closed by  a  fence  all  around  it.  The 
low  running  drive  belt  and  the  crank 


Courtesy  of  McDowell-Trammcll  Co. 

Fig.  218.     Spoke  Tenoner  Guarded. 


should  be  well  protected,  and  so  should  all  gears,  set  screws,  etc.,  about  the 
machine.  An  operator  should  never  attempt  to  make  any  adjustments  without 
first  shutting  down  the  saw. 


134 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Warning  signs  reading  "  Look  out  for  the  drag  saw  "  should  be  put  up 
at  both  sides  of  the  saw  run,  and  also  at  its  outer  end.  If  the  limit  of  the 
saw's  run  is  close  to  a  passageway,  there  should  be  a  fence  at  this  point.  If 

the  saw  runs  close  up  to  a 
wall,  as  is  often  the  case, 
there  should  be  a  fence  at 
each  side,  to  prevent  anyone 
using  this  point  as  a  passage- 
way. 

In  sawing  short  ends,  as 
of  logs  for  shingle  blocks,  the 
ends  should  be  held  in  place 
by  long  arm  levers,  or  se- 
curely dogged  to  the  haul- 
way.  It  is  very  dangerous  to 


Courtesy   of  Peter  Schuttler  Co. 

Fig.  219.    End  Tenoner  for  Spokes  Guarded. 


hold    a   short   end    with    the 
hands,  or  to  endeavor  to  saw 

it  off  without  first  seeing  it  is  properly  secured,  as  the  saw  is  apt  to  jump 

around. 

DRY  KILNS. 

The  pit  of  a  dry  kiln  should  be  floored  over,  to  prevent  workmen  from 
falling  into  it  and  possibly  on  the  steam  pipes  below.  Such  a  flooring  can  well 
be  of  iron  grating  or  slatted,  and  it  should  be  well  supported  and  kept  in  good 
condition,  as  should  also 
the  tracks.  Material 
put  into  kilns  should  be 
carefully  piled,  and  cars 
should  be  handled  with 
care  to  avoid  crushing 
employees.  When 
blower  fans  are  used, 
the  fan  blades  should  be 
effectively  guarded  so 
that  no  one  can  come  in 
contact  with  them. 

An  elevated  tram- 
way or  runway  to  a 
kiln,  such  as  is  used  in 
many  shingle  mills, 
should  be  well  planked 
and  substantially  hand- 
railed  on  both  sides. 
The  entrance  to  a  kiln 


Courtesy   of  Studebaker  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.  220.     Spoke  Tenoner  Guarded. 


should  be  kept  in  good  shape  and  any  elevated  platform  outside  should  be  railed. 

Cables    of   counterweighted    doors    should    be    examined    frequently    for 

defects,  as  they  run  over  small  sheaves  and  are  exposed  to  all  sorts  of  weather. 


SANDERS,   ETC.  135 

They  should  get  a  coat  of  some  good  lubricant  once  in  three  months.  Runs 
of  all  counterweights  should  be  boxed  up,  to  prevent  their  falling  on  anyone. 
When  space  beneath  is  used  for  a  runway  a  timber  should  be  placed  across  the 
lower  end  of  guides  to  support  a  counterweight  in  case  it  should  drop.  At  one 
side  of  the  kiln  door  there  should  be  a  strip  set  on  end  and  hinged  so  that  when 
the  door  is  raised  it  can  be  swung  around  under  it.  to  prevent  its  falling  down. 
If  a  door  is  improperly  balanced  and  sticks  above,  it  should  not  be  pulled  down 
by  reaching  up  with  the  hands.  Long  hooked  bars,  with  pulls  at  the  other 
end,  should  be  used,  and  the  men  using  them  should  not  stand  directly  under 
the  door,  as  sometimes  the  cable  breaks  and  the  door  then  comes  down  with  a 
rush.  The  best  plan,  however,  is  to  balance  the  door  properly. 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmis- 
sion. Etc. 


HANDLES,  LATHES, 
WAGONS,  COOPERAGE. 


Some  handle,  cooperage  and  wagon  plants  get  out  the  rough  stock  from 
the  logs  as  well  as  manufacture  the  finished  products,  but  the  former  work  is 
usually  done  in  a  separate  mill,  sometimes  called  a  billet  mill,  especially  when 
it  turns  out  stock  for  handles  and  spokes. 

Short  Log  Sawmill.  This  machine,  for  sawing  logs  into  plank  to  be 
ripped  into  spoke  and  handle  blanks,  for  cutting  cooperage  bolts  and  wagon 

_  and  carriage  stock,  for  getting  out  box 


boards,  etc.,  for  turning  out  furniture  and 

chair  stock,  and  for  cutting  up  veneer 
cores,  is  difficult  to  guard  completely.  Sub- 
stantial protection,  however,  can  be  fur- 
nished. 

There  should  always  be  a  strong  split- 
ter back  of  the  saw,  to  prevent  the  wood 
closing  if  it  reaches  that  far.  A  guard  is 
needed  to  prevent  anyone  falling  on  the 
saw,  as  the  frame  of  the  machine  is  apt  to 
be  low.  In  the  case  of  the  machine 
with  a  split  table,  one  part  passing 
on  either  side  of  the  saw,  a  wire  mesh  or 
metal  or  wooden  rail  guard  can  be  fastened 
to  the  machine  frame  or  built  up  from  the 
floor.  Where  part  of  the  table  is  stationary, 
an  adjustable  rectangular  iron  frame  may 
be  supported  from  the  stationary  part  at 
the  level  of  the  top  of  the  saw,  or  a  hinged 
adjustable  sparred  shield  may  be  used  in 
the  same  way.  Another  method  of  guard- 
ing is  by  means  of  a  wooden  or  metal  gate  suspended  from  the  ceiling,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  221,  illustrating  an  English  device.  The  gate  is  balanced  by 
weights,  working  in  grooves  in  AA.  To  make  it  rigid  when  protecting  the 
saw,  the  lower  part  of  the  guard  should  rest,  if  possible,  against  the  edge  of 
the  machine  frame.  If  there  is  a  wall  conveniently  at  hand,  this  may  offer  a 
good  means  of  supporting  a  guard. 


Courtesy  of  British  Factory  Deft. 

Fig.  221.     Guard  for  Short  Log 
Saw  Mill. 


HANDLES,   LATHES,  ETC- 


Hooding  the  saw  is  especially  difficult,  as  so  much  of  the  saw  is 
apt  to  be  used.  Where  the  general  run  of  the  work  will  permit,  an  oblong 
frame  of  wire  mesh  or  wooden  slats 
may  be  suspended  rigidly  from  above, 
operated  by  balance  weights  so  as 
easily  to  be  adjustable  to  any  height. 
In  one  large  English  mill  a  guard  has 
been  successfully  used  consisting  of  a 
hood-like  arrangement  actuated  by  a 
drum  put  in  motion  by  the  traveling 
table.  As  the  wood  moves  up  to  the 
saw  the  hood  is  gradually  raised,  and 
as  the  table  moves  away  the  hood  is 
lowered. 

Hand  Feed  Machines.  When  a 
split  table  worked  by  hand,  instead  of 
by  rack  and  pinion  or  rope  feed,  is 
used,  the  operator  should  be  protected 
against  flybacks  by  suspending  in 
front  of  the  saw,  and  as  low  as  pos- 
sible, a  heavy  plank  or  such  a  wire 


mesh  screen  as  is  suggested  for  saw 


Courtesy  of  Turner,  Day  &  ll'ooln'orth  Handle  Co. 

Fig.  222.     Block  Saw  Guarded. 

mill  edgers  (see  index).  The  feeding 
table  should  be  watched  carefully,  so 
that  it  will  run  smoothly  and  that  no 
damaged  roller  causes  trouble.  This 
machine,  or  one  very  like  it,  is  often 
used  to  saw  spoke  and  handle  blanks 
from  planks  turned  out  by  the  short 
log  saw  mill.  For  such  work  closer 
protection  for  the  saw  can  be  fur- 
nished, in  the  form  of  a  suspended 
hood  or  otherwise. 

When  the  logs  do  not  come  to  the 
billet  mill  cut  to  length,  but  are  there 
cut  by  a  drag  saw  or  the  rough  stock 
is  equalized  by  a  bolt  equalizer,  these 
machines  should  be  guarded  as  sug- 
gested elsewhere  (see  index). 

HANDLES. 

Block  Saw.  This  machine  is  used 
in  a  handle  factory  for  cutting  the  bil- 
let roughly  to  nearly  the  shape  of  the 
handle  before  it  goes  to  the  turning 


Courtesy  of  Turner,  Day  &  Jl'oolv:orth  Handle  Co. 

Fig.  223.     Block  Saw  Guarded, 
machine.    To  guard  against  kicking,  band  metal  can  be  attached  to  the  sides 
of  the  slanting  table  and  curved  up  over  the  saw,  as  shown  in  Fig.  222. 


133 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


It  is  bent  over  in  such  shape  as  to  fit  close  to  the  top  of  the  saw  and  thus  catch 
material  that  may  start  to  climb  and  prevent  it  from  passing  over  the  crown. 
To  guard  against  slivers  and  other  flybacks,  a  board  guard  is  suspended  over 
the  saw. 

Fig.  223  (page  137)  shows  another  block  saw,  with  the  same  suspended 
board  but  with  a  different  guard  against  kicking.  In  this  instance  a  round 
iron  bent  to  right  angles  is  fastened  to  the  table  at  each  side  of  the  saw  so  that 
its  end  will  just  clear  the  saw.  The  block  saw  should  also  be  equipped  with  a 
splitter.  The  saws  shown  have  little  splitters  behind  them. 

.  A  somewhat  similar  saw,  set  in  a  slanting  table,  is  sometimes  used  in  a 
billet  mill  in  making  a  second  cut  of  bolts  or  billets  to  get  the  proper  width 
after  getting  proper  thickness  on  some  form  of  the  short  log  saw  mill. 

Header  or  Smoother  Machine.     The  machine  for  smoothing  the  bevel  end 


Courtesy  of  Turner,  Day  &  Woolworth  Handle  Co. 

Fig.  224.     Handle  Smoother  Guarded. 


Courtesy  of  Turner,  Day  &  Woolixorth  Handle  Co. 
Fig.  225.     Throater,  Rest  in  Place. 


on  ax  handles  should  be  hooded  in  a  metal  casing  like  a  picket  header  or  at 
least  boxed  in,  as  shown  in  Fig.  224.  The  blades  are'  set  through 
slots  in  the  rim  on  the  disk  and  the  bolts  holding  them  are  on 
the  outside. 

Throating  Machine.  This  machine,  with  its  gang  of  little  saws,  for  taking 
the  extreme  roughness  out  of  the  curve  near  the  end  of  ax  handles  should  be 
guarded  as  much  as  possible  by  means  of  the  rest  for  the  work,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  225. 

Other  Machines.  A  number  of  the  other  machines  used  in  making 
handles,  such  as  plow  handle  shapers,  D  handle  jointing  and  backing  and 
shaping  and  finishing  machines,  ferrule  seat  shaping  and  boring  machines 
and  the  machines  for  cutting  threads,  should  have  their  cutters  (or  saws) 
guarded  as  much  as  possible  by  shields  or  hoods.  Where  the  knives  are  inside. 


HANDLES,   LATHES,   ETC. 


'39 


as  in  some  chucking 
and  tenoning  ma- 
chines, the  projecting 
bolt  heads  on  the 
outside  should  be 
covered.  Some  of 
the  modern  machines 
come  furnished  with 
the  needed  protec- 
tion. Where  it  is 
lacking  or  i  n  s  u  f- 
ficient,  it  can  be  sup- 
plied by  blower 
hoods  or  otherwise. 
Handle  tenoners  and 
borers  should  be 


Courtesy  of  W.  H.  Gillette  Co. 

Fig.  226.     Turning  Machine  Guarded. 


guarded  as  suggested  elsewhere    (see   index). 

LATHES,  OR  TURNING  MACHINES. 

The  danger  points  of  a  lathe  or  turning  machine  are  its  cutters,  its  holding 
spur  and  its  belts.  The  latter  can  often  be  eliminated  wholly  or  partially  by 

use  of  motor  drive.  There  are  motor 
head  lathes  for  certain  kinds  of  work 
which  do  away  with  all  belting,  and  in 
which  the  motor  and  controller  can 
both  be  entirely  enclosed.  A  hand 
wheel  at  the  end  of  the  motor  allows 
the  turning  of  the  spindle  to  see  the 
work.  With  this  on,  an  operator  is 
not  likely  to  try  to  stop  the  lathe  by 
putting  his  hand  on  the  work,  as  he 
is  pretty  sure  to  do  after  the  work  is 
nearly  completed  and  as  he  sometimes 
thoughtlessly  does  when  the  work  is 
still  in  the  rough  state.  Whenever 
possible  a  spur  and  cup  center  should 
be  used  for  holding  the  stock.  Where 
a  spur  runs  exposed,  it  should  be  cov- 
ered by  a  collapsible  hood  or  shield. 
Lathe  operators  should  not  wear 
loose-fitting  jumpers  or  loose  or  flow- 
ing neckties  or  work  with  their  sleeves 
down,  as  loose  clothing  may  catch  on 
revolving  material  and  be  wound 
around  it.  Operators  should  take  care 

Courtesy   of   Widdicomb  Furniture   Co.  neVCr    to    reach    through    a    belt-tO    oil 

Fig.  227.    Turning  Machine  Guarded.          outside  bearings  or  for  any  other  pur- 
pose. 


140 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Defiance  Machine   Works. 

Fig.  228.     Guarded  Lathe  with  Swinging 
Head. 

carrying  off  the  chips,  as  shown  in  Fig.  226 
parts  plant,  and  in  Fig.  227  (page  139), 
a  picture  taken  in  a  furniture  factory. 
Such  a  machine  as  that  shown  in  Fig. 
227  is  sometimes  set  up  against  a  win- 
dow and  the.  shield  left  open  at  the 
back,  so  that  the  chips  may  fly  out 
through  the  window  and  be  collected 
in  a  box  outside. 

Swinging  cutter  heads,  found  in 
some  automatic  spoke  and  handle 
lathes,  should  also  be  shielded  as  fully 
as  possible.  Fig.  228  shows  a  guarded 
lathe  of  this  kind,  made  by  the  Defiance 
Machine  Works,  of  Defiance,  O.,  both 
stationary  and  swinging  heads  being 
protected. 

Whether  a  turning  machine  is  pro- 
tected by  a  hood  or  not,  it  is  advisable 
for  the  operator  to  stand  as  much  as 
possible  to  the  side,  to  avoid  flying 
chips.  Where  a  shield  is  not  curved 
sufficiently  to  throw  chips  downward,  a 
screen  can  well  be  used  to  keep  them 
from  flying  about  the  shop. 


Shields  for  Cutter  Heads.  Cut- 
ter heads,  whether  rotating  or  not, 
should  be  covered  as  completely  as 
possible  by  hoods  or  shields.  Where 
the  head  or  heads  are  set  along  the 
rear  of  the  machine,  a  long  curved 
shield  hinged  to  the  back  end  of  the 
machine  frame  can  be  placed  over 
them  as  far  as  possible  without  inter- 
fering with  the  work.  This  will  tend 
to  prevent  injury  to  the  operator 
and  to  discharge  dust  and  shavings 
at  the  rear.  With  many  modern  ma- 
chines such  guards  are  furnished  by 
the  makers,  but  these  can  often  be 
extended  to  advantage,  without  in- 
terfering with  the  work.  Where 
there  is  none,  a  home-made  one  can 
be  installed.  Either  can  usually  be 
supplemented  advantageously  by  con- 
nection with  a  blower  system  for 
(page  139),  a  picture  taken  in  a  buggy 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Fig.  229.    Blower  Hood  Guard  for  Lathe. 


HANDLES,   LATHES,   ETC. 


141 


Heads  and  Knives.  To  avoid  danger  of  the  bursting  of  rotating  heads, 
the  utmost  care  needs  to  be  taken  to  have  the  heads  in  perfect  balance  and 
the  knives  sharp  and 
set  true.  The  same 
vigilance  should  be 
exercised  in  adjust- 
ing and  fastening 
these  knives  as  in  the 
case  of  shaper  knives. 
It  takes  a  very  ex- 
perienced man  to 
care  for  heads  and 
cutters  properly.  In 
some  machines  the 
knife  holders  sit  in 
dove  tailed  slots,  to 
keep  them  from 
working  loose  or  fly- 
ing out  when  the 

head    is    in    motion.    Courtesy  of  American  Thread  Co_ 
Some    machines    are  Fig.  230.     Rounding  Machine  Guarded, 

provided  with  adjust- 
able back  rests  which  press  against  the  stick  while  it  is  being  turned,  helping 
to  keep  the  stick  from  springing  or  the  knives  from  gouging. 

Blower  Hood  Protection.  Fig.  229  (page  140)  shows  blower  hood  pro- 
tection for  a  corner 
block,  rosette  and  plug 
turning  lathe.  The  cut- 
ters are  bolted  to  a  head 
which  is  fastened  on  the 
end  of  a  revolving  shaft 
and  is  completely  cov- 
ered by  the  hood  ex- 
cept a  small  opening  on 
the  side  in  front  of  the 
cutters.  The  pieces  to  be 
machined  are  placed  on 
a  block  with  an  auto- 
matic clamp  attach- 
ment and  are  pressed 
against  the  cutters  on 


Courtesy  of  Grant  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.  231.    Guard  for  Lathe  Saw. 


the  head  by  a  lever.  Fig. 
230  shows  handle 
rounding  machines  well 

protected  with  blower  hoods.    The  gears  driving  the  feed  rolls  could  also  be 

covered  to  advantage. 


142 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Back  Knife  Lathe.  The  back  knife  gauge  lathe,  which  is  largely  used  in 
furniture,  chair  and  all  sorts  of  spindle  work,  is  especially  apt  to  have  a  danger 
point  in  the  spur  in  the  center  holding  the  material.  This  is  revolving  all  the 
time,  and  has  caused  many  injuries.  It  can  be  guarded  by  a  collapsible  tube, 
which  will  be  pushed  back  by  the  roughing  out  tool  carriage  as  it  comes  across. 
This  tool  should  be  guarded  as  much  as  possible,  to  prevent  the  operator's 
accidental  contact  with  it.  A  blower  hood  or  curved  shield  can  easily  be 
applied. 

The  back  knife  itself  should  not  be  dangerous,  as  it  moves  slowly,  yet 
many  persons  have  been  injured  by  it.  An  operator  should  be  careful  never  to 
reach  under  the  knife  to  place  a  new  piece  of  stock  in  the  centering  frame  in 
the  rear.  He  should  always  wait  until  the  knife  is  low  enough  for  him  to 
reach  over  it. 

Automatic  Feed 
Lathes.  For  turning 
broom,  rake,  fork  and 
other  handles,  curtain 
and  pike  poles,  and  many 
other  straight  or  taper- 
ing articles,  there  are 
automatic  feed  lathes,  in 
which  a  number  of  pieces 
of  material  are  placed  in 
a  rack  on  a  table  from 
which  feed  rollers  keep 
taking  the  bottom  piece. 
On  some  of  these  ma- 
chines there  is  a  mass  of 
gears  at  the  side  which 
should  be  guarded  by  an 
easily  removable  cover. 
Copying  Lathes. 
Where  the  cutter  head 
travels  across  the  path  of 
the  material  to  be  turned,  as  in  modern  copying  lathes,  it  can  easily  be  hooded 
except  for  the  cutting  point,  the  hood  being  attached  to  the  cutter  head  frame. 
Machines  are  made  so  guarded.  In  some  automatic  copying  lathes  the  cutter 
head  is  brought  forward  to  the  work  by  a  hand  lever,  remaining  locked  back 
out  of  harm's  way  when  not  in  vise.  The  cutting  is  done  on  the  under  side 
of  the  material,  throwing  the  chips  downward  and  lessening  chance  of  injury 
to  the  operator. 

Guarding  Lathe  Saws.  In  some  of  the  lathes  for  turning  handles,  spokes, 
etc.,  there  is  a  saw  at  the  front  across  which  the  material  moves  endways  by 
means  of  a  traveling  screw.  This  should  be  guarded,  as  the  operator  gets 
very  close  to  it  in  removing  the  turned  piece  and  putting  rough  stock  in  place. 
An  effective  home-made  guard  is  shown  in  Fig.  231  (page  141).  A  strong 
support  (A),  securely  bolted  to  the  machine  frame,  extends  out  horizontally 


Courtesy    of   International   Harvester   Co. 

Fig.  232.     Screen  for  Spoke  Driver. 


HANDLES,   LATHES,   ETC. 


beneath  the  saw  and  several  inches  beyond  it.  To  this  is  hinged  a  vertical 
board  (B)  across  the  upper  end  of  which  is  fastened  a  slanting  board  guard 
(C)  for  the  top  and  front  of  the  saw.  A  horizontal  cleat  (D),  on  the  side  of 
the  vertical  board,  rests  on  the  support  and  prevents  the  guard  from  swinging 
against  the  saw.  The  top  piece  of  the  guard  is  made  slanting  to  guide  the 
cuttings,  which  are  heavy  and  sharp  and  fly  with  great  force,  toward  the  floor. 
Sometimes  there  is  a  belt  at  the  right  of  the  saw  running  directly  under 
and  close  to  a  crank  for  tightening  the  rough  stock  between  the  centers.  There 
should  be  a  shield  for  this  belt  both  under  the  crank  and  around  the  pulley 
in  front. 

WAGONS. 

Box  Board  Edger.  The 
machine  to  which  stock  is 
fed  on  a  traveling  table 
should  be  guarded  for  both 
kicking  and  flybacks.  Heavy 
pressure  rolls  are  often 
placed  back  of  the  saws  and 
a  metal  hood  over  each  saw. 
A  wishbone-like  pronged  de- 
vice is  sometimes  used  to 
hold  stock  down  firmly  and 
tends  to  prevent  its  kicking 
before  it  reaches  the  pressure 
rolls.  If  hoods  are  not  used, 
a  screen  can  be  hung  in  front 
of  the  saws. 

Spoke  Drivers.  When 
the  hammer  swings,  such  a 
machine  should  be  railed  off 
at  back  and  sides.  Fig.  232 
(page  142)  shows  such  a 
guard,  made  of  reinforced 
wire  mesh.  Hammer  handles 
should  be  wratched  carefullv 


Courtesy    of  International  Harvester   Co. 

Fig.  233.     Guard  for  Spoke  Driver. 


for  defects  which  might  cause  them  to  break,  and  the  heads  should  be  examined 
frequently  to  assure  their  being  in  good  condition  and  securely  fastened.  It 
is  well  to  have  an  adjustable  metal  guard,  as  shown  in  Fig.  233,  to  prevent 
the  operator  being  accidentally  struck  by  the  hammer.  The  guard  should 
come  down  within  2  inches  of  the  end  of  the  spoke. 

For  driving  light  spokes  into  carriage  and  spring  wagon  hubs  there  are 
also  pneumatic  machines,  which  are  especially  safe.  The  safety  valve  of  the 
air  compressor  for  such  a  machine  should  never  be  set  above  safe  working 
pressure. 

Spoke-facing  Machines.  The  disk  spoke  facing  and  tapering  machine 
should  be  encased  at  the  back  to  cover  the  bolt  heads  there,  and  it  is  well  to 


144 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


cover  the  front  as  far  down  as  the 
work  will  permit.  The  machine  in 
which  the  spoke  passes  between  two 
heads  which  face  both  sides  at  once 
can  have  its  knives  thoroughly  guarded 
by  blower  hoods,  as  shown  in  Fig.  234. 
Spoke  Throaters.  On  the  machine 
in  which  the  spoke  is  fed  on  a  revolving 
carrier  driven  by  gearing  there  should 
be  a  guard  on  the  side  of  the  cutter 
head  toward  the  operator,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  235.  It  is  well  also  to  have  blower 
hoods  both  above  and  below  the  head. 
Fig.  236  (page  145)  shows  an  auto- 
matic throater  with  cast  iron  guard  fur- 
nished by  the  makers,  with  blower  hood, 
and  with  home-made  leather  guards  at 
the  front  to  keep  chips  from  being 
thrown  with  violence.  The  cutter  heads 
of  the  machine  to  which  the  spoke  is 
fed  on  reels  should  also  be  shielded  or 
hooded. 

Axle  Machines.  The  automatic 
machine  for  gaining  axles  should  have 
its  heads  covered  as  fully  as  possible 

without  interfering  with  the  work.    Shields  are  usually  furnished  by  the  maker, 

but  sometimes  these  can  well  be  supplemented,  as  shown  in  Fig.  237  (page 

146).     A  shield  should  cover  the  pulley 

driving   the   head,    as   well   as   the   head. 

The  cutter  heads  of  axle  shoulder  shaping 

machines,     whether     single     or     double, 

should    also    be    shielded    except    at    the 

working  point. 

Wheel  Rim  Planers.     The  automatic 

machine  for  truing  up  the  face  and  one 

side  should  have  its  cutter  heads  enclosed, 

and   they   usually   are,    even   though    the 

operator  is  at  the  other  side  of  the  wheel. 

The  hand-feed  planer  often  used  for  truing 

up  the  other  side  of  the  rim  should  have 

a    wooden    guard    over    the    cutters,    as 

shown   in   Fig.  238    (page    147),  held   up 

against  the  face  of  the  rim  by  a  weight 

or     spring,     to     prevent     the     operator's 

fingers   resting  on   the   face   as   the   rim    Courtuy  of  McDou.ell.Trammell  Co. 

goes  over  the  cutters.  Fig>  ^    Spoke  Throater  Guarded. 


Courtesy  of  McDowell-Trammell  Co. 

Fig.  234.     Spoke  Facer  Guarded. 


HANDLES,   LATHES,   ETC. 


'45 


Felloe  Machines.  The  heads  of  the  two-side  felloe  planing  machines 
should  be  shielded  as  much  as  possible,  and  exposed  gearing,  especially  at  the 
front,  should  be  covered.  ,  Fig.  239  (page  147)  shows  two  such  machines  with 
blower  hoods  connected  to  the  cast  iron  guards  furnished  by  the  makers,  that 
at  the  left  planing  the  straight  sides  and  that  at  the  right  planing  the  curved 
sides. 

Wheel  Boxing  Machine.  The  bit  for  boring  the  hub  for  the  box  should 
be  protected  when  in  normal  position  by  a  hood  guard,  one-half  of  which 
is  hinged  at  the  top  so  it  can  be  turned  back  for  change  of  bits. 

Rimming  Machine.  When  the  saw  which  cuts  the  rim  to  proper  length 
is  brought  up  through  the  table  by  a  foot  lever,  the  lever  should  be  guarded 
so  that  no  one  in  passing  can 
accidentally  come  in  contact 
with  it  and  bring  the  saw  up 
against  the  operator. 

Hub  Machines.  The  hub 
reamer  can  be  guarded  by 
fastening  a  shield  of  sheet 
metal  formed  into  a  semi- 
circle to  the  attachment 
which  holds  the  hub  in  place, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  240  (page 
147).  This  attachment 
moves  to  the  left  as  the 
reamer  enters  the  hub,  and 
the  shield  moves  with  it  and 
thus  covers  the  reamer  dur- 
ing the  entire  operation.  An- 
other way  of  guarding  the 
reaming  bit  is  to  have  a  hood 
held  out  over  it  by  a  spring, 
the  hood  collapsing  as  it  is 
forced  back  by  the  hub. 
When  the  hub  is  reamed  after  the  spokes  have  been  driven  into  it,  prongs  can 
extend  out  around  the  bit,  so  placed  as  to  fit  between  the  spokes  when  the 
wheel  is  pushed  on  the  bit. 

Hub  turning  machines  should  have  the  roughing  knife  at  the  back  guarded 
by  a  curved  shield,  which  will  tend  to  hold  the  pieces  if  the  hub  should  break. 
The  big  circular  cut-off  machine  for  cutting  logs  to  hub  block  length,  to  which 
the  log  is  fed  on  a  carriage  traveling  on  a  saw  mill  track,  should  have  its  saw 
railed  off  at  the  back  and  hooded  on  top  down  to  the  mandrel. 

Panel  Sticking.  W^hen  the  edges  of  panels,  as  for  buggy  frames,  are 
worked  on  a  shaper,  an  efficient  guard  can  be  used,  as  shown  in  Fig.  241  (page 
148).  Bolted  to  the  guide,  which  is  cut  out  to  fit  the  head,  is  a  piece  of  wood 
shaped  so  as  to  cover  the  opening  in  the  guide  left  for  the  cutters.  This  not 
only  acts  as  a  hold-down  for  the  stock,  which  is  fed  under  it,  but  it  also  keeps 
the  operator's  hands  from  the  cutters. 


Courtesy  of  Studebaker  Mfg.  Co. 

Fig.  236.    Spoke  Throater  Guarded. 


146 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Poles,  Shafts  and  Single-trees.  When  the  old  cut-off-rip  saw-shaper 
method  of  making  poles  is  used,  the  cut-off  saw  should  be  hooded  or  guarded 
by  a  band  coming  down  as  low  as  possible.  For  the  rip  saw  there  should  be  a 
splitter,  a  long  table  and  a  board  rigidly  suspended  over  the  saw  a  little  in 
front  of  the  crown.  The  shaper  should  be  guarded  in  one  of  the  ways 
suggested  elsewhere  (see  index). 

The  shaft  and  pole  heel  tapering  machine  should  have  its  disk  heads  cov- 
ered at  the  back,  and  in  front  down  to  the  working  point  just  above  the  table. 
The  single-tree  dressing  and  pointing  machine  should  have  its  cutter  head 
guarded  by  a  blower  hood  which  will  come  up  around  the  outer  end  of  the 
head.  On  the  automatic  feed  pole  machines  which  turn  out  a  pole  a  minute 
the  side  and  top  heads  should  be  hooded,  and  the  belts  and  pulleys  and  feed 

chain  and  sprockets 
should  be  fenced  off  like 
big  planing  mill  ma- 
chines. A  combination 
guard  and  table  for  a 
pole  sticker  are  shown  in 
Fig.  242  (page  148). 

Other  Machines. 
The  many  other  ma- 
chines used  in  wagon  and 
carriage  work,  such  as 
jointers,  surfacers,  shap- 
ers,  sanders,  rip  saws, 
cut-off  saws,  equalizing 
saws,  tenoners,  borers, 
mortisers,  should  be 
guarded  as  suggested 
elsewhere  (see  index). 

Automobiles  and 
Cars.  Automobile 

Courtesy  of  Studebaker  Mfg.  Co.  manufacturing      employs 

Fig.  237.    Automatic  Gainer  Guarded.  practically     the     same 

special  machinery  as  wagon  making,  so  far  as  the  woodworking  goes.  The 
same  is  true  largely  of  the  manufacture  of  cars,  though  the  machinery  is  apt 
to  be  of  heavier  build. 


COOPERAGE. 

Stave  Sawing  Machines.  The  cylinder  machine  known  as  the  drum  saw 
should  have  as  much  as  possible  of  its  teeth  guarded,  to  prevent  a  stave  get- 
ting caught  or  being  dropped  on  the  saw  and  then  thrown,  and  to  guard  the 
off-bearer  when  one  is  employed.  A  metal  band  can  be  brought  up  from  the 
side  of  the  machine  frame,  extending  over  the  teeth  as  far  as  the  work  will 
permit.  The  band  should  reach  out  beyond  the  teeth,  and  it  can  have  a  cleat 
under  its  outer  edge.  This  guard  can  be  braced  from  the  front  of  the  frame, 


HANDLES,  LATHES,  ETC. 


if  necessary.  Such  a 
band  guard  for  barrel 
stave  saws  is  often  fur- 
nished by  the  makers. 
The  bilging  cylinder  saw 
for  kegs  can  be  protected 
in  the  same  way.  The 
small  drum  saw  used  in 
pail  and  tub  factories  is 
often  guarded  by  a  home- 
made wooden  box  hood 
set  into  the  machine 


Courtesy   of  McDowell-Trammell   Co. 

Fig.  239.  Felloe  Planers  Guarded, 
ated  like  shingle  saws, 
as  suggested  elsewhere 
(see  index).  When  a 
vertical  pendulous  saw  is 
used,  the  rear  teeth 
should  be  protected  by  a 
metal  band,  and  it  is  well 
to  fence  the  saw  off  as 
much  as  possible  at  both 
back  and  sides. 

Stave  and  Heading 
Jointers.  W  h  e  n  the 
knives  are  set  in  a  disk, 
the  disk  should  be  en- 
tirely encased  at  the 
back,  and  it  can  well  be 
in  front  except  for  the 
necessary  working  point. 


Courtesy   of  Peter  Schuttler  Co. 

Fig.  238.    Wheel  Rim  Planer  Guarded. 

frame  and  covering 
practically  all  of  the 
teeth  not  in  use,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  243 
(page  149).  A  drum 
saw  should  also  have 
a  metal  band  cover- 
ing the  projecting 
bolt  heads  where  the 
saw  is  bolted  to  the 
head,  or  spider, 
which  is  keyed  to  the 
shaft. 

Heading  Saws. 
The  horizontal  head- 
ing saw  should  be 
guarded  and  oper- 


Courtesy    of   International   Harvester    Co. 

Fig.  240.     Guard  for  Hub  Reamer. 


148 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Heberer  &•  Co. 

Fig.  241.     Panel  Sticker  Guarded. 


The  little  hand  jointer  often  used  in  pail  and  tub  factories  can  well  be  equipped 

with  a  small  automatic  guard,  or  with  two  if  the  guide  is  set  in  the  middle. 

Stave  and  Heading  Planers.     When  the  feeding  point  is  not  well  guarded 

by  the  makers,  a  hood  should 
be  arranged  to  cover  the  rolls 
or  chains,  coming  down  over 
the  front  as  far  as  possible 
without  interfering  with  the 
entrance  of  the  stock,  and  if 
necessary  guarding  any  ex- 
posed ends  of  rolls.  The 
head  line  planer  should  be 
protected  in  the  same  way, 
the  hood  covering  the  head 
as  well  as  the  feed  roll. 

Head  Rounder.  The 
barrel  head  rounding  or 
circling  machine  should  have 
its  saw  covered  as  much  as 
possible  by  a  blower  hood,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  244  (page  149) 
or  otherwise,  to  keep  pieces  from  flying  about  the  shop  and  to  prevent  con- 
tact with  the  saw  teeth.  The  hood  can  well  be  brought  even  further  over  the 
top  of  the  saw  than  as  shown  in  the  picture.  The  knives  in  the  head  of  this 
machine  should  be  very  se- 
curely fastened  to  prevent 
their  flying  out.  In  some 
machines  they  are  dove- 
tailed, to  do  away  with  the 
chance  of  screws  or  other 
fastenings  working  loose. 

When  the  heading  is 
circled  on  a  heading  lathe 
with  stationary  cutters,  as  in 
pail  and  tub  plants,  there 
should  be  a  board  fencing 
around  the  plane  in  which 
the  pieces  fly. 

Pail  Trimming  Lathe. 
In  operating  this  machine 
care  should  be  taken  to  work 
the  carriage  properly  and 


Courtesy    of  International  Harvester   Co. 

Fig.  242.     Pole  Sticker  Guarded. 


not  to  take  so  heavy  a  cut  as 
to  force  a  stave  out,  and  pos- 
sibly cause  the  pail  to  collapse  and  a  number  of  staves  to  be  thrown.  The 
operator  should  also  endeavor  to  keep  in  a  working  position  out  of  range  of 
thrown  staves. 


HANDLES,   LATHES,  ETC. 


149- 


Crozers.  Machines  for  chamfering  and  crozing  barrels,  casks  or  kegs 
while  in  a  horizontal  position  should  have  their  cutter  heads  guarded  so  that 
there  will  be  no  danger  of  injury  to  the  operator  in  the  event  of  an  arm  getting 


Courtesy   of  E.   Murdoch   &•   Co. 


Courtesy  of  Louisville  Cooperage  Co. 


Fig.  243.    Drum  Saw  Guarded.  Fig.  244.     Head   Rounder   Guarded, 

beyond  the  end  of  the  barrel  while  placing  it  in  position  or  removing  it.    Semi- 
circular shields  around  the  sides  of  the  heads  nearer  the  operator's  working 

position  make  effective  guards.  Some 
machines  come  equipped  with  such 
shields.  There  are  machines  in  which 
the  cutter  heads  move  entirely  out  of 
the  barrel  before  it  is  released  by  the 
chuck  rings  and  do  not  return  to  work- 
ing position  until  brought  there  by  a 
lever. 

In  the  machines  in  which  the  bar- 
rel is  placed  vertically  the  cutter  head 
can  be  guarded  by  a  wire  screen,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  245. 

Edging  Saw.  The  rip  saw  often 
used  in  pail  and  tub  plants  for  edging 
heading  before  it  goes  to  the  jointer 
should  have  a  splitter  at  the  back  and 
a  board  suspended  in  front  of  the 
Courtesy  of  Tight  Barrel  Cooperage  Co.  crown  with  a  pendant  flap.  A  feed- 

Fig.  245.    Vertical  Crozer  Guarded.          ing   carriage    could   well    be    used    for 
such  work,  especially  when  very  small  pieces  of  stock  are  sawed. 


iso  WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 

Hoop  Machines.  Hoop  planers  should  be  guarded  like  stave  and  heading 
planers.  The  automatic  hoop  cutting  machine  can  well  have  finger  guards 
like  those  suggested  for  veneer  clippers  (see  index).  The  hoop  bar  chuck 
pointing  machine  should  have  the  bolt  heads  on  the  outside  guarded  by  a 
shield.  The  hoop  pointing  machine  in  which  the  knives  are  set  in  disks  should 
have  the  disks  encased  at  the  back. 

Vats.  Vats  for  slack  barrel  hoops  should  at  least  have  a  fence  around 
them  30  inches  high,  with  a  gate  at  one  side  counterbalanced  so  it  can  easily 
be  raised  out  of  the  way  when  occasion  requires.  Whenever  possible,  it  is 
well  to  build  such  vats  with  their  sides  30  inches  above  the  floor  level. 

Barrel  Hoist.  This  conveyor  should  be  guarded  to  prevent  a  barrel  tip- 
ping off  the  prongs  or  dogs  of  the  chain  and  falling  on  the  man  below  who  is 
placing  the  barrels  on  the  conveyor.  A  simple  but  effective  guard  consists  of 
boards  hanging  from  the  ceiling  as  close  to  the  outer  points  of  the  dogs  as 
possible  and  extending  as  far  down  as  can  be. 

Other  Machines.  Windlass  ropes  should  be  regularly  inspected.  The 
dangerous  gears  on  stave  bending  machines,  power  punching  and  flaring  ma- 
chines and  some  trussing  machines  should  be  guarded,  unless  guards  are 
furnished  by  the  makers.  The  punches  should  be  equipped  with  a  ring  guard,' 
the  bottom  edge  of  which  will  allow  the  placing  of  the  stock  but  will  not  let 
the  operator's  fingers  get  under  the  punch  and  the  top  edge  of  which  is  above 
the  highest  movement  of  the  punch.  Rip  saws,  cut-off  saws,  etc.,  should  be 
guarded  as  indicated  elsewhere  (see  index). 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmission, 
Etc. 


VENEER,  FURNITURE, 
CHAIRS. 

Vats.  One  of  the 
most  dangerous  features 
of  veneer  manufacturing- 
is  found  in  the  vats  in 
which  the  logs  are  soft- 
ened by  boiling.  These 
vats  should  be  well 
guarded  to  prevent  any- 
one falling  into  them,  as, 
whenever  the  lids  are  re- 
moved, a  body  of  boiling 
hot  water  is  exposed. 
There  is  much  risk  of 
such  accidents,  as  men 

have   tO  do  a  lot  of  WOrk      Courtesy   of  Roberts   &   Connor   Co. 

around  the  edges  of  a  vat.  FiS-  34&    Fen<*  around  Vat. 

One  method  of  protection  is  a  railing  along  the  edge,  or  a  fence  with  a 
walk  inside,  as  shown  in  Fig.  246.  Such  a  guard  should  be  made  strong,  as 
workmen  will  use  the  fencing  as  a  brace  and  it  is  likely  to  be  hit  by  logs  being 
swung  out  of  the  pit.  A  better  method  is  to  build  the  sides  of  the  vat  up 
above  the  ground  or  floor  level,  as  shown  in  Fig.  247.  Such  a  guard  can  be  so 

substantial  that  there 
will  be  little  chance  of 
its  giving  way. 

One  of  the  best 
means  of  guarding  vats 
has  been  devised  by  the 
Paine  Lumber  Co.,  of 
Oshkosh,  Wis.,  who 
have  applied  for  a  patent 
on  it.  A  pipe  railing 
guard  surrounds  the  vat, 
and  there  are  horizontal 
bars  12  inches  apart  over 
the  top,  secured  to  an 
iron  pipe  at  the  back  and 

Courtesy   of  Louisriile    Veneer  Mills.  loOSC    at    the    front    ends. 

Fig.  247.     Vat  with  Built-up  Sides.  In  raising  logs  from  the 


'5* 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 


Fig.  248.     Veneer  Vat  Guard.  Fig.  249.    Veneer  Vat  Guard,  Cover  Down, 

vat,  as  many  bars  as  necessary  raise  with  the  log.  As  the  log  is  removed, 
the  bars  drop  back  into  place.  Each  bar  raises  separately  and  drops  by  gravity 
into  its  individual  socket.  Hinged  wooden  covers  are  dropped  from  the  back 
over  the  vat  when  there  is  no  need  of  its  being  open.  These  are  in  sections, 
so  all  the  vat  not  in  active  use  may  remain  covered.  Fig.  248  shows  a  log  being 
lifted  out  by  the  traveling  crane  used  for  the  purpose,  and  the  wooden  covers 
thrown  up.  Fig.  249 
shows  one  of  the  covers  II 
in  place  over  its  section 
of  the  vat. 

Workmen  should  be 
provided  with  suitable 
spike  poles,  etc.,  for  use 
in  floating  logs  to  the 
edge  of  a  vat,  where  the 
hooks  can  be  made  fast. 
Planks  should  never  be 
placed  across  vats  for  the 
men  to  work  from,  as 
they  are  decayed  by  the 
acids  developed  by  the 

process.       This     decay     is     Courtesy   of  Louisville    Veneer  Mills. 

often  inside,  leaving  the  Fig.  250.    Rotary  Cutter  Guarded. 


VENEER,  FURNITURE,  CHAIRS 


surface  in  apparently  good  condition. 
Breaking  of  such  planks  has  caused 
many  fatal  accidents.  When  bar 
guards  are  used  over  the  top  of  a  vat, 
the  workmen  should  not  be  allowed 
to  get  out  on  them  to  hook  the  logs. 
It  is  a  good  plan  to  have  a  warning 
sign  at  a  vat,  cautioning  the  work- 
men against  dangerous  practices. 

Steaming  Process.  Vats  used  in 
the  steaming  process  should  be  guarded 
like  boiling  vats.  While  a  workman 
does  not  run  much  chance  of  being 
scalded,  as  the  steam  is  turned  off  be- 
fore the  vat  is  opened,  he  can  get  a 
bad  fall,  and  possibly  other  injury. 
Sometimes,  too,  the  drain  stops  up 
and  condensation  causes  a  few  inches 
of  water  to  accumulate  at  the  bottom 
of  the  vat.  The  drain  should  be  ar- 
ranged, if  possible,  so  it  can  be  cleaned 
from  the  outside. 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Fig.  252.    Veneer  Clipper  Guarded. 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Fig.  251.     Guard  for  Veneer  Clipper. 

When  steaming  boxes  are  used 
and  the  doors  slide  up  and  down,  in- 
spection should  frequently  be  made  of 
the  cables  and  their  connections  to  the 
weights  and  doors,  to  avoid  accident 
due  to  the  doors  falling.  In  some 
plants  the  doors  are  held  in  place  by 
bars.  To  avoid  decay,  the  boxes  can 
well  be  made  of  reinforced  concrete. 

Rotary  Cutter.  There  is  practi- 
cally no  danger  from  the  knife  of  this 
machine.  In  some  makes,  however,  the 
men  off-bearing  and  removing  waste 
have  to  work,  and  in  a  great  rush,  close 
to  bevel  gears  actuating  the  movement 
of  the  knife  toward  the  log.  These 
gears  should  be  covered,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  250  (page  152),  and  so  should  the 


'54 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


chain  and  sprocket  transmission  regulating  them.     Unless  protected  by  the 

drive  belts  and  pulleys,  the  change  gears  at  the  end  of  the  machine  which 

actuate  this  transmission  should  be 
guarded  by  a  cover  which  can  easily  be 
opened  or  .removed.  The  drive  belts 
and  pulleys  should  be  well  guarded. 

Slicing  Machine.  The  driving 
parts  of  the  machinery,  such  as  con- 
necting rods,  gears,  belts,  etc.,  should 
be  guarded,  and  so  should  any  pits  in 
which  the  machinery  may  be  set.  The 
slides  along  which  the  stay  log  has  a 
reciprocating  movement  on  a  hori-- 
zontal  machine  should  be  protected  by 
a  railing. 

Veneer  Clipper.  This  machine, 
which  is  of  the  same  class  as  the  paper 
cutter  and  is  used  for  cutting  veneer  to 
size,  is  dangerous  both  to  the  man 
operating  and  the  one  taking  away,  on 
account  of  the  risk  of  getting  a  hand 
under  the  knife.  An  effective  guard 
consists  in  having  prongs  come  down 
as  close  as  possible  to  the  table  both  in 
front  and  back  of  the  knife,  as  shown  in 

Fig.  251    (page   153)   and  Fig.  252    (page   153).     Fig.  251    shows  a   machine 

used   to  cut   veneer   to   length.     The 

prongs,  which  are  of  wire,  are  2  inches 

apart.     They   are   3   3-4  inches   from 

the  knife  on  one  side  and  5  inches  on 

the  other.     The   prongs   in   Fig.  252, 

which  shows  a  clipper  used  for  cross- 
cutting     and     also     for     cutting     to 

width  short  lengths  of  veneer  stock, 

are      made     of     wood.        They      are 

i   1-2     inches     apart     and     3     inches 

from    the    knife.      These    prongs    are 

made     to     swing     away     from     the 

knife    when    the    machine    is    cutting 

widths.     Such  a  prong  guard  is  ad- 
visable  for   veneer   clippers,   whether 

power-feed    or    hand-feed.      With    it 

installed,  a  hand  of  either  operator  or 

take-away  man  will  be  stopped  before 

it  can  get  into  danger. 

A  guard  for  the  off-bearing  side  of  a  clipper  used  for  cutting  veneer  to 

narrow  widths  is  shown  in  Fig.  253.     It  consists  of  an  oblong  frame  made  of 


Fig.  253.     Guard  for  Veneer  Clipper. 


Fig.  254.     Veneer  Clipper  Guard. 


VENEER,  FURNITURE,  CHAIRS 


'55 


gas  pipe,  filled  in  with  wire  mesh.  The  guard  is  hinged  on  each  side,  a  little 
nearer  the  top  than  the  bottom,  so  as  to  keep  it  in  an  upright  position  and  yet 
allow  it  to  swing  out  under  slight  pressure  and  let  the  cut  veneer  fall  out  under 
it.  The  table  is  on  an  incline  so  that  gravity  will  carry  the  strips  of  veneer 
down  it.  The  guard  is  built  high  to  prevent  reaching  over  the  knife  to  pull 
the  rod  throwing  the  clutch  in  or  out.  It  also  comes  down  a  little  below  the 
lowest  travel  of  the  knife  when  no  veneer  is  in  the  machine,  thus  tending  to 
prevent  accidents  due  to  off-bearer  boys  pulling  scraps  from  under  the  knife 
while  idly  waiting  for  more  veneer.  This  guard  and  inclined  table  obviate  the 
danger  to  off-bearers  involved  in  removing  strips  by  the  armful  from  a  flat 
table  and  an  unguarded  knife. 


Rapids   I'cneer   li'orks. 

rig-  255.    Segment  Saw.  Fig.  256.    Segment  Saw. 

Fig.  254  (page  154)  shows  a  stationary  wire  mesh  guard  for  the  off-bearing 
side  of  a  clipper  used  for  cutting  veneer  to  narrow  widths.  It  is  hung  by  hooks 
from  rods  extending  from  one  side  of  the  machine  to  the  other  and  is  easily 
removable  when  it  is  necessary  to  take  out  the  knife.  This  screen  sets  out 
about  7  inches  from  the  knife  and  works  even  with  or  a  little  below  the  lowest 
travel  of  the  knife. 

Segment  Saw.  The  chief  danger  connected  with  the  segment  saw  is  found 
in  the  segment  feature.  Great  care  should  be  exercised  in  selecting  and  tight- 
ening the  flat  head  countersunk  screws  by  which  the  segments  are  fastened  to 
the  saw  disk.  Xo  chance  should  ever  be  taken  with  an  old  screw  which  may 
not  remain  tight.  Xot  only  might  the  particular  segment  fly,  but  if  it  became 
loose  and  dug  into  the  wood  it  might  cause  a  wreck  of  the  saw,  throwing 


156 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


segments  with  violent  force.  Off-bearers  get  considerable  protection  from  the 
arrangements  for  taking  care  of  the  material  sawed,  two  forms  of  which  are 
shown  in  Fig.  255  (page  155)  and  Fig.  256  (page  155). 

Band  Mill.  The  band  saw  used  to  cut  veneer  logs  into  flitches  for  a  seg- 
ment saw  or  a  slicer  should  be  guarded  like  a  band  mill  in  a  saw  mill  (see 
index).  There  is  one  bad  practice  indulged  in  by  some  sawyers,  which  should 
be  avoided  whenever  possible.  To  cut  flitches  so  as  to  get  the  best  "  gloss,"  as 
the  grain  is  called,  requires  very  skilful  and  careful  work.  If  the  setters  do  not 
quickly  grasp  the  sawyer's  idea  as  to  the  dogging  of  the  log  on  the  carriage, 
he  is  apt  to  step  around  the  front  of  the  band  saw  and  show  them  how  to  do 


Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd.  Courtesy  of  Paine  Lumber  Co.,  Ltd. 

Fig.  257.    Slasher  Guard,  Hood  in  Place.  Fig.  258.     Slasher  Guard,  Hood  Raised. 

it  or  do  it  himself.  This  is  very  dangerous.  The  saw  is  often  running  at 
very  high  speed,  and  the  space  around  it  is  likely  to  be  both  slippery  and  lit- 
tered up.  This  space  should  be  kept  clean,  at  any  rate,  and  the  practice  re- 
ferred to  should  be  discouraged. 

Slashers.  Fig.  257  and  Fig.  258  show  a  six  saw  slasher,  used  for  cutting 
rail  and  panel  veneers  to  length,  guarded  so  that  when  in  operation  the 
operator's  hands  cannot  touch  the  saws.  The  guards  also  hold  the  veneer  in 
place  while  it  is  being  cut  and  prevent  the  pieces  from  being  thrown  by  the 
saws.  Each  guard  is  hinged  to  its  upright  support.  It  is  swung  up  by  the 
slats  on  the  conveyor  and  drops  back  over  the  saw  after  a  slat  has  passed. 


VENEER,  FURNITURE,  CHAIRS 


'57 


In  Fig.  257  the  guard  is  shown  in  normal  position  and  Fig.  258  shows  how  it 
is  swung  up  by  a  conveyor  slat.  The  particular  machine  illustrated  is  run 
by  six  operators.  Each  , 
stands  between  saws  and 
pulls  the  veneer  for  the 
desired  cut. 

Splicer.  This  ma- 
chine for  jointing  and 
glueing  sheets  of  veneer 
after  its  operator  has 
matched  them  needs  to 
be  guarded  at  its  feeding 
point,  where  the  material 
passes  between  two  solid 
link  chains.  Fig.  259 
shows  a  guard  for  this 
point  in  the  form  of  flat 
springs  set  just  ahead  of 


Courtesy  of  Louisville  Veneer  Mills. 

Fig.  259.    Veneer  Splicer  Guarded. 


the    nip    in    the    chains. 

These   springs  hold  the 

veneer  flat  and  also  prevent  the  operator's  hands  from  following  into  the 

chains  with  the  material.     Some  such  device  should  always  be  used. 

Glue  Machine.     There  is  little  danger  from  the  rollers  of  this  machine, 

as  they  run  very  slowly  and  the  top 
roller  fits  loosely  on  the  lower  one. 
The  gears  at  the  end  of  the  machine 
should  be  covered,  however,  as  opera- 
tors often  stand  very  close  to  them 
when  feeding. 

Dryers.  The  belts  and  pulleys 
along  the  side  of  many  of  these  ma- 
chines should  be  fenced  off  to  a  suf- 
ficient height,  and  the  gears  and 
sprockets  and  chains  should  be  cov- 
ered or  fenced. 

Lifting  Tackle.  All  lifting  tackle 
used  in  moving  logs  should  be  regu- 
larly and  frequently  inspected  for  de- 
fects and  should  be  kept  in  the  best  of 
working  condition.  Hooks  should  be 
kept  sharp  and  chains  annealed  at 
intervals.  Gearing  should  be  covered. 
If  a  log  haul  is  used  in  a  veneer  mill, 
it  should  be  guarded  as  suggested  in 
the  chapter  on  "  Saw  Mill." 
Other  Machines.  The  other  machines  used  in  veneer  mills  of  one  kind  or 
another,  such  as  rip  saws,  drag  saws,  cut-off  sawrs,  swing  saws,  equalizing  saws, 


Courtesy  of  Grand  Rapids  Show  Case  Co. 

Fig.  260.     Miter  Saw  Guard. 


'58 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


jointers,  sanders,  edgers,  matchers,  slab  slashers,  etc.,  should  be  guarded  as 
indicated  elsewhere  in  this  book   (see  index). 

FURNITURE,  CHAIRS,  ETC. 

Many  of  the  machines  used  in  furniture,  chair,  desk  and  show  case  fac- 
tories are  common  to  practically  all  woodworking  plants  doing  fine  work,  A 
large  number  of  the  guards  suggested  elsewhere  (see  index)  for  rip  saws,  cut- 
off saws,  swing  saws,  buzz  planers  or  jointers  (both  hand-feed  and  automatic), 
band  saws,  resaws,  shapers,  mortisers,  tenoners.  boring  machines,  sanders, 
etc.,  are  applicable. 

So  much  stock  work  is  done  in 
such  factories  that  machines  can  often 
be  guarded  much  more  effectively  than 
is  possible  when  they  are  constantly 
being  put  to  a  variety  of  uses.  A  lit- 
tle ingenuity  on  the  part  of  foreman 
or  operator  will  often  devise  better 
protection  for  a  specific  operation  than 
could  be  given  by  a  safety  device  in- 
tended to  adapt  itself  to  a  wide  range 
of  work.  The  variety  of  such  home- 
made guards  is  endless. 

Miter  Saw  Guard.  A  home-made 
guard  for  a  miter  saw,  to  prevent  the 
triangular  blocks  cut  off  the  stock 
from  riding  up  on  the  back  of  the  saw 
and  being  thrown,  is  shown  in  Fig.  260 
(page  157).  It  consists  merely  of  a 
bevelled  board  set  upright  close  be- 
hind the  saw  and  held  in  place  by  a 
clamp  at  the  rear  edge  of  the  table. 

Grooving  Saws.  Fig.  261  shows 
a  guard  for  a  grooving  saw  which  also 
acts  as  a  spring  to  hold  the  stock  down 
on  the  table.  The  wheel  under  which 


Courtesy  of  Widdicomb  Furniture  Co. 

Fig.  261.    Grooving  Saw  Guarded. 


the  stock  passes  is  so  arranged  that  it  allows  the  stock  to  be  moved  freely 
beneath  it.  In  edge  grooving  for  stock  a  guard  often  used  consists  of  a  wooden 
block  higher  than  the  saw  and  extending  a  little  beyond  both  its  front  and 
back.  This  is  secured  on  the  table  in  such  a  position  that  there  is  just  enough 
room  between  it  and  the  guide  for  the  stock  to  pass  over  the  saw. 

Dovetailing  Machines.  The  gang  dovetailer  can  be  guarded  about  as 
much  as  is  necessary  by  a  metal  shield  in  front  of  the  spindles  and  gearing,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  262  (page  159),  or  by  a  suction  hood.  There  are  automatic 
dovetailers  for  drawer  work  in  operating  which  the  material  is  clamped  on  a 
feeding  carriage  which,  once  started,  automatically  feeds  the  work  to  the  cut- 
ting tools. 


VENEER,  FURNITURE,  CHAIRS 


159 


Tenoners.  These  should  be 
guarded  like  tenoners  used  in  other 
shops  (see  index).  On  the  chain  feed 
double  end  tenoner,  when  small  pieces 
are  fed,  as  in  coat  hanger  work,  addi- 
tional protection  is  often  given  the  cut- 
ters by  appliances  for  holding  the  stock 
down  firmly.  Such  an  appliance  some- 
times takes  the  form  of  a  block  sliced 
into  closely  set  teeth  like  a  comb. 
These  teeth  are  flexible  and  long  and 
give  the  required  tension  for  holding 
the  stock  on  the  feed. 

Double  Saw  and  Chuck  Machine. 
Automatic  machines  can  be  used  for 
sawing  off  both  ends  and  chucking  or 
sizing  one  or  both  ends  of  chair  legs, 
chair  spindles,  stretchers,  etc.  The 
chucking  heads  and  saws  should  have 
protection  in  the  form  of  shields  cover- 
ing them  as  much  as  possible  or  by  suc- 
tion hoods. 

Rod  Machines.  The  two-side 
sticker  often  used  for  working  material 
into  flag  sticks,  dowels,  and  rods  of 


Courtesy  of  Michigan  Chair  Co. 

Fig.  263.     Heading  Machine  Guarded. 


Courtesy  of  Grand  Rapids  Show  Case  Co. 

Fig.   262.     Gang  Dovetailer  Guarded. 

various  kinds,  as  well  as  chair  spindles, 
should  have  its  cutter  heads  and  feed 
rolls  guarded  like  those  of  any  other 
sticker  (see  index). 

The  feed  rolls  and  cutters  of  the 
power-feed  rod  machine  used  for  turn- 
ing stretchers,  curtain  poles,  flag  sticks 
and  other  kinds  of  rods  should  be 
guarded.  It  is  well  also  to  have  a 
shield  over  the  pulley  and  belt  in  the 
center  of  the  machine. 

Carvers.  The  operators  of  these 
machines  should  work  with  sleeves 
'  short  or  rolled  up,  to  avoid  being  caught 
by  the  cutters.  Where  there  is  any 
length  of  spindle  exposed,  it  is  well  to 
enclose  it  in  a  sleeve  whenever  possible. 
Set  screws  in  collars  on  spindles  should 
always  be  of  the  headless  type. 

Heading  Machine.  The  machine 
for  heading  out  back  posts  for  chairs, 
with  its  one  horizontal  and  two  vertical 


160  WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 

saws,  should  have  wooden  block  guards  on  each  side  of  the  saws,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  263  (page  159).  These  are  so  arranged  that  they  leave  only  enough  open 
space  for  the  material  to  pass  through. 

Veneer  Cutter.  The  machine  used  for  cutting  veneer  to  size  can  be 
guarded  like  any  veneer  clipper,  as  already  described  in  this  chapter.  When 
not  so  guarded,  it  should  be  worked  with  great  care,  especially  when  one  man 
operates  the  knife  and  another  handles  the  material.  Even  if  equipped  with  a 
holding  bar,  fingers  are  apt  to  be  badly  pinched. 

Finishing  Room.  One  of  the  danger  spots  in  a  furniture  plant  is  the  room 
where  the  filling  is  rubbed  in.  The  filling  mixture  used  generally  contains 
naphtha,  which  makes  it  highly  explosive.  To  guard  against  fire,  discipline  and 
cleanliness  are  highly  important.  The  men  employed  there  should  be  in- 
structed how  to  handle  a  fire,  by  smothering  it,  and  sand  in  pails  or  paper  bags 
should  be  kept  within  easy  reach.  Only  a  small  amount  of  the  filling  mixture 
should  be  kept  in  a  pot  at  a  time,  and  the  pots  should  be  entirely  emptied  at 
the  end  of  the  day.  The  supply  of  naphtha  should  be  kept  in  an  outside  building, 
and  should  be  in  charge  of  a  competent  man.  It  is  best  to  use  electric  lights 
in  such  a  room.  When  gas  is  used,  a  pot  containing  mixture  should  never 
be  allowed  to  stand  under  a  gas  light.  Fire  has  been  known  to  originate  from 
a  burned  bug  dropping  from  a  lamp  into  a  pot  below.  To  avoid  the  danger  of 
fire  from  spontaneous  combustion,  the  rags  used  in  rubbing  in  the  filler  should 
be  very  carefully  handled.  Spontaneous  combustion  sometimes  occurs  within 
six  hours.  Discarded  rags  should  be  placed  at  once  in  a  metal  receptacle, 
which  should  be  taken  to  the  boiler  room  twice  a  day  and  its  contents  burned. 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmission, 
Etc. 


PATTERN  SHOP,  BOX 
FACTORY,  ETC. 

The  high  rank  of  the  pattern-maker  among  woodworking  mechanics  and 
the  widely  varying  sizes  and  shapes  of  material  worked  make  the  guarding 
of  machines  in  pattern  shops  unusually  difficult.  Patterns  are  largely  made  up 
of  small  pieces,  however,  and  guards  can  be  used  for  most  of  the  work.  As  for 
the  pattern-maker's  intolerance  of  guards,  it  can  be  impressed  upon  him  that 
they  imply  no  reflection  upon  his  skill. 

Two  rules  should  be  rigidly  enforced  in  pattern  shops,  one  that  each 
machine  shall  be  shut  down  as  soon  as  any  work  upon  it  is  completed,  and 
the  other  that  guards  shall 
be  used  whenever  possible 
and  shall  be  replaced  im- 
mediately after  completion  of 
any  work  for  which  they 
cannot  be  used. 

Pattern  Shop  Saws.  The 
universal  saw  bench  with 
two  arbors  is  the  hardest  to 
guard  of  all  pattern  shop 
machines.  Until  recently 
the  only  practical  protection 
was  a  hood  suspended  from 
above,  or  from  the  side  of 
the  table  if  it  did  not  tilt. 
The  Oliver  Machinery  Co., 
of  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  how- 
ever, has  worked  out  a  new 
method  of  guarding.  It  con- 
sists of  a  splitter  for  each  saw  and  a  light  hood  supported  by  an  arm  attached 
to  a  support  back  of  the  table.  The  hood  guard  is  adjustable,  to  take  care 
of  the  depth  of  cut  and  also  the  position  of  the  saw  either  backward  or  for- 
ward. The  splitters  are  adjustable  so  as  to  be  useful  whether  the  cut  is  deep 
or  not.  Fig.  264  shows  a  saw  in  its  highest  position,  and  Fig.  265  (page  162) 
shows  it  in  a  very  low  position. 

Where  the  hood  method  of  guarding  is  used,  the  hood  must  be  easily  and 
quickly  adjustable  and  so  arranged  that  it  can  be  thrown  out  of  the  way  when 
bulky  pieces  are  to  be  handled.  It  must  be  large  enough  to  cover  the  entire 
throat.  A  guard  of  the  suspended  type  is  shown  in  Fig.  266  (page  162),  which 
also  shows  a  fence  and  casing  for  the  belt  and  a  sign  requiring  replacement  of 


Courtesy  of  Olirer  Machinery  Co. 

Fig.  264.     Pattern-maker's  Saws  Guarded. 


162 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


the  guard.  Fig.  267  (page 
163)  shows  a  hood  held  over 
the  saw  by  a  strong  arm. 
This  arm  is  fastened  to  the 
table  by  a  hinge,  and  when  the 
guard  is  thrown  back  it  stands 
in  a  vertical  position.  Raising 
of  the  guard  is  effected  by  a 
foot  lever.  The  hood  is  made 
of  band  iron  with  side  pieces 
of  fiber.  It  has  a  roller  in  front 
and  at  the  rear  a  small  dog  to 
prevent  kicking.  The  saw  in 
which  the  arbor  raises  instead 
of  revolving,  or  the  table  is 
raised  and  lowered,  can  be 
guarded  by  a  hood. 

Where  frequent  changes 
of  saws  are  made  in  a  table, 


Courtesy  of  Oliver  Machinery  Co. 

Fig.  265.  Pattern-maker's  Saws  Guarded, 
from  rip  to  cut-off  and  from  one  size  to  another,  there  can  well  be  a  false  throat 
for  each  rip  saw,  equipped  with  a  splitter  and  a  light  hood  attachment.  When 
unwieldy  pieces  are  to  be  worked  or  other  work  done  for  which  a  guard  can- 
not be  used,  the  original  throat  plate  can  be  put  in. 

Buzz  Planer  or  Jointer.  This  machine  should  have  a  safety  cylinder 
head,  and  often  additional  guards  can  be  used,  such  as  the  automatic  ones 
referred  to  in  the  chapter  on  "  Jointers  or  Buzz  Planers."  If  a  big  piece  is  to 
be  worked  writh  such 
a  guard  on,  the  oper- 
ator can  loosen  up 
the  spring  or  land  the 
weight,  as  may  be 
necessary,  and  set 
the  guard  to  cover 
what  he  does  not 
need  of  the  knife  gap. 
A  guard  which  has 
been  found  practical 
for  a  great  deal  of 
work  is  shown  in 
Fig.  268  (page  163). 
The  sliding  wooden 
shield  (A)  is  counter- 
weighted  so  the  por- 
tion of  the  knife  not 

Courtesy  of  National  Tube  Co. 

used    is    covered  „.       «     TT     j  /^      jro 

Fig.  266.     Hood  Guard  for  Saws. 


PATTERN  SHOP,  BOX  FACTORY,  ETC. 


163 


automatically.  The  handle  (C)  may  be  used  for  adjusting  the  shield  for  small 
work,  while  the  foot-lever  (B)  is  used  when  the  operator  has  a  long  or  heavy 
board  requiring  both  hands  to  handle.  A  brass  shoe  (D)  on  the  shield  reduces 
friction.  The  picture 
shows  a  sign  forbid- 
ding the  jointing  on 
this  machine  of  any 
piece  containing  less 
than  one  square  foot 
of  lumber. 

Xo  one  should 
be  allowed  to  run  a 
buzz  planer  without 
full  instructions  as  to 
the  points  of  danger, 
and  an  operator 
should  carefully  note 
how  much  of  a  cut 
the  knives  are  set  for 
before  doing  any 


Courtesy  of  Illinois  Steel  Co. 

Fig.  267.    Pattern  Shop  Saw  Guard. 


kind  of  planing.  Short  pieces  should  not  be  run  over  the  machine.  A  sign 
should  be  put  in  plain  view  stating  the  minimum  size  of  piece  which  can  be 
run.  In  many  shops  12  inches  is  the  minimum  allowed.  If  a  short  piece  is 
forced  against  the  knives  when  they  are  set  to  take  a  large  chip,  the  piece  is 
apt  to  be  forced  back  from  the  operator's  grip  so  quickly  that  his  hands  drop 
instantly  on  the  knives  if  they  are  over  the  gap.  If  there  is  any  projecting 
knot  or  other  bulging  place  on  the  side  being  planed,  this  is  practically  sure 
to  happen. 

Universal  Wood- 
working      Machine. 

This  wood  milling 
machine,  which  does 
a  large  variety  of 
work  that  formerly 
required  a  number  of 
machines,  eliminates 
much  of  the  danger 
attaching  to  pattern 
work.  It  bears  the 
same  relation  to  pat- 
tern-making that 
highly  specialized 
machinery  does  to 
tool-making.  After 
the  work  has  been  placed  on  the  table  the  machine  can  be  operated  without 
the  workman  having  to  bring  his  hands  near  the  cutters. 


Courtesy  of  Xational  Tube  Co. 

Fig.  268.     Pattern  Shop  Jointer  Guard. 


164 


WOODWORKING  SAFEGUARDS 


Other  Machines.  The  other  machines  used  in  a  pattern  shop,  such  as 
band  saws,  shapers,  surfacers,  lathes  and  grinders,  should  be  guarded  as  sug- 
gested elsewhere  (see  index).  Direct  motor  drive  will  do  away  with  the  dif- 
ficulty of  guarding 
against  the  belting  dan- 
gers of  lathes.  Fig.  269 
shows  a  screen  to  protect 
workmen  against  flying 
pieces  from  a  neighbor- 
ing lathe.  Fig.  270  shows 
sheet  metal  guards  for 
the  belts  and  pulleys  of 
a  planer.  Fig.  271  (page 
165)  shows  shields  over 
gears,  discs  and  blades 
of  a  dowel  pin  machine 
used  in  a  pattern  shop. 


Courtesy  of  National  Tube  Co. 

Fig.  269.    Screen  for  Lathe. 


BOX  FACTORY. 

Rip  Saws.  Building 
up  box  shocks  by  edging 
them  on  a  rip  saw  is  dan- 
gerous work,  especially  when  short  stock  is  used.  Boys  should  never  be  al- 
lowed to  run  such  saws.  In  making  rough  boxes  the  saw  should  have  a  hood, 
in  addition  to  a  splitter,  coming  well  down  to  the  stock,  as  there  are  many 
knots  in  the  stock.  The  front  of  the  hood  can  be  of  mesh  on  top,  so  the  opera- 
tor can  see  the  cut.  An  iron  strip  can  hang  from  the  front  of  the  hood,  curved 
up  to  allow  easy  passage  of 
material.  Where  a  light  and 
narrow  hood  is  attached  to 
the  splitter,  a  board  can  be 
suspended  over  saw  and 
hood,  to  protect  the  opera- 
tor's eyes,  cut  out  in  the 
center  so  as  to  come  well 
down  toward  the  table  on 
each  side  of  the  saw.  This 
board  can  be  arranged  to 
swing  back  as  material  is 
pushed  through. 

Home-made  guarding  of 
a  rip  saw  with  splitter  and 
metal  hood  is  shown  in  Fig. 
272  (page  165).  In  Fig.  273  (page  166)  is  shown  a  guard  devised  to  meet  the 
requirement  of  a  clear  table  on  all  sides  of  a  saw  in  the  center.  The  reinforced 
mesh  guard,  pivoted  on  the  splitter  and  positioned  by  an  extra  pin,  allows 


Courtesy  of  Illinois  Steel  Co. 

Fig.  270.     Planer  Belts  and  Pulleys  Guarded. 


PATTERN   SHOP,  BOX  FACTORY,  ETC. 


165 


Courtesy  of  Tennessee  Coal  &  Iron  Co. 

Fig.  271.    Dowel   Pin   Machine   Guarded. 


every  part  of  the  saw  line  to  be  visible.     Fig.  274  (page  166)  shows  an  over- 
hung saw  equipped  with  a  splitter  and  with  reinforced  mesh  guards  for  both 
upper  and  lower  part  of  the  saw.    Clearance  is  given  for  a  stroke  of  3  feet  by 
the   sliding   feed   table.     The 
rear    support    of    the    upper 
guard  is  of  hard  wood  rein- 
forced with  sheet  metal. 

Whenever  possible,  for 
short  stock  anyway,  a  feeding 
apparatus,  such  as  that  shown 
in  Fig.  275  (page  166)  should 
be  used.  The  stock  is  held  on 
the  carriage  by  a  hand  clamp 
or  lever  with  a  band  spring  at 
the  back.  The  under  side  of 
the  lever  is  fitted  with  spikes 
or  a  small  tooth  plate  to  hold 
the  stock  firmly.  The  saw 
shown  has  also  a  splitter, 
which  should  always  be  used, 
and  a  board  guard  against  fly- 
backs with  a  pendant  flap.  A 
German  feeding  arrangement 
used  in  making  small  boxes  is  shown  in  Fig.  276  (page  167).  The  boards  are 
held  firmly  by  a  lever.  When  box  shocks  are  built  up  by  running  them 
through  a  self-feed  edger,  the  edger  rolls  should  be  protected  like  those  of 
any  self-feed  saw  (see  index).  In  many  box  factories  writh  saw  mill  con- 
nection box  boards  are  cut  on  regular  shingle  or  heading  machines.  These 

should  be  guarded  and  operated  as 
suggested  elsewhere  (see  index). 

Cut-off  Saws.  Cut-off  saws 
should  be  hooded,  and  equipped  with 
splitters  to  guard  the  off-bearer. 
When  a  carriage-fed  overhung  cut- 
off is  used,  the  spout  carrying  waste 
to  the  conveyor  should  be  brought 
up  close  to  the  saw  or  there  should 
be  a  partition  covering  the  side  of 
the  saw  to  below  the  bottom,  to  pro- 
tect the  operator  when  he  reaches 
into  the  spout  to  push  anything 
down.  The  operator  should  not  bring 
up  stock  to  the  carriage  as  he  pulls 
the  carriage  back  for  another  cut. 
When  saws  are  set  close  together  in  gangs  and  fed  by  a  hand  carriage, 
there  should  be  means  of  clamping  the  pieces  together  for  steady  feeding.  If 
they  have  to  be  held  by  hands  as  they  go  through,  there  is  much  risk  of  the 


Courtesy  of  J.  N.  Roberts  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.  272.    Guard  for  Rip  Saw. 


i66 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy    of  Remington    Type- 
writer Works. 

Fig.  273.     Mesh  Guard 
for  Saw. 


Works. 
Fig.  274. 


Overhung  Saw 
Guarded. 


hands  being  cut.  It  is  a  good  idea  to  cover  these  gangs  with  an  inverted  "  V  " 
trough.  Self-feed  gang  saws,  in  which  the  stock  is  carried  through  by  a  chain 
with  brackets,  are  much  safer  than  the  hand-feed  ones.  It  is  well  to  use  these 

always  for  heavy  work. 

Fig.  277  (page  167 
shows  guarding  of  a  com- 
bination trimmer  a  n  d 
edger  having  three  saws 
on  one  shaft.  The  over-  Courtesy  of  Remington 
hung  saws,  a  rip  and  a  cut- 
off, are  stationary  at 
either  end,  but  the  cut-off 
saw  in  the  middle  has  to  traverse  the  shaft  freely  for  a  distance  of  18  inches. 
Each  saw  is  guarded  both  above  and  below  by  reinforced  wire  mesh,  the  rip 
saw  has  a  splitter  behind  it,  and  the  pierced  fingers  projecting  in  front  of  the 
upper  guards  prevent  the  operators'  hands  holding  the  stock  on  the  feeding 
carriages  from  getting  into  the  saws. 

It  is  a  good  idea,  when  conditions  permit,  to  fence  off  cut-off  saws  placed 
in  a  row.  Off-bearer  boys  are  apt  to  fool  with  each  other,  increasing  the 
chance  of  their  being  injured.  Using  a  carrier  belt  to  take  away  sawn-off 
pieces  is  safer  than  employing  off-bearers. 

Other  Machines.  The  feed  rolls  of  the  self-feed  box  board  matcher  should 
be  guarded,  to  prevent  hands  being  caught,  by  the  split  pan  arrangement,  each 
half  of  the  guard  adjusting  itself  with  its  roll.  The  cutters  of  the  sizing  ma- 
chine used  in  making  small -boxes  should  be  covered  as  much  as  possible,  the 
guard  for  the  movable 
spindle  and  cutter  head 
being  attached  so  it  will 
move  with  them. 

A  special  combina- 
tion of  jointer  and  edger 
can  be  used  to  joint  one 
side  and  two  edges  of 
stock  for  lock  corner 
boxes,  which  is  apt  to  be- 
come badly  twisted  and 
warped  before  it  is  re- 
sawn.  The  pieces  are 
fed  by  a  chain  with  dogs 
on  it,  and  sectional  pres- 
sure feet,  with  spring 
hold-downs,  keep  the 
stock  true  on  the  rear 
table,  in  which  the  saw  is 
set.  Nailing  machines  should  have  all  gears  covered,  and  any  belts  and 
pulleys  used. 


Courtesy  of  Heywood  Bros.  &•  Wakeficld  Co. 

Fig.  275.     Feeding  Apparatus. 


PATTERN   SHOP,  BOX  FACTORY,  ETC. 


167 


The  safest  box  board  printing  presses  are  those  in  which  the  boards  are 
taken  by  the  machine  from  the  bottom  of  a  hopper.  When  a  cylinder  press 
is  used  to  which  boards  are  fed  one  at  a  time,  it  is  best  to  have  a  chain  trans- 
fer with  brackets  and 
a  long  table.  The 
gears  actuating  the 
cylinders  should  be 
encased,  and  the  big 
pulley  and  belt  at  the 
side  guarded.  A 
platen  press  should 
have  a  safety  device 
to  prevent  a  hand 
getting  caught  be- 
tween platen  and  bed. 
Other  machines  used 
in  a  box  factory,  such 
as  swing  saws,  band 


resaws,  sanders,  mor- 
tisers.  gang  dove- 
tailers,  etc.,  should  be 


Courtesy  of  American  Museum  of  Safety. 

Fig.  276.     Feeding  Apparatus. 


guarded  as  suggested  elsewhere  (see  index).  Fig.  278  (page  168)  shows  a 
horizontal  resaw,  used  in  a  box  factory,  with  wheel  boxings  which  act  also  as 
guards  for  the  wheel  pits,  and  with  a  blower  hood  (swung  back  in  the  picture) 
which  serves  as  a  protection  for  the  saw. 

General.  Waste  holes  should  be  double  railed  to  a  height  of  3  1-2  feet, 
or  hoppered  with  an  open  space  at  the  bottom  into  which  rubbish  may  be 
swept.  A  good  blower  system  is  especially  desirable.  W^hen  a  saw  is  not 
guarded  underneath  by  the  suction  pipes  of  such  a  system,  and  no  other  pro- 
tection is  furnished,  the  spout  leading  down  to  the  conveyor  should  be 
arranged  to  protect  all  of  the  saw  running  under  the  table.  Great  care  should 

be    used    in    piHng    boxes    to    a    height 
above  the  head. 

The  yard  requires  protection  similar 
to  that  suggested  for  a  saw  mill  yard  (see 
index).  Swinging  bridges,  or  lift  plat- 
forms, leading  from  one  building  to  an- 
other should  be  railed  on  both  sides  and 
each  entrance  to  a  bridge  should  be 
guarded.  This  can  be  automatically 
done  by  means  of  a  bar  raised  as  the 
bridge  is  lifted  up. 

Courtesy  of  Remington    Typewriter   Works.  Jhe    open    g^g    Qf    a    permanent    OUt- 

Fig.  277.  Trimmer  and  Edger  Guarded.  side  piatform  aiong  which  stock  is  taken 
on  a  conveyor  from  stock  room  to  factory  should  be  fenced.  Openings  left  at 
places  where  piling  of  stock  taken  from  the  conveyor  is  done  should  be  guarded 
when  not  in  actual  use  by  bars  hinged  at  one  end  and  fitting  into  sockets  at 
the  other. 


i68 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Ajherlcan  Thread  Co. 

Fig.  278.    Band  Resaw  Guarded. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

Woodenware.  The 
manufacture  of  wooden 
chopping  bowls,  ladles, 
other  kitchen  utensils, 
etc.,  involves  the  use  of 
a  number  of  machines 
common  to  many  wood- 
working plants,  such  as 
drag  saws,  bolter  saws, 
rip  saws,  cut-off  saws, 
band  saws,  buzz  plan- 
ers, sanders,  variety 
and  back  knife  lathes 
and  rounding  or  dowel 
machines  (see  index). 

The    bowl    lathe 


used  for  cutting  wooden  bowls  from  a  split  or  half  bolt,  which  has  a  stationary 
knife,  is  more  dangerous  to  others  in  the  room  than  to  the  operator,  whose 
working  position  is  alongside  the  machine  practically  out  of  the  range  of  fly- 
ing pieces.  To  prevent  anyone  being  injured  if  the  spinning  bolt  should  fly 
off  the  spindle  or  should  break  into  pieces,  as  well  as  by  flying  chips,  there 
should  be  a  substantial  guard  on  each 
side  of  such  a  lathe.  The  operator 
should  take  care  that  the  bolt  is  se- 
curely fastened  on  the  threaded 
spindle  and  that  the  machine  is  not 
speeded  too  high.  Fig.  279  shows  the 
type  of  screen  guard  often  used  to 
protect  employees  against  chips  flying 
from  a  variety  lathe. 

The  chief  dangers  of  the  round- 
ing or  dowel  machine,  through  which 
many  of  the  smaller  articles  are  put 
before  going  to  the  variety  lathe,  are 
found  in  the  gearing,  pulleys  and 
transmission,  which  should  be  well 
guarded.  Fig.  280  (page  169)  shows 
sheet  metal  guarding  of  the  gears.  In 
operating  this  machine  a  workman 
should  be  careful  not  to  feed  a  small 
piece  when  the  machine  is  set  for  a 
larger  one,  as  the  piece  is  then  apt  to 
be  thrown  out. 

Fig.    28l     (page    169)    Shows    a    la-      Courtesy  of  Chapman-Sargent  Co. 

dling  machine,  used  for  dishing  out  the        Fig.  279.    Screen  for  Variety  Lathe. 


PATTERN   SHOP,  BOX  FACTORY,  ETC. 


169 


inside  of  the  ladle,  with  a  guard  protecting  the  rear  side  and  top  of  the  knife. 
The  same  protection  should  be  ap- 
plied to  the  ladling  machine  which 
makes  the  back  of  the  ladle. 

A  similar  curving  shield  should 
be  employed  to  guard  the  cutters 
of  the  automatic  machine  for  cut- 
ting such  oval  wood  dishes  as  are 
used  for  holding  butter,  lard,  berries, 
etc.,  and  some  machines  come  fur- 
nished with  it. 

The  machine  used  for  finishing, 
or  making  a  square  bottom  on 
wooden  trays,  in  which  the  knives 
are  set  in  a  disk,  should  be  guarded 
at  the  back,  to  prevent  contact  with 
the  bolt  heads  there,  and,  whenever 
possible,  protection  should  be  given 
as  much  of  the  front  as  need  not  be 
left  exposed  for  doing  the  work.  The 
dauber,  which  finishes  the  inside  of 
the  tray,  should  be  fenced  in  except 
at  the  point  where  the  Avork  is  held 


Courtesy  of  Chapman-Sargent  Co. 

Fig.  280.     Rounding  Machine  Guarded. 


against  the  revolving  wheel  in  which  the  knives  are  set. 

Baskets.     Many  of  the  machines  used  in  the  manufacture  of  baskets,  such 

as  drag  saws,  rotary  veneer  cutters,  veneer  clippers  and  circular  and  band 

saws,  should  be  guarded  as  suggested 
elsewhere  (see  index).  Some  of  the 
machines  used  for  stapling  involve 
the  danger  of  the  operator  getting  a 
finger  pierced  by  a  staple  or  crushed 
by  the  staple  drive.  When  such 
danger  exists,  the  operator  having  to 
place  finger  or  thumb  quite  close  to 
the  stapling  point,  it  is  difficult  to 
provide  protection,  as  it  is  necessary 
for  the  operator  to  see  the  stapling 
point  in  doing  the  work.  For  some 
of  such  work  the  metallic  thimble 
used  in  connection  with  corner  stay- 
ing machines  in  paper  box  making 
might  advantageously  be  employed. 
For  making  one-piece  baskets  there 
are  automatic  machines  to  which  the 

Courtesy  of  Chapman-Sargent  Co.  •      r    j  r  11          j  •  1-1 

veneer  is  fed  from  a  roll  and  in  which 
Fig.  281.    Ladling  Machine  Guarded.  ,-  j     n   •     j          t      Ai_ 

stapling  and  all  is  done  by  the  ma- 
chine.    There  are  also  automatic  basket  strip   cutting  machines. 


170 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


The  bottom  machine,  for  making  the  rounded  end  for  the  bottom  of  a 
peach  basket,  should  have  its  revolving  disk  in  which  the  knives  are  set  cov- 
ered at  back,  on  top,  and  in  front  well  down  toward  the  stand  or  rest  on  which 
the  material  is  placed,  leaving  just  room  enough  for  the  cutting  to  be  done. 

Brushes.  The  saws,  planers,  shapers,  turning  lathes,  borers  and  other 
common  machines  found  in  a  brush  factory  should  be  guarded  as  suggested 
elsewhere  (see  index).  In  drilling  brush  handle  holes  it  is  well  to  use  some 
mechanical  arrangement  instead  of  pressing  the  wood  with  bare  hands  against 
the  boring  tool.  Such  arrangements  are  used  largely  in  Germany,  and  they 
have  reduced  the  number  of  accidents  in  this  work  very  materially. 

Spools  and  Bobbins.  The  circular  saws,  lathes  and  rounding  machines 
used  in  making  spools  and  bobbins  should  be  guarded  generally  as  suggested 
elsewhere  (see  index).  When  a  blower  system  is  used,  the  knives  of  the 

rounding  machine  can  be 
completely  covered  by  a 
hood.  Automatic  turning 
machines  for  spools  can  be 
used,  to  which  the  rounded 
pieces  are  fed  through  a  hop- 
per. 

Some  of  the  double 
spindle  bobbin  boring  and 
reaming  machines  should 
have  a  shield  alongside  of 
the  spindles  back  of  the 
hand  wheel  for  moving  the 
work  from  one  bit  to  the 
other.  The  bobbin  grooving 
machine,  for  cutting  grooves 
in  the  ends  of  bobbins,  should 
have  a  band  guard  over  the 

Courtesy  of  Dodge  Mfg.  Co. 

top  and  back  of  the  saw  at 
Fig.  282.     Rimming-out  Machine  Guarded.  ,,  ,        ,      ,,  ,. 

the     end     of     the     machine. 

Spool  and  bobbin  disc  dividing  saws  should  be  protected  by  a  hood  coming 
down  as  low  as  possible. 

Cross  Arms.  The  rounding  planer,  for  chamfering  or  rounding  tops  of 
cross-arms,  should  have  its  cutter  head  guarded  by  a  hood,  or  at  least  by  a 
curving  shield,  and  the  front  feed  roll  should  be  protected.  When  the  cutting 
heads  of  a  rounder  travel,  each  can  be  protected,  and  is  by  some  makers,  by 
a  shield  attached  to  its  framework. 

Wood  Pulleys.  One  of  the  potentially  dangerous  machines  used  in  mak- 
ing wood  pulleys  is  the  rimming-out  machine  for  facing  or  rimming  out  the 
inside  of  the  pulley.  The  fast-moving  traveling  arms  of  this  machine  have 
caused  many  very  serious  injuries  to  employees  passing  by.  The  plane  of 
rotation  of  these  arms  should  be  well  guarded  whenever  there  is  any  danger 
of  contact  with  them.  Fig.  282  shows  such  a  machine  guarded  by  a  wooden 


PATTERN   SHOP,  BOX   FACTORY,  ETC.  171 

boxing  and  by  a  table  which  prevents  anyone  walking  into  the  machine  while 
in  motion. 

Transmission,  Etc.  For  the  guarding  of  belts  and  pulleys  generally,  or 
other  driving  apparatus,  see  the  chapter  on  Power  Generation,  Transmission, 
Etc. 


POWER  GENERATION, 
TRANSMISSION,  ETC. 

BOILERS. 

Only  experienced  men  should  be  in  charge  of  boilers,  and  no  one  not 
employed  in  a  boiler  room  should  be  allowed  there.  In  every  boiler  room  an 
easily  readable  placard  containing  rules  for  boiler  tenders  should  be  hung  up 
in  a  conspicuous  place.  A  boiler  room  should  be  well  lighted,  especially  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  gauge  glass  and  the  steam  gauge.  The  room  should  be  kept 
well  cleaned  up,  all  material  being  kept  far  enough  away  so  as  not  to  prevent 

ready     access,     especially     to     the    

safety  apparatus.     During  working 

hours  the  exits  should  be  kept  free 

and  unlocked. 

Care.     The     most     important 

thing   in    taking   care    of    a    boiler 

with  a  view  to  its  safety  is  to  have 

it  examined   frequently  by   an   ex- 
pert boiler  inspector  and  to  follow 

his  directions  implicitly. 

The  wrater  column   should  be 

blown    out    and    the    gauge    cocks 

tried  the  first  thing  each  morning, 

to    determine    the    height    of    the 

water  in  the  boiler.     Fires  should 

never  be  started  or  unbanked  until 

this    is    done.      The    steam    gauge 

should  be  tested  by  opening  and 

closing  the  stop  cock  to  see  if  the 

hand  moves  freely,  the  safety  valve 

lifted     to     see     if     it     is     working 

properly,  and  the  feed  tried  to  see 
,  if  water  will  go  in.  All  valves 
should  be  opened  very  gradually.  To  make  sure  that  the  water  column  is 
kept  clear,  it  should  be  blown  out  by  opening  bleeder  valve,  for  a  few  seconds, 
several  times  daily.  In  addition  to  this  the  gauge  cocks  should  be  frequently 
used. 

In  case  of  low  water  the  fire  should  immediately  be  covered  with  wet 
ashes.  The  feed  should  not  be  turned  on  under  any  circumstances,  nor  the 
safety  valve  tampered  with  or  opened.  The  steam  outlets  should  remain  as 
they  are.  After  pressure  is  reduced  the  fire  should  be  drawn  and  the  boiler 


Courtesy   of  National 
Tube    Co. 

Fig.      283.        Gauge 
Glass  Cover. 


Courtesy   of  National 
Tube    Co. 

Fig.      284.        Gauge 

Glass    Cover,    Front 

Half   Removed. 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC. 


173 


Courtesy    of   Link-Belt    Co. 

Fig.    285.      Engine 


Flywheel    and    Crank    Guarded. 


cooled  off,  after  which  the  boiler  should  be  opened  up  and  examined  by  an 

expert. 

If  the  boiler  is  "  dead  "  and  has  to  be  fired  up,  this  should  be  done  grad- 
ually without  forcing 

the   fire,   to   prevent 

unusual  expansion  of 

the  boiler. 

The  steam  gauge 

should  be  compared 

with  the  safety  valve 

when     the     latter 

blows  off,  and  if  they 

do     not     agree     the 

trouble  should  be  lo- 
cated at  once. 

All     gauges, 

cocks,  etc.,  should  al- 
ways  be   kept  clean 

and    in    good    order. 

Automatic  valves  should  be  examined  sufficiently  often  to  assure  their  acting 

properly  in  such  emergencies  as  the  bursting  of  tubes. 

Generally  boilers  should  be  blown  down  two  gauges  once  or  twice  a  day. 

and  entirely  emptied  and  cleaned  and 
examined  once  a  week.  Internal  sur- 
faces should  be  kept  free  from  scale 
or  deposit. 

Every  boiler  should  be  provided 
with  a  fusible  plug,  the  inner  end  of 
which  should  be  kept  free  from  scale, 
and  it  is  advisable  to  have  a  high  and 
low  water  alarm.  These  should  be 
watched  carefully  and  the  latter 
tested  every  day. 

When  leaks  are  discovered,  they 
should  be  repaired  as  soon  as  possible. 
If  leaks  occur  at  longitudinal  seams, 
the  boiler  should  be  shut  down  im- 
mediately and  investigated.  No  leak 
should  be  calked  when  a  boiler  is 
under  pressure. 

Cold     water     should     never     be 
pumped  into  a  hot  boiler.     No  water 
should  be  allowed  to  come  in  contact 
with  the  exterior  of  a  boiler. 
If  there  are  two  gauge  glasses,  both  should  be  used  continuously.     The 

steam  gauge  should  be  tested  from  time  to  time  to  see  whether  the  indicator 

goes  back  to  zero  when  the  steam  is  shut  off. 


Courtesy    of   Illinois    Steel    Co. 

Fig.  286.     Manhole   Guard. 


174 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


When  the  steam  pressure  exceeds  the  amount  allowed,  on  account  of 
shutting  down  of  the  engine,  etc.,  water  should  be  run  into  the  boiler  and  the 
draft  diminished.  If  this  is  not  sufficient,  the  fire  should  be  partly  covered. 
Care  should  be  taken  that  the  steam  pressure  does  not  exceed  the  highest 
pressure  allowed. 

When  cutting  a  boiler  into  header,  the  pressure  should  be  equalized  as 
nearly  as  possible.  Then  the  by-pass  should  be  opened  first,  and  afterward 
the  main  valve.  If  there  is  no  by-pass,  the  header  valve  should  only  be  cracked 
open  until  the  pressures  are  perfectly  balanced,  then  opened  wide. 

Safety  Valve.  The  safety  valve  should  be  of  sufficient  size  to  handle  all 
the  steam  a  boiler  can  make.  There  should  be  no  valve  between  the  safety 
valve  and  the  boiler.  No  extra  weight  should  be  hung  on  a  lever  valve,  and 

the  tension  springs  in  pop  valves  should 
be  set  by  a  boiler  expert.  Safety  valves 
should  be  arranged  so  that  the  escap- 
ing steam  does  not  fill  the  boiler  room. 
Feed.  There  should  be  two  inde- 
pendent means  of  feeding  a  boiler.  All 
water  column  connections  to  a  boiler 
should  be  of  ample  size  and  kept  free 
from  scale  and  corrosion.  The  feed  line 
to  each  separate  boiler  should  be  pro- 
vided with  a  check  valve,  between  two 
stop  valves  so  that  the  check  valve 
can  be  taken  apart  and  examined. 

Blow-off.  Every  boiler  should 
have  a  bottom  blow-off  pipe,  and  a  sur- 
face blow-off  when  the  nature  of  the 
water  requires  it.  Blow-off  pipes 
should  be  of  extra  heavy  material, 
should  if  possible  be  equipped  with 
swing  or  expansion  joints,  and  the  dis- 
charge should  be  so  located  as  not  to 
involve  danger  to  passers-by.  Blow-off 
pipes  should  be  inspected  regularly  for  corrosion  inside  and  outside.  Blow-off 
valves  should  be  kept  tight.  When  boilers  are  blown  off  into  an  overflow 
tank  or  any  enclosed  tank  with  vent  and  overflow,  such  tank  should  be  built 
to  stand  boiler  pressure. 

Gauge  Glass.  Gauge  glasses  should  be  made  of  the  best  Scotch  glass 
and  the  glands  should  be  kept  in  line.  The  gauge  glass  should  fit  as  loosely 
as  possible  in  the  glands  to  allow  for  expansion,  and  the  water  column  valves 
should  be  perfectly  true  so  that  the  glass  in  expanding  will  not  bind  on  one- 
side.  No  gland  should  be  tightened  on  the  gauge  glass  without  the  watei 
column  first  being  shut  off.  In  turning  on,  steam  should  be  turned  on  first, 
and  water  next. 


Courtesy   of  International  Harvester  Co. 

Fig.    287.      Guard    for    Governor    Balls. 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC. 


The   gauge   glass   should   be   of   such   height   that   when   water   appears 
in  it  there  is  an  inch  of  water  over  the  front  end  of  tubes. 

Gauge  glasses  should  be  guarded 
by  slit  tubing  or  Mississippi  wire 
glass,  or  otherwise,  in  such  a  way  as 
not  to  prevent  ready  observation  of 
the  state  of  the  water.  \Yhen  insert- 
ing or  testing  a  water  gauge,  a  work- 
man should  wear  wrire  gauze  goggles 
to  protect  his  eyes. 

Runways,  Valves,  Etc.  Run- 
ways, properh'  railed  and  lighted, 
should  be  placed  on  boilers,  and 
should  lead  from  boiler  to  boiler. 
These  runways  should  provide  access 
to  all  valves,  etc.,  which  need  to  be 
regularly  used  and  inspected.  Prop- 
erly guarded  stairs  or  ladders  should 
give  access  to  these  runways.  If  pos- 
sible, main  stop  valves  should  be 
workable,  in  case  of  need,  by  hanging 
chains  or  from  an  adjoining  room. 

Sewers  or  hot-wells  for  steam  or 


Courtesy  of  International  Han-ester  d>. 

Fig.  288.     Metal  Hood  for  Line  Shaft 
Clutch. 


hot  water  should  be  covered  with  metal,  brick  or  cement,  never  with  plank- 
ing alone.  Pipe  lines  should  not  be 
laid  on  the  top  of  a  floor,  as  they  may 
cause  men  to  trip  over  them.  Steam 
and  hot  water  pipes  within  reach  of 
passageways,  etc.,  should  be  properly 
covered  to  avoid  burns. 

Boilers  and  steam  lines  should  be 
equipped  with  non-return  valves.  Two 
valves  should  always  be  provided  be- 
tween each  boiler  and  the  main 
header,  so  that  one  valve  may  be 
taken  apart  for  repairs  and  kept 
perfectly  tight  without  taking  steam 
oil  the  main.  It  is  well  to  drill  a  hole 
in  the  steam  gauge  case,  to  let  pos- 
sible leakage  out  and  prevent  ex- 
plosion. 


Courtesy    of   Fairbanks,    Morse    &    Co. 

Fig.  289.     Screen  Guard  for  Overhead 
Clutch. 


Cleaning.  A  workman  should 
never  go  into  a  boiler  before  closing 
main  stop,  blow-off  and  feed  valves 

and  attaching  to  each  of  them  a  sign  warning  everyone  not  to  move  it,  as 
there  is  a  man  in  the  boiler.     Xo  workman  should  open  a  valve  or  slide  to 


i76 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


which  such  a  sign  is  attached,  until  he  has  seen  that  no  one  is  in  the  boiler. 
In  plants  of  the  National  Tube  Co.  a  split  and  hinged  metal  case  painted  red 
is  slipped  over  the  header  valve  wheel  and  locked,  the  man  who  is  going  into 

the  boiler  taking  the  key  with  him.  It 
is  advisable  that  a  workman  should 
never  go  into  a  boiler  unless  there  is 
someone  outside  on  the  watch.  Two 
men  should  "  spell  off  "  in  cleaning  a 


Courtesy   of  Allen  Mfg.   Co. 

Fig.     290.       Allen     Safety 


boiler,  one  man  being  on  the  outside 
"Set  Screw.  to  assist  the  man  cleaning  in  case  of 

need. 

When  boilers  are  taken  off  for  cleaning,  the  main  stop 
valves  in  the  steam  connection  should  be  shut.  Dependence 
should  not  be  placed  on  automatic  quick  closing  valves  alone. 
In  entering  a  boiler  no  lighting  material  should  be  used  which 
is  easily  inflammable  at  higher  temperatures. 

Dutch  Ovens.  When  Dutch  ovens  are  used,  the  holes  in 
the  top  should  be  kept  covered,  preferably  with  a  hinged  cover 
counterweighted,  at  all  times  when  not  actually  in  use.  They 
should  have  pipe  railings  on  three  sides  whenever  the  method 
of  feeding  will  permit. 

WATER  WHEELS  AND  TURBINES. 

Protection  should  be  provided  at  head  gates  and  passageways  over  dams, 
raking  platforms  and  forebay. 

Where  flash  boards  are  used  on  a  dam  and  have  to  be  removed  at  high 
water,  on  account  of  there  being  no  overflow  gate,  a  bridge  should  be  built 
over  the  dam  and  a  railing  provided  on  both  sides.  The  flash  boards  should  be 
taken  up  through  the  platform  of  the  bridge  and  covers  should  be  provided 
for  the  openings  in  the  platform  through  which  the  flash  boards  are  passed. 
The  dam  construction  in  all  cases  should  be  so  that  flash  boards  from  six  to 
eight  feet  long  can  be  used.  Where 
flash  boards  have  to  be  replaced  oc- 
casionally, especially  at  high  water, 
they  should  never  be  over  eight  feet 
long.  If  longer,  a  control  or  overflow 
gate  should  be  provided  so  that 
workmen  will  not  have  to  handle 
flash  boards  under  high  water.  A 
railing,  preferably  of  iron,  should  be 
provided  around  the  headgate,  and 
also  on  any  passageways  along  the 
forebay. 

On  the  raking  platforms  where  racks  are  raked  or  cleaned  a  railing  should 
be  provided  the  entire  length.  The  uprights  or  supports  for  this  railing  should 
extend  outward  from  the  face  of  platform  at  an  angle  of  about  sixty  degrees, 


Courtesy  of  Murchie  Iron   Collar  Co. 

Fig.    291.      Safety    Clamp    Collar. 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC, 


177 


and  should  be  three  feet  high,  and  placed  some  eight  or  ten  feet  apart.  They 
should  be  fastened  very  rigidly  and  a  substantial  railing  placed  on  them,  allow- 
ing a  good  margin  for  safety  should  anyone  fall  over  on  the  railing  or  take 
hold  of  it  for  protection.  If  the  railing  is  placed  in  this  position,  it  will  not 
interfere  with  the  rackman  raking  the  racks.  He  can  place  his  rake  under  the 
rail  and  it  will  allow  him  to  pull  the  rake  up  in  a  vertical  position,  so  as  to 
remove  the  waste.  If  the  uprights  are  placed  some  eight  or  ten  feet  apart,  it 
allows  space  enough  to  remove  logs  under  all  ordinary  conditions. 

Water  Wheels.  A  water  wheel  should  be  wholly  fenced  in,  whether 
the  wheel  is  in  a  house  or  out  in  the  open.  An  iron  railing  or  a  strong  picket 
fence,  at  least  3  1-2  feet  high,  is  the  best  protection.  If  a  railing  is  used,  there 
should  be  double  rails.  A  pas- 
sage leading  to  an  outside  bearing 
should  be  double  hand-railed, 
well  clear  of  the  rim,  spokes  and 
hub  of  the  wheel.  All  wooden 
walks  and  runways  out  over  a 
dam  and  around  a  wheel  should 
be  cleated,  to  prevent  slipping  on 
them  when  wet  by  spray.  Walks 
and  runways  should  be  double 
hand-railed.  Clutch  connections, 
shafts  and  gearing  should  be 
covered.  All  connections  to  oil 
bearings  should  be  equipped 
with  an  extended  pipe,  so  the 
oiler  can  work  in  safety. 

Turbines.  The  bevel  gears 
above  and  the  top  of  the  shaft 
should  be  wrell  guarded.  A  hous- 
ing of  slatted  wood  or  heavy 


Courtesy    of   B.    F.    Goodrich    Co. 

Fig.   292.     Guard  for  Floor  Countershafts,  Etc. 


wire  mesh,  with  facilities  for 
opening  at  oiling  points,  is  pref- 
erable to  even  the  heaviest  failings.  Platforms  or  runways  over  pits  or  pen- 
stocks should  be  protected  on  both  sides,  as  they  are  nearly  always  wet.  When 
an  electric  generator  is  direct  driven  by  a  turbine,  the  flywheel  should  be 
fenced  around. 

ENGINES. 

No  one  but  a  competent  engineer  should  be  allowed  to  run  an  engine. 
Persons  not  employed  in  the  engine  room  should  not  be  allowed  in  it.  Engine 
rooms  should  be  well  lighted  and  kept  clean.  Parts  of  the  floor  most  used 
should  be  covered  with  rubber  mats  or  other  arrangements  for  assuring  a 
firm  footing. 

An  engine  should  be  equipped  with  an  efficient  governor,  with  an  approved 
automatic  speed  limit  stop  which  should  be  kept  in  the  best  of  condition, 
and  with  buttons  in  the  engine  room  and  throughout  the  mill  by  which  the 


I78 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


engine  can  be  shut  down  from  different  points  in  case  of  need.  This  button 
system  should  be  tested  at  least  once  a  week.  In  some  plants  the  engine  is 
shut  down  daily  by  means  of  the  button  system.  So  far  as  possible,  engines 

should  be  provided 
with  automatic  lubri- 
cating devices. 

Care.  A  factory 
engine  should  never 
be  started  or  stopped 
without  first  blowing 
a  warning  wrhistle 
audible  all  over  the 
mill.  Safety  devices 
on  the  engine  should 
be  examined  daily  to 
see  that  they  work 
properly.  All  belts, 
pins,  and  cams  should 
be  examined  daily 

Courtesy    of   International    Harvester    Co.  for  defects<     Cleaning 

Fig.  293-     Screen  for  Belts  and  Pulleys.  of  moving  parts  of  an 

engine  should  be  done  only  when  it  is  standing  still. 

When  men  work  on  line  shafts 
or  anything  directly  connected  with 
the  engine,  the  man  in  charge  should 
first  hang  a  sign  on  the  throttle-valve 
wheel,  and  the  engine  should  not  be 
started  until  this  man  has  himself  re- 
moved the  sign.  When  men  are  so 
working  at  times  when  the  engine  is 
shut  down,  the  engine  should  not  be 
started  up  until  notice  has  been  re- 
ceived from  these  men,  and  then  only 
after  blowing  the  warning  whistle. 

Fencings.  The  flywheel  should 
be  guarded  with  a  plate  or  mesh 
screen  or  an  iron  picket  fence  coming 
down  to  the  floor,  or  with  a  double 
pipe  railing  with  a  toe  board  at  the 
floor  level  extending  up  at  least  6 
inches.  If  possible,  this  fencing 
should  be  at  least  15  inches  from  the 
wheel  or  belt,  when  it  need  not  necessarily  be  higher  than  3  1-2  feet.  If  it 
has  to  be  set  close  for  lack  of  space,  it  should  be  at  least  6  feet  high,  and  if 
of  piping  should  be  filled  in  with  wire  mesh. 


Courtesy   of  Paine   Lumber  Co.   Ltd. 
Fig.  294.     Slat  Belt  and  Pulley   Guards. 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC.  179 

The  connecting  rod,  cross-head,  crank-pit  and  crank  shaft  in  many  cases 
require  similar  fencing  to  a  height  of  at  least  3  1-2  feet.  When  the  drive  belt 
or  ropes  are  within  7  feet  of  the  floor,  they  should  be  guarded.  If  such  a  belt 
runs  partially  under  the  floor,  its  entire  run  should  be  covered  with  sound 
flooring.  Flywheels  of  air  pumps,  air  compressors,  lighting  engines  and 
auxiliary  engines  should  be  fenced. 

All  railings  or  other  fencings  should  if  possible  be  far  enough  away  from 
moving  parts  to  prevent  accidental  contact,  but  not  so  far  away  as  to  give 
room  for  a  passageway  inside  them.  No  tools,  clothing,  or  other  articles 
should  be  kept  within  fencings.  Every  floor  opening  should  be  railed  off, 
with  a  toe  board  at  the  floor,  or  have  some  suitable  trap  door,  such  as  is 
shown  in  Fig.  286  (page  173).  All  entrances  to  floor  depressions  should  be 
on  an  incline,  and  the  other  sides  of  the  depressions  railed. 

Governor.  The  governor  should  be  kept  clean  and  examined  daily  to  see 
that  its  mechanism  is  in 
proper  working  order. 
If  the  governor  is  belt- 
driven,  the  belt  should 
always  be  an  endless  one, 
never  made  up  of  several 
pieces.  The  belt  should 
run  on  well-flanged  pul- 
leys, or  have  a  belt  guide. 
It  should  be  strong,  se- 
curely fastened,  and  kept 
in  good  shape,  so  it  will 
not  slip.  An  oil-soaked 
belt  should  never  be  al- 
lowed to  run  a  governor. 
Bel  t-d  riven  governors 

Should      always      be     Courtesy  of  National  Tube  Co. 

equipped     with     broken  Fig.  295.    Line  Shaft  Motor  Drive  Guards. 

belt  stops. 

The  keys  and  screws  securing  the  gears  of  a  gear-driven  governor  should 
be  examined  frequently  to  avoid  any  chance  of  slipping.  To  assure  governor 
pulleys  or  gears  being  tight  on  the  shaft  they  should  be  fastened  with  a  set 
screw  as  well  as  a  key.  Governor  gears  should  be  guarded  at  the  meshing 
point,  if  not  wholly  covered. 

On  fly-ball  governors  the  stop  pin  should  always  release  automatically 
from  the  governor  as  soon  as  the  engine  has  come  up  to  speed.  An  automatic 
device  can  easily  be  installed  to  assure  the  removal  of  this  pin.  One  way  is 
to  hinge  the  stop  pin  at  the  bottom  to  the  governor  frame  so  it  will  drop  by 
gravity  as  soon  as  the  pressure  of  the  governor  shaft  on  it  is  removed.  The 
safety  cams  should  never  be  removed  or  set  back  or  the  governor  blocked. 

If  the  governor  balls  are  located  near  a  passageway  or  so  that  close 
approach  to  them  is  necessary,  they  should  run  inside  of  a  hemispherical  metal 
or  wire  mesh  cup,  or  be  encircled  by  a  metal  strip  or  rod.  as  shown  in  Fig. 
287  (page  174). 


i8o 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Flywheels.  A  flywheel  should  be  inspected  daily  to  see  that  its  bolts  and 
keys  are  tight.  It  should  also  be  examined  frequently  for  cracks,  and  many 
consider  a  hammer  test  advisable  at  regular  intervals.  Flywheels  should  be 
kept  clean.  A  flywheel  should  be  kept  running  true,  as  running  out  of  true  will 
tend  to  crystallize  the  shaft,  which  then  may  break  at  any  time.  The  shaft  for 
a  flywheel  should  always  be  of  ample  diameter  and  strength.  Otherwise 
the  wheel  will  twist  the  shaft  and  run  out  of  true. 

To  prevent  a  flywheel  breaking  from  overspeeding  it,  it  should  be 
examined  periodically  by  a  flywheel  expert,  who  should  after  each  examination 
furnish  a  written  statement  of  the  speed  within  which  the  engine  can  be  run 
to  allow  sufficient  factor  of  safety  for  the  flywheel.  This  statement  should 

be  posted  up  in  the  engine  room  where 
the  engineer  will  be  sure  to  see  it  in 
the  course  of  his  daily  work. 

Runways,  Stairways,  Etc.  Run- 
ways or  stairs  or  ladders  should  be 
provided  by  which  to  reach  valves. 
Stairs  or  ladders  giving  access  to 
emergency  valves  should  always  be 
stationary.  Preferably  emergency 
valves  should  be  arranged  so  that  they 
can  be  worked  from  below  by  means  of 
a  chain  hanging  down.  Where  an  oiler 
goes  on  top  of  the  engine  or  bearings, 
iron  stairs  should  be  provided,  with 
suitable  railings. 

All  elevated  platforms  and  walks 
should  be  provided  with  double  hand- 
rails and  toe  boards,  both  on  the  out- 
side and  on  the  side  toward   moving 
parts.     Railed  stairways  or  stationary 
iron    ladders    should    lead    to    them. 
Fig.  296.     Guard  for  Belt  Coming          Stairs  should  not  be  built  at  a  sharper 
Through   Floor.  angle  than  50  degrees,  beyond  which 

only  ladders  should  be  used.     Ladders  should  always  be  made  of  iron,  and 
stationary. 

Gears,  Keys,  Shafts,  Etc.  Any  gears  about  the  engine,  or  elsewhere  in  the 
engine  room,  should  be  wholly  covered  if  possible.  Keys  should  not  be 
allowed  to  project  from  hubs  of  small  flywheels  where  no  outboard  bearing 
is  used,  as  on  some  lighting  and  auxiliary  engines.  All  shafts  to  which  close 
approach  is  necessary  should  be  tubed,  railed  or  otherwise  guarded.  A  pro- 
jecting tail  rod  should  be  wholly  enclosed  in  a  stationary  casing. 

Steam  pipes  and  cylinders  subject  to  outside  contact  should  be  covered 
with  non-conducting  material  or  otherwise  properly  guarded.  Sewers  or  catch 
basins  for  steam  or  hot  water  should  be  covered  with  metal,  brick  or  cement, 
never  only  with  planking.  Exhaust  pipes  should  always  discharge  into  exhaust 
pits  with  metal  covers,  or  well  over  the  roof,  unless  carried  to  points  where  the 
exhaust  steam  is  put  to  use. 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC. 


181 


Other  Safety  Devices.  Suitable  means  should  be  provided  for  turning 
the  engine  off  center,  when  necessary,  without  danger  to  employees.  Con- 
densing engine  safety  devices  for  shutting  off  steam  in  case  the  engine  begins 
to  "  race  "  should  be  such  that  they  will  also  break  the  vacuum  at  the  same 
time. 

There  should  be  a  steam  gauge  in  the  engine  room  showing  the  pressure 
on  the  boilers  in  use.  There  should  be  a  steam  separator  on  engine  supply 
pipes,  placed  as  close  as  possible  to  the  throttle.  Separators,  steam-reservoirs, 
and  drop-legs  should  be  provided  with  gauge  glasses.  A  drain  pipe  should 
lead  from  all  low  places  in  steam  line,  separators,  water-legs,  etc.,  to  a  trap. 

SHAFTING. 

The  ideal  system  of  transmitting 
power  is  motor  drive,  preferably  by  an 
individual  motor  for  each  machine  in  a 
plant.  When  line  shafting  is  used,  one 
line  should  drive  machines  on  two  floors 
wherever  possible.  Power  should  be 
transmitted  independently  to  each  line 
of  shafting  on  different  floors,  and 
clutches  should  be  provided  so  one  shaft 
may  be  cut  out  without  interfering  with 
others.  Means  of  ready  communication 
with  the  prime  mover  room  should  be 
provided  in  each  room  of  a  factory,  and 
it  is  advisable  also  to  have  there  means 
of  immediately  shutting  down  the  prime 
mover.  Plenty  of  bearing  surface  should 
be  provided  for  a  shaft  to  run  in.  Hang- 
ers should  be  numerous  and  strong,  and 
should  be  examined  often  to  see  they  are 
secure.  A  realignment  of  shafting  and  Courtesy  of  Hutu-eiker  &  BHggs  Co. 
bearings  should  be  made  at  least  once  a  Fig-  297-  Guard  for  Motor  Belt  near 
year.  Shafting  should  be  kept  clean. 

Guarding.  High  overhead  shafting  should  be  protected,  for  a  sufficient 
distance  on  either  side  of  points  which  may  have  to  be  approached,  by  means 
of  metal  tubes,  U-  or  Y-shaped  metal  or  wood  shields  supported  from  ceiling 
or  wall,  or  other  effective  device,  or  a  service  platform  should  be  provided, 
railed  and  toe-boarded  on  both  sides.  Elevated  shafting  within  reach  from  the 
floor  should  have  a  U-  or  Y-shaped  trough  of  metal  or  wood  beneath  it,  or 
other  efficient  protection.  Shafting  near  the  floor  should  be  entirely  encased 
or  guarded  by  fencings,  with  doors  or  flaps  for  access  at  necessary  points. 
AYhen  such  shafting  cannot  be  entirely  enclosed,  railings  should  prevent  people 
approaching  it  except  at  points  where  safe  passageways  are  provided.  Vertical 
shafts  should  be  surrounded  by  metal,  wire  mesh  or  wood  casings  to  a  height 
of  6  or  7  feet.  Drive  shafts  of  live  rolls  or  roller  tables  should  be  guarded  by 
hinged  metal  covers  over  the  top  and  by  hinged  aprons  of  metal  or  wire 
screen  extending  down  from  the  top  covers  over  the  shafts. 


i82 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Couplings,  Gears,  Clutches,  Etc.  All  couplings  should  be  of  safety  type 
or  be  covered.  Spur,  bevel,  or  other  gears  should  be  covered.  Safety  collars 
or  headless  set  screws  should  be  used,  or  projecting  set  screws  guarded.  Keys 
should  be  covered  or  cut  off,  key-ways  covered,  and  projecting  shaft  ends  cut 
off  or  encased  in  a  stationary  cover.  Friction  clutches  should  be  guarded.  A 
metal  hood  for  a  clutch  is  shown  in  Fig.  288  (page  175),  and  a  screen  guard 
in  Fig.  289  (page  175). 

Oiling,  Etc.  An  automatic  system  should  be  used,  wherever  possible,  for 
oiling  overhead  bearings,  or  the  oiling  should  be  done  from  the  floor  above  by 
means  of  small  pipes,  or  the  oiling  should  be  done  when  the  shafting  is  not  in 
motion.  Where  oiling  is  not  done  thus,  and  there  is  no  service  platform,  oilers 
should  use  safety  ladders.  Even  with  a  service  platform,  the  oiling  can  well 

be  done  through  metal  pipes  extend- 
ing out  from  the  bearings.  One  ex- 
perienced man  specially  charged  with 
the  duty  should  do  all  oiling,  and  he 
should  wear  tight-fitting  clothing  and 
should  use  oil  cans  with  long  enough 
stems  to  keep  his  hands  out  of  danger. 
There  are  safety  cans  through  which 
the  oil  is  forced  by  pressing  a  button, 
and  which  can  be  provided  with  as 
long  a  spout  as  necessary,  so  a  man 
can  stand  on  the  floor  and  oil  overhead 
bearings  which  are  not  too  high  up. 

Work  on  Shafting.  It  is  best  not 
to  place  a  ladder  against  shafting  in 
motion  on  which  oiling  or  other  work 
has  to  be  done,  but  when  this  cannot  be 
avoided  the  ladder  can  well  have  hooks 
at  its  upper  end  to  hold  it  on  the  shaft. 
It  should  also  have  sharp  steel  points, 
or  other  means  of  preventing  slipping, 
at  the  bottom,  and  should  be  built 
wider  at  bottom  than  at  top.  It  is 
dangerous  to  place  a  ladder  against 
a  wall  close  to  line  shafting  in  motion,  as  a  man  working  in  a  cramped  position 
between  shafting  and  wall  is  especially  exposed  to  danger. 

When  a  man  is  going  to  do  work  on  line  shafting  which  is  shut  down, 
he  should  always  hang  a  danger  sign  on  the  throttle  of  the  engine  or  the  con- 
troller of  the  motor  or  the  lever  of  the  friction  clutch  or  pulley.  On  motor 
driven  shafting  it  is  well  to  have  a  safety  switch  at  the  top  of  the  means  of 
approach  to  the  shafting,  which  can  be  opened  by  anyone  working  on  the  shaft. 

COUPLINGS,  COLLARS,  SET  SCREWS. 

Couplings.  Safety  couplings  requiring  no  bolts  or  keys  should  be  used, 
or  couplings  should  be  so  made  or  guarded  that  no  projecting  bolt  heads  and 


Courtesy  of  International  Harvester  Co. 

Fig.    298.     Guard    for    Overhead    Hori- 
zontal Belt. 


POWER   GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC. 


183 


nuts  or  key- ways  are  left  exposed.  Good  styles  of  couplings  are  made  either 
with  a  thickened  flange  in  which  the  bolts  are  countersunk  or  with  a  rim 
flange  beyond  which  the  fastenings  need  not  project.  With  each  of  these 
care  should  be  taken  to  keep  the  bolt  heads  below  the  flanges.  It  is  well  also 
to  enclose  the  sides  with  metal  disks.  When  couplings  are  near  the  floor  or  a 
wall,  it  is  a  good  idea  to  have  them  entirely  enclosed  or  protected  with  shields. 

Collars.  The  projecting  set  screw  should  be  eliminated  from  all  collars, 
wherever  situated.  One  of  the  best  methods  is  to  countersink  the 
screws,  or  use  a  collar  with  safety  flanges  high  enough  to  keep 
the  head  of  a  screw  from  protruding  beyond  them.  A  protrud- 
ing head  can  be  guarded  by  a  rubber  protector  fitting  over  it,  by  a  wooden 
collar  with  a  hole  in  it  for  the  head,  by  a  metal  plate  shaped  to  fit  over  the 
screw  and  sprung  around  the  shaft,  or  by  leather  or  rubber  belting  wound 
around  the  collar,  the  screw  extending  through  a  hole  in  the  belting  at  each 
turn  until  belting  and  screw  are  flush.  Headless  set  screws  are  now  made 
which  thorough  tests  have 
proved  to  be  practical,  and 
flat-headed  screws,  slotted 
for  a  screw-driver,  are  some- 
times used  for  certain  kinds 
of  work.  There  are  also 
safety  collars  which  clamp  a 
shaft  without  the  aid  of  set 
screws. 

In  saw  mills  set  screws 
in  collars  are  often  protected 
by  nailing  a  2  x  4  strip  of 
wood  to  a  timber  below  or 
at  the  side  of  the  collar  and 
fastening  to  it  a  metal  band 
about  four  inches  wide 
curved  over  the  screw.  When 
it  is  necessarv  to  get  at  the 


Courtesy  of  International  Han-ester  Co. 

Fig.    299.     Planer    Belt 


Guards. 


screw  the  strip  can  be  quickly  pulled  loose  and  slid  along  the  shaft  out  of  the 
way.  A  couple  of  taps  with  a  hammer  will  put  the  guard  back  in  place. 

Set  Screws.  The  revolving  set  screw  is  dangerous  elsewhere  as  well  as 
on  a  shaft,  and  all  set  screws  on  revolving  parts  of  machines  should  be  of 
safety  type,  countersunk,  or  guarded.  Machine  spindles  and  chucks  can  easily 
be  made  to  hold  tools  without  set  screws,  and  often  the  headless  or  slotted 
head  screw  can  be  used  on  them.  When  a  protruding  screw  is  used,  it  should 
be  guarded  as  suggested  above. 

Key-ways.     Open  key-ways  should  always  be  covered. 

BELTS  AND  PULLEYS. 

As  woodworking  machinery  is  necessarily  driven  at  a  very  high  rate  of 
speed,  belts  and  pulleys  require  special  attention  in  the  matter  of  efficient 
guarding  as  well  as  those  of  equipment  and  care. 


1 84 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Guarding.  All  pulleys  and  belts  of  woodworking  machines  need  good 
guarding,  because  of  their  great  speed,  the  tendency  of  floors  about  them  to  be 
slippery,  and  the  frequent  crowded  conditions  due  to  machines  setting  close 
together  or  material  filling  up  space  that  otherwise  would  be  open. 

Floor  countershafts  and  the  belts  running  from  them  to  machines  should 
be  fenced  off.  Belts  coming  down  from  overhead  shafting  should  be  encased 
up  to  a  height  of  7  feet  from  the  floor.  Belts  running  in  a  slanting  direction 
can  be  guarded  by  a  channel  or  trough,  in  which  the  lower  part  of  the  belt 
runs.  The  upper  part  of  such  a  belt  can  be  protected  to  a  sufficient  height, 
when  necessary,  by  an  inverted  channel.  Belts  running  through  a  floor 

should  be  encased  above  the  floor  to  a 
height  of  at  least  7  feet.  If  the  belt  is 
not  otherwise  protected  below  the  floor, 
it  is  a  good  plan  to  have  a  curved  board 
or  metal  guard,  somewhat  wider  than 
the  pulley,  encircle  the  pulley  and  ex- 
tend on  the  outer  sides  of  the  belt  to 
fastenings  on  the  ceiling.  All  belt  holes 
in  floors  should  be  guarded,  to  prevent 
workmen  stepping  through  them  or 
tools  and  material  falling  through  and 
being  caught  and  thrown.  Belts  should 

»|    not  lead  to  machines  on  an  angle  when 
•  •  this  can  be  avoided,  whether  coming  up 

from  below  or  down  from  above.  Such 
belts  are  especially  dangerous  when  un- 
guarded, and  guarding  them  takes  up 
much  space. 

Belts  running  wholly  or  partially 
lower  than  7  feet  above  the  floor  should 
be  boxed  in  or  railed  off,  preferably  by 
wire  screening.  All  very  low  running 
belts  should  be  boxed  in  or  fenced  off, 
and  at  necessary  points  passageways 
over  them  should  be  provided,  equipped 
with  double  hand-rails  and  toe  boards. 
When  a  low-lying  belt  has  board  guards  placed  vertically  along  each  side,  as 
is  sometimes  done,  the  boards  should  be  wide  enough  to  allow  for  sagging. 
When  a  belt  runs  horizontally  at  a  height  greater  than  7  feet  above  the  floor, 
the  under  part  should  run  in  a  channel,  preferably  of  wire  mesh,  supported 
from  the  ceiling  and  extended  at  each  end  up  to  above  the  pulley,  or  a  screen 
or  flat  board  should  be  placed  beneath  it. 

All  low  running  pulleys  should  be  completely  housed  and  other  pulleys 
near  points  which  ever  require  to  be  approached  should  be  fenced.  If  not 
housed  or  fenced,  and  of  the  spoke  variety,  the  spokes  should  be  covered  with 
a  metal  or  wooden  disk.  This  disk  should  be  easily  detachable  to  facilitate 
frequent  examination  of  the  pulley  for  broken  spokes  or  cracks.  All  friction 
clutch  pulleys  should  be  guarded.  They  can  well  be  enclosed  in  metal  or 
mesh  casings. 


Courtesy    of    International    Harvester    Co. 

Fig.  300.     Guard  on  Boring  Machine. 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC. 


185 


Owing  to  the  fire  hazard,  guards  of  wire  mesh,  expanded  metal  or 
wooden  slats  are  preferable  to  solid  housings,  as  they  tend  to  prevent  the 
accumulation  of  dust  and  dirt  and  other  inflammable  material.  For  the  same 
reason  it  is  usually  desirable  that  guards  around  floor  countershafting,  etc., 
do  not  extend  quite  down  to  the  floor,  so  that  stuff  accumulating  at  the  bot- 
tom can  easily  be  swept  out.  Where  the  belt  or  countershaft  mechanism 
is  so  situated,  however,  that  a  stray  piece  of  waste  stock  or  other  material 
might  get  into  it,  the  guard  can  well  extend  close  to  the  floor,  having  a 
hinged  section  for  clearing  out  accumulated  rubbish  and  for  access  for  lubri- 
cation, etc. 

Belt  Shifters,  Etc.,  Every  machine  not  direct  driven  by  an  individual- 
motor  should  have  a  loose 
pulley  and  a  belt  shifter,  or 
a  clutch.  A  machine  direct 
driven  by  motor  should  have 
its  switch  within  easy  reach 
of  its  operator. 

A  belt  shifter  should  be 
permanent  and  within  easy 
reach  of  the  operator,  and 
whenever  possible  it  should 
be  so  designed  that  it  can- 
not rest  at  any  intermediate 
place  between  having  the  belt 
entirely  on  the  loose  pulley 
or  absolutely  to  the  extreme 
limit  away  from  it.  The 
shifter  sometimes  may  well 
be  equipped  with  an  efficient 
device  for  locking  the  belt  on 
the  loose  pulley  only.  A 
home-made  shifter  is  often  in 
such  a  position  that  anyone 
coming  near  it  can  easily 
move  it  one  way  or  the  other. 

Where  no  lock  or  balance  weight  is  used,  a  man  shifting  a  belt  from 
tight  pulley  to  loose  should  be  careful  to  see  that  the  belt  is  well  home  on  the 
loose  pulley,  so  that  it  wrill  not  slip  back  and  start  the  machine.  Creeping  of 
a  belt  from  loose  pulley  back  to  tight  is  sometimes  prevented  by  having  the 
loose  pulley  run  on  a  sleeve  not  revolving  with  the  shaft  or  spindle,  collars 
on  the  sleeve  preventing  end  motion  of  the  loose  pulley  toward  the  tight  one. 
Sometimes  a  tight  pulley  is  made  a  little  larger  than  the  loose  one,  with  a  slight 
bevel  edge  on  it.  All  loose  pulleys  should  be  well  lubricated. 

When  a  belt  persists  in  slipping  from  one  pulley  to  another,  it  is  best  to 
go  to  the  root  of  the  trouble,  lining  up  the  overhead  rigging,  leveling  the  ma- 
chine and  squaring  up  the  pulleys,  and  seeing  that  the  belt  is  not  strained  to 


Courtesy  of  Tennessee  Coal  &  Iron  Co. 

Fig.  301.     Planer  Gears  and  Belts   Guarded. 


i86 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


death  nor  pulled  out  of  shape.    If  the  belt  is  flexible,  will  stay  straight  on  the 

floor  when  laid  out  free  from  a  load,  and  is  square  at  the  butt  and  properly 

spliced,  it  can  be  depended  upon. 

A  belt  shifter  should  be  used  with  cone  pulleys,  as  well  as  the  ordinary 

kind.     There  are  cone  pulley  shifters  which  are  practicable  for  most  kinds 

of  work. 

Care  of  Belts.     The  equipment  and  care  of  belts  in  woodworking  plants 

are  very  important  as  they  get  severe  usage,  being  run  at  very  high  speed 

and  often  at  great  tension  over  small  pulleys.  Belts  should  always  be  of  suf- 
ficient size  to  transmit  the  power,  as 
otherwise  the  life  of  the  belt  will  be 
shortened  and  it  will  be  a  continual 
source  of  trouble.  It  will  also  become 
dangerous,  as  when  it  works  under  con- 
ditions more  straining  than  those  for 
which  it  was  intended  it  is  liable  to  part 
and  fly.  Belts  should  have  as  few  lac- 
ings or  other  fastenings  as  possible,  and 
frequent  examination  should  be  made 
to  see  that  the  fastenings  are  secure 
and  that  no  parts  of  them  project  be- 
yond the  belt.  Endless  belts  are  the 
best  to  use  and  the  whole  belt  should 
be  of  the  same  width  and  thickness. 

Belt  fastenings  should  not  be  of  a 
character  to  catch  clothing,  they  should 
be  kept  as  smooth  as  possible,  and  they 
should  not  be  too  close  to  the  edges 
of  the  belt.  Laces  should  set  close  to 
the  belt  and  have  no  projecting  ends. 
The  ends  of  the  belt  should  butt  close. 
A  gap  caused  by  the  lacing  slackening 
and  the  ends  drawing  apart  is  danger- 
ous, both  to  operator  and  machine. 


Courtesy    of    International    Harvester    Co. 

Fig.   302.     Band   Saw   Guards. 


Metal  fastenings  should  be  turned  over 
with  a  hammer  on  the  points  or  teeth, 
so  that  there  will  be  a  minimum  chance 
of  catching  on  anything.  The  cemented  joint  or  splice  is  excellent  in  its  way 
and  with  the  help  of  a  tightener  pulley  is  kept  in  tension  with  ease.  Such  a 
joint  needs  to  be  very  carefully  cemented,  and  the  extreme  ends  of  the  over- 
lapping belt  must  be  intimately  united  where  the  thin  section  meets  the  thick 
one.  This  is  the  point  where  they  may  pull  away  when  in  use,  causing  an  end 
to  project  dangerously. 

Belts  on  Overhead  Pulleys.  Belt  placers  should  be  used,  when  possible, 
for  replacing  belts  on  overhead  pulleys.  These  appliances  should  be  kept 
in  a  conspicuous  place  where  they  may  easily  be  found.  A  simple  appliance 
consists  of  a  pole  with  a  coned  or  straight  and  smooth  spindle  secured  to  the 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,  ETC. 


187 


end.  A  belt  placer  frequently  used  consists  of  a  pole  with  a  bolt  through 
one  end  fastened  with  a  nut  on  either  side  of  the  pole  to  hold  it  rigid,  the  head 
of  the  bolt  being  cut  oft  to  make  it  a  straight  smooth  pin.  The  pole  of  a  belt 
placer  should  be  about  i  foot  shorter  than  the  distance  from  the  pulley  to  the 
floor,  so  that  the  man  using  it  will  have  to  hold  it  at  his  side.  A  belt  should 
not  be  placed  on  or  taken  off  an  overhead  pulley  by  hand  when  avoidable. 

A  belt  should  always  be  placed  on  the  side  of  the  pulley  running  away 
from  the  man  placing  it.    In  unshipping  a  belt  it  should  always  be  thrown  off 
the  driving  pulley,  not  the  driven.    If  a  ladder  is  used  for  replacing  a  belt  on 
an  overhead  pulley,  the  ladder  should  be  set 
on  the  side  of  the  pulley  opposite  the  belt. 
Another  man  should  be  stationed  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  ladder  to  prevent  its  swinging  to 
one  side.     It  is  best  to  have  one  experienced 
man  to  take  care  of  belts  and  to  put  them  on 
overhead  pulleys  and  remove  them. 

When  a  belt  is  removed  from  the  driving 
pulley  on  shafting,  it  should  never  be  allowed 
to  hang  loosely  on  the  shaft,  as  the  two  sides 
of  the  belt  may  come  in  contact  and  the  re- 
sulting friction  wrap  both  around  the  shaft 
and  then  wind  the  belt  around  it.  There 
should  always  be  a  perch  on  which  to  hang 
the  belt,  made  of  strong  material  and  prefer- 
ably of  a  shape  conforming  to  the  arc  of  the 
pulley. 

General.  When  two  pulleys  are  close  to- 
gether, or  one  is  near  a  hanger,  there  should  be 
a  hook  to  catch  the  belt  if  it  should  slip  off 
and  prevent  its  wedging  or  falling  on  the 
shaft.  If  two  pulleys  are  very  close  together 
and  no  such  belt  rest  can  be  provided,  the 
space  between  them  can  be  filled  up  with  a 
wooden  pulley  of  the  size  of  the  regular  pul- 
leys or  of  the  smaller  one  of  the  two.  Un- 
guarded belts  should  be  approached  with 

great  care.  They  not  only  catch  clothing  easily,  but  the  electricity  a  belt 
accumulates  may  throw  anyone  touching  it  off  his  balance  and  possibly 
into  danger. 

Cast  iron  pulleys  should  be  tested  often  with  a  hammer,  and  it  should  be 
borne  in  mind  that  the  sound  is  usually  much  different  if  the  belt  is  or  is  not 
on  the  pulley.  A  common  and  objectionable  practice  with  pulleys  held  by 
compression  on  a  shaft  is  not  to  have  a  close  contact  at  rim.  Care  should  be 
taken  that  no  dangerous  gap  is  left  at  this  joint.  Pulleys  with  small  pieces 
broken  out  of  the  rim  are  dangerous,  both  on  account  of  possible  contact  of 
clothing  with  them  and  through  the  possibility  of  wear  upon  the  belt. 

Direct  individual  motor  drive  will  do  away  with  most  belting  and  is 
advisable  wherever  possible. 


Courtesy    of    Illinois    Steel    Co. 


Fig-  303.     Guard  for  Electric 
Switches  and  Controllers. 


i88 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


GEARS,  FRICTIONS,  SPROCKETS  AND   CHAINS. 

Gears.  All  gears  should  be  guarded,  no  matter  what  their  location. 
Wherever  possible  they  should  be  entirely  boxed  in,  by  removable  or  hinged 
covers  if  necessary.  When  very  frequent  oiling  must  be  done,  small  hinged 
openings  can  be  arranged  in  a  cover  at  requisite  points.  Gear  covers  are  best 
made  of  sheet  metal,  but  wire  mesh  or  wood  may  sometimes  be  used. 

Where  only  band  metal  guards  are  practicable,  the  bands  should  extend 
far  enough  around  the  wheels  to  prevent  anyone  getting  caught  between  wheel 
and  guard  or  any  stationary  framework.  From  each  edge  of  the  band  a  metal 
shield  should  extend  beyond  the  meshing  point.  Care  should  be  taken  to 
avoid  danger  from  any  projecting  set  screw,  key  end  or  shaft  spline,  as  well 

as  from  teeth.  The  sides  of  armed 
gear  wheels  not  wholly  encased 
can  well  be  filled  in  with  disks  of 
metal.  Reversible  gears  should 
be  guarded  both  top  and  bottom, 
if  not  entirely  enclosed.  Bevel 
gears  should  always  be  wholly  en- 
cased. 

A  nest  of  small  gears,  as  on 
sanders,  can  well  be  enclosed  in 
one  casing,  which  is  removable  or 
can  be  opened  when  necessary. 
When  spur  gears  run  partly  be- 
neath a  floor,  and  are  not  boxed, 
a  solid  enclosure  around  the  floor 
opening  should  extend  as  high  as 
the  rims  of  the  wheels.  When  a 
dangerous  pinion  cannot  well  be 
protected  by  a  guard  attached  to 
the  machine  frame  or  supported 
from  the  floor,  the  meshing  point 
is  sometimes  guarded  by  mount- 
ing in  front  of  it,  and  on  the  same 
spindle,  a  disk  of  sheet  metal  larger  than  the  pinion. 

Frictions.  All  frictions  should  be  guarded,  whether  near  a  ceiling  or 
situated  low.  Friction  transmission  is  as  dangerous  as  gears,  as  even  when 
not  in  friction  the  pinion  is  running  all  the  time  and  is  very  close  to  the  larger 
pulley.  Elevated  frictions  should  be  covered  on  the  bottom  as  well  as  the 
sides  and  ends,  and  low  frictions  should  be  similarly  covered  on  top.  All 
coverings  except  top  ones  can  well  be  made  of  screening  or  slats,  so  conditions 
can  be  seen  at  all  times.  Top  covering  should  be  of  plate  metal  or  planking,  to 
prevent  water  from  dripping  through,  or  bolts,  knots,  etc.,  falling  in.  Covers 
should  never  be  removed  when  frictions  are  in  motion.  Arrangements  should 
be  made  so  bearings  can  be  oiled  without  removing  covers.  Frictions  not 


Courtesy    of    International    Harvester    Co. 

Fig.  304.     Guard  Around  Motor  Switch. 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,   ETC. 


189 


covered   should  have  all   projecting  bolts   protected,   by   sinking   them   in  a 
wooden  disk  fastened  to  the  back  or  in  some  other  efficient  way. 

Sprocket  Wheels  and  Chains.  All  sprocket  wheels  should  be  boxed,  and 
wherever  possible  the  entire  run  of  the  chain  should  be  boxed  or  railed  off. 
These  wheels  and  chains  are  even  more  dangerous  than  belts  and  pulleys. 
Covers  can  be  hinged,  so  access  to  wheel  and  chain  will  be  easy,  and  can  be 
made  of  any  material  suitable  for  gear  covering.  When  a  sprocket  wheel  can- 
not be  covered  on  top,  it  can  at  least  be  entirely  boxed  elsewhere  and  the  cover- 
ings can  extend  up  to  the  top  of  the  chain.  No  keys  or  bolts  on  sprocket 
wheels  should  extend  outside  of  a  cov- 
ering. 


ELECTRICAL  APPARATUS. 

Grounding  and  Guarding.  Frames 
and  bed  plates  of  generating  machines, 
transformer  boxes,  ladders,  and  other 
metallic  parts  should  be  jointly  and  ef- 
ficiently grounded.  It  is  advisable  also 
to  surround  such  machines  with  an  in- 
sulated platform  for  use  by  workmen, 
and  they  should  be  fenced  off  with 
wood,  or  some  other  non-conducting 
material.  All  instrument  cases,  switch 
mechanism,  and  oil  switch  cans  should 
be  grounded. 

All  dangerous  parts,  such  as  ter- 
minals and  connectors,  should  be  lo- 
cated, as  far  as  possible,  so  a  person 
cannot  touch  them  with  his  body,  his 
clothing,  or  a  conducting  tool.  Where 
this  cannot  be  done,  they  should  be 
fenced  oft"  or  efficiently  covered,  wher- 
ever practicable,  with  non-conducting 
material.  All  motors  should  be 
thoroughly  grounded,  and  any  project- 
ing armature  shaft  should  be  covered 
with  a  stationary  cap. 

Switchboards  and  Switches.  Switchboards  should  be  properly  insulated 
and  provided  with  enclosed  fuses,  and  there  should  be  insulated  platforms  or 
rubber  mats  in  front  of  them.  It  is  well  to  have  switches  enclosed  with  swing 
doors,  as  shown  in  Fig.  303  (page  187).  Such  guards  should  be  grounded. 
Fig.  304  (page  188)  shows  a  wire  mesh  guard  around  a  motor  switch.  Safe 
disconnecting  means  should  be  provided  for  rendering  switchboards  and 
switches  "  dead  "  for  necessary  work.  In  series  arc  circuits  each  individual 
lamp  should  have  its  own  absolute  cut-out,  for  rendering  the  lamp  "  dead  " 
in  case  of  necessary  repairs.  It  is  wrell  also  for  the  workman  to  wear  rubber 
gloves. 


Courtesy    of   National    Tube    Co. 

Fig-    3°5-      Open    Switch    Padlocked. 


190 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


To  protect  a  man  working  on  a  line  or  about  a  machine,  a  danger  sign 
should  be  placed  on  the  controlling  switch,  preferably  by  the  man  doing  the 
work,  and  removed  only  by  the  man  placing  it.  It  is  a  good  idea  to  use  a 
sign  which  can  be  locked  in  place  or  a  safety  switch  which  can  be  locked. 

Fig.  305  (page  189)  shows  a  two  pole  safety  lock  knife  switch  used  as  a 
cut-out  switch  to  protect  men  when  working  on  electric  machines.  When  a 
man  starts  to  work  he  places  a  lock  bearing  his  name  in  the  open  switch. 
Another  man  starting  afterward  will  also  place  his  lock.  This  switch  cannot 
be  closed  until  the  men  have  removed  the  locks,  thereby  preventing  the 

danger  of  an  unauthorized  person  closing 
the  switch.  The  locks  are  stamped  with 
workmen's  names  as  a  means  of  locating  the 
responsibility  of  putting  the  switch  in  work- 
ing order  when  through  work. 

General.  Only  persons  experienced  and 
competent  to  handle  the  apparatus  should 
be  allowed  in  any  room  where  dangerous 
apparatus  or  wires  are  installed.  Danger 
signs  should  be  prominently  displayed,  in  as 
many  languages  as  may  be  necessary,  in 
connection  with  all  dangerous  apparatus  or 
parts,  and  with  poles  carrying  high  voltage. 
Emergency  outfits  for  use  in  case  of  shock 
should  be  kept  in  places  the  location  of 
which  is  known  to  all  employees.  Directions 
for  artificial  respiration  should  be  posted 
where  they  will  be  frequently  seen. 

PLATFORMS,   STAIRWAYS,   LAD- 
DERS, FLOORS,  DOORS,  ETC. 

Platforms  and  Runways.  Platforms 
should  be  surrounded  with  substantial 
double  railings  at  least  3  1-2  feet  high,  and 
with  a  toe  board  at  the  base  sufficiently 
high  to  prevent  tools  and  material  from  slip- 
ping off.  Runways  should  be  double  railed 
on  both  sides  and  equipped  with  toe  boards. 


Courtesy    of    International    Harvester    Co. 

Fig.    306.     Triangular   Ladder 
with  Steel  Points  at  Bottom. 


Railings  can  well  be  made  of  angle  iron  or  pipe.     Stairways  or  stationary 
ladders  should  lead  to  all  platforms. 

Stairways  and  Ladders.  Stairways  should  have  hand  rails  on  each  side, 
should  be  kept  free  from  protruding  nail  heads  and  splinters,  and  the  treads 
should  be  kept  in  good  condition.  Rubber  strips,  renewed  when  necessary, 
make  good  treads.  Stationary  ladders  can  well  be  made  of  iron.  Portable 
ladders  should  be  of  safety  type,  wider  at  the  bottom  to  prevent  swinging, 
and  should  have  sharp  metal  points  or  wooden  or  rubber  shoes  at  the  bottom. 
Recessed  rubber  makes  a  good  shoe  for  a  ladder  set  on  a  wet  surface  in  which 


POWER  GENERATION,  TRANSMISSION,   ETC. 


191 


a  spike  cannot  get  a  grip.  A  lead-coated  base  is  sometimes  used.  Ladders 
should  be  placed  in  a  slanting  position  when  possible,  as  a  perpendicular  lad- 
der is  dangerous,  and  portable  ladders  should  reach  two  or  three  feet  above  the 
highest  point  of  the  place  to  be  reached. 

Floors,  Doors,  Etc.  Floors,  their  aisles, 
and  passageways  should  be  kept  free  from 
protruding  nails,  splinters  and  broken 
boards.  Holes  should  be  filled  up  flush  with 
the  floor  and  all  projections  removed,  es- 
pecially about  dangerous  machines.  Holes 
left  when  machines  are  moved  should  be 
carefully  plugged.  Care  should  be  taken 
not  to  load  a  floor  beyond  its  safe  capacity, 
and  aisles  and  passageways  should  not  be 
blocked  by  heaping  up  material  there.  Floor 
openings  should  be  provided  with  protection 
trap  doors,  as  shown  in  Fig.  286  (page  173). 

Swinging  doors  should  be  provided  with 
windows  so  large  that  anyone  coming  from 
the  other  side  can  easily  be  seen.  These  win- 
dows should  be  kept  clean,  and  there  should 
be  ample  light  on  each  side  of  the  door. 
When  a  machine  operator  has  to  stand  near 
a  swinging  door,  there  should  be  a  stop  to 
prevent  its  hitting  him.  Counterweights 
used  on  doors  should  be  boxed  up.  An  open 
pit  should  be  pipe-railed.  Truck  and  wheel- 
barrow handles  should  have  hand  shields. 


Courtesy   of  International  Harvester  Co. 

Fig.  307.     Safety   Oiler's   Ladder. 


GRINDING  WHEELS, 
ELEVATORS. 

Grinding  machines  should  be  of  heavy,  rigid  design,  set  on  firm  founda- 
tions. Grinding  wheels  should  be  bought  only  of  responsible  makers  and  of 
suitable  kinds  for  the  work  to  be  done. 

Mounting.  Wheels  should  be  mounted  with  safety  flanges,  covering  one- 
half  of  the  wheel's  diameter.  If  a  nut  is  screwed  against  the  wheel,  it  is  apt  to 

creep  and  break  the  wheel.  Safety  flanges  are 
loaned  by  many  makers  of  emeries.  Flanges 
should  bear  against  the  sides  of  the  wheel  near 
their  edges  only,  leaving  plenty  of  clearance,  and 
should  be  tightened  only  enough  to  hold  the 
wheel  firmly.  It  is  advisable  to  have  wheels  of 
over  8  inches  in  diameter  made  with  a  safety  taper 
of  3-8  inch  to  the  foot  and  mounted  with  cor- 
respondingly concaved  flanges.  The  inside  flange 
should  be  keyed  or  pressed  on  the  shaft,  never 
loose.  Pulp  or  rubber  washers,  a  little  larger  than 
the  flanges,  should  be  placed  between  the  wheel 
and  the  flanges,  or  flanges  should  be  used  which 
have  facings  of  soft  metal.  Wheels  should  be 
mounted  on  spindles  of  ample  size,  and  very  care- 
fully, so  as  to  run  true  and  steady.  A  wheel 
should  never  be  forced  on  an  arbor.  It  should 
fit  easily,  the  nuts  being  screwed  against  the  collar 
just  tight  enough  to  prevent  slipping. 

Guarding.  A  wheel  should  be  equipped  with 
a  hood  connected  with  an  exhaust  fan  or  a  water 
system.  This  hood  should  protect  all  the  wheel 
except  what  must  be  left  exposed  for  the  grinding, 
and  should  be  strong  enough  to  help  retain  flying 
pieces  if  the  wheel  should  burst.  To  protect  the  operator's  eyes,  a  leather  or 
rubber  spark  brush  can  hang  from  the  hood  down  to  the  wheel  or  a  piece  of 
plate  glass  can  be  attached  to  the  front  of  the  hood  or  be  supported  from  the 
table.  As  further  protection,  the  operator  can  wear  large  glasses,  or  goggle 
glasses,  and  try  to  avoid  standing  in  the  plane  of  the  wheel's  rotation. 

Such  glasses,  as  well  as  a  steel  hood  with  a  leather  spark  brush  hanging 
from  it,  are  shown  in  Fig.  309  (page  143).  Hoods  and  plate  glass  eye  shields 
are  shown  in  Fig.  310  (page  193)  and  Fig.  311  (page  194).  Other  hoods  are 
shown  in  Fig.  312  (page  194)  and  Fig.  313  (page  195). 


Courtesy    of   Norton    Co. 

Fig.  308.     Correct  Mounting 
of  Grinding  Wheel. 


GRINDING  WHEELS,  ELEVATORS 


J93 


Drive  belts  and  pul- 
leys should  be  well 
guarded,  and  a  cap 
should  be  placed  over  the 
end  of  an  arbor  and  the 
nut.  Good  guarding  of 
belts  is  shown  in  both 
Fig.  310  and  Fig.  311 
(page  194),  and  the  latter 
shows  the  end  of  the 
arbor  protected.  Every 
grinding  wheel  should 
be  equipped  with  an  ef- 
ficient belt  shifter,  within 
easy  reach  of  the  opera- 
tor in  his  working  posi- 
tion. 

Operation  and  Care. 

On   each    machine   Should        Courtesy    of  International   Han-ester   Co. 


Fig.  309.. 


Grinding  Wheel  Guarded  and  Glasses  for 
Grinder. 


be  indicated  the  revolu- 
tions of  spindle  and  the 
size  of  the  wheel  to  be  run  on  it.  Wheels  should  never  be  run  above  the  proper 
speed  indicated  by  the  maker's  specifications,  and  they  should  be  trued  fre- 
quently. Rests  should  be  kept  adjusted  close  to  wheels,  to  prevent  accidents 
due  to  work  being  caught  between  rest  and  wheel,  or  a  releasing  rest  should 

be  used.  It  is  a  good  plan  to  have 
one  competent  man  to  mount  wheels, 
true  them,  adjust  the  rest  and  regulate 
the  speed.  Belts  should  be  run  as 
slack  as  possible  for  the  speed  desired, 
so  that,  if  material  being  ground  digs 
into  the  wheel,  the  wheel  will  be  apt 
to  stop  instead  of  breaking. 

Every  wheel  should  be  examined 
each  morning  to  see  if  the  bearings 
are  tight  and  well  oiled  and  the  wheel 
in  good  condition.  Boxes  should  be 
kept  well  babbitted  up,  so  the  arbor 
will  not  get  loose  in  them,  and  well 
oiled  to  prevent  the  arbor  getting 
heated  and  expanding,  breaking  the 
wheel.  Careful  watch  should  be  kept 
for  vibration,  and  if  such  occurs  the 
journal  should  be  trued  up  and  the 

Courtesy    of   National    Tube    Co.  boxes  rebabbitted,  Or  the  wheel  trued, 

Fig.  310.     Grinding  Wheel  Hoods,   Eye       __ 
Shields   and   Belt   Guard.  °r 


194 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy    of    National    Tube    Co. 
Fig.     311.       Grinding     Wheel     Hoods,     Eye 
Shields,  Belt  Guard  and  Arbor  Cap. 


Wheels  should  be  carefully  ex- 
amined and  tested  before  given  out 
to  workmen.  It  is  well  to  have  a 
regular  testing  pulley.  Wheels  are 
sometimes  cracked  in  shipping.  The 
workman  also  should  examine  the 
wheel  before  using  it.  Wheels 
should  be  kept  dry,  and  should  not 
be  stored  resting  on  the  ground. 
Those  used  in  wet  grinding  should 
not  be  left  standing  in  water  over 
night. 

Grindstones.  Generally  speak- 
ing, the  same  safety  precautions 
should  be  used  as  in  the  case  of 
emery  and  other  grinding  wheels. 
Stones  should  be  mounted  with 
metal  plates,  not  wedges,  and  there 
should  be  elastic  washers  between 
plates  and  stone.  It  is  well  to  have 
the  stone  a  little  thicker  at  the 
center,  so  as  to  fit  into  the  concave 
plate.  The  axle  hole  should  be 
round.  No  stone  should  be  mounted 


without  first  being  carefully  raced.     Mounting,  racing,  and  truing  up  should 
be  done  with  great  care. 

Stones  should  not  be  used  which  have  been  quarried  by  explosives  or 
which  are  plainly  not  of  homogeneous  formation  or  have  cross  veins.  Stones 
should  not  be  stored  in  wet  places  or  standing  on  the  ground.  Stones  should 
be  tested  frequently  by  tapping,  especially  new  ones. 

Grindstone  belts  and  pulleys  should  be 
thoroughly  guarded.  When  a  stone  is  driven  by 
geared  motor,  the  gears  should  be  encased.  There 
should  be  a  fixed  rule  as  regards  speed  of  stones,  and 
no  workman  should  be  allowed  to  exceed  this  speed. 
Use  of  a  releasing  rest  will  prevent  many  injuries 
due  to  a  workman's  hand  being  caught  between  a 
tool  he  is  sharpening  and  the  stone. 

ELEVATORS. 

General  Equipment.  Good  construction  should 
be  used  for  a  factory  elevator.  Short  turns  of  cable 
should  be  avoided.  Large  drums  and  sheaves  should 
be  used,  and  as  few  sheaves  as  possible.  When  a 
drum  is  keyed  on  a  shaft,  the  key  should  not  be 
depended  on  to  hold  the  drum  tight.  Set  bolts  also 
should  be  used,  and  there  should  be  a  set  bolt  in  the 
key  to  keep  it  from  coming  out. 


Courtesy   of  Norton    Co. 

Fig.    312.      Hood    for 
Grinding  Wheel. 


GRINDING  WHEELS,  ELEVATORS 


'95 


Courtesy    of    William    Stone. 

Fig-  3X3-     Hood  for  Grinding 
Wheel. 


There  should  be  a  substantial  grating 
below  overhead  timbers  for  protection 
against  material  falling  -down  the  shaft. 
Safe  access*to  overhead  sheaves,  speed  gov- 
ernor, etc.,  should  be  provided  by  stairs  or 
ladder.  There  should  be  at  least  3  feet 
clearance  at  both  top  and  bottom  of  a  hoist- 
way.  There  should  be  stop  buttons  on  an 
operating  cable  to  stop  the  car  at  its  highest 
and  lowest  points  of  travel.  This  should 
be  in  addition  to  an  automatic  limit  stop. 

Ample  light  should  be  provided  for  all 
cars  and  at  all  landings.  The  sides  of  hoist- 
ways  can  well  be  painted  white.  Elevators 
and  all  apparatus  should  be  thoroughly 
inspected  at  least  once  a  week. 

Safety  Devices.  Every  elevator  should 
be  equipped  with  an  automatic  safety  device 
and  a  speed  governor  for  actuating  it.  Gen- 
erally the  safety  device  is  best  placed  under  the  elevator  platform.  The  speed 
governor  can  well  be  placed  on  the  overhead  timbers  or  supports,  and  it  should 
be  kept  properly  set.  Machines  of  the  winding  drum  type  should  be  pro- 
vided with  a  slack  cable  device,  properly  adjusted,  which  automatically  cuts 
off  the  power  in  case  the  elevator  or  weights  are  obstructed  in  their  descent. 
Safety  appliances  should  be  carefully  adjusted,  kept  clean  and  in  good  order, 

and    tested    often    to    see    if 

».    m^  ^1  ~      I         B^BT7~IJ^^HBr~]    they  are  workinfe  properly. 
^~^fc_J  W  Hoistway.     A  hoistway 

should  be  enclosed  from 
floor  to  ceiling  on  every 
floor  and  also  in  the  base- 
ment. At  any  rate  there 
should  be  an  enclosure  to 
a  height  of  J  feet  above  each 
floor.  Hoistway  s  not  en- 
closed in  a  shaft  should  have 
automatic  hatch  covers  at 
each  floor  which  will  open 
and  close  as  the  elevator 
passes,  as  shown  in  Fig.  315 
(page  196).  Railings  or 
other  suitable  guards  should 
be  placed  around  such  covers 
to  prevent  persons  walking 
across  them. 

Courtesy    of   National    Tube    Co.  Projections     in     a     hoiSt- 

Fig.  314.     Tool  Grinder  Guarded.  wav   should   be   removed  or 


196 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


protected  with  a  bevelled  board  or  piece  of  sheet  metal  running  down  from 
the  projection  to  the  side  of  the  hoistway,  so  as  to  push  away  any  part  of  the 
body  or  material  coming  in  contact  with  it.  Open  parts  of  a  car  or  hoistway 

near  which  counter- 
weights run  should 
be  protected.  The 
bottom  of  a  hoist- 
way  should  never 
be  used  as  a  pas- 
sageway. Stock 
should  not  be  piled 
up  high  near  a 
hoistway.  No  one 
should  be  allowed 
to  work  in  a 
hoistwav  while  the 


Fig.  315.     Automatic  Hatch  Cover  Guard. 


car  is  running. 

Car.     A     car 

should   be   guarded 

on  the  sides,  and  if  possible  at  the  back,  to  a  height  sufficient  to  prevent  any- 
one leaning  over  and  getting  hurt. 
This  requirement  is  imperative 
when  the  car  runs  in  a  hoistway 
wholly  or  partially  open.  A  car 
should  be  roofed  over  with  a  screen 
or  other  covering,  which  can  be 
hinged  if  necessary  so  that  half  can 
be  swung  up  when  long  material  is 
carried.  When  more  than  one  side 
of  an  elevator  is  used  for  loading 
or  unloading,  the  part  not  in  use 
should  always  be  guarded  by  a 
wide  bar  hinged  at  one  end  and 
fitting  into  a  socket  at  the  other. 

Gates.  Safety  gates  should  be 
used  at  all  entrances  to  an  elevator, 
not  excepting  the  basement.  A 
door  that  swings  open  or  a  bar  or  a 
chain  is  not  a  safe  type  of  guard. 
The  gate  should  be  of  rising  and 
falling,  rather  than  horizontally 
sliding  type.  It  should  be  so  high 
that  no  one  can  lean  over  it,  and  the 
bottom  should  come  down  to  the 
floor.  If  slats  are  used,  they  should  be  so  close  together  that  no  one  can  put 
his  head  through  the  gate,  and  the  bottom  should  be  fenced  up  with  screening 
to  a  height  of  one  foot,  as  shown  in  Fig.  317  (page  197).  If  clearance  is  not 


Courtesy    of    Westinghouse   Electric    &    Mfg.    C(\ 

Fig.  316.     Elevator  Screened  on  Sides  and 
Top. 


GRINDING  WHEELS,  ELEVATORS 


197 


Courtesy    of    In 
Fig.  317- 


tmational    Harvester    Co. 

Elevator  Gate  Screened  at  Bottom. 


sufficient  for  a  high  gate,  a 

telescopic  or  collapsible  gate 

can  be  used.     \Yhen  a  gate 

cannot  be  made  of  sufficient 

height     to    prevent     anyone 

leaning  over  it,  it  should  be 

set  back  8  to  12  inches  from 

the  edge  of  the  floor,  to  give 

room  for  a  car  to  pass  with- 
out acting  as  a  shear  for  any 

part  of  a  man  leaning  over 

the  gate.     Gates  that  can  be 

seen   through,   such   as  wire 

mesh  ones,  are  preferable  to 

solid  ones.     The  semi-auto- 
matic gate  is  safer  than  the 

full    automatic,    as    it    is    not 

disturbed  by  the  passage  of 

the    car.      \Yhen    fire    doors 

only   are   used   at   entrances 

into  hoistwavs,  they  should 

be   made   self-closing.     This 

can  be  arranged  by  having  the  upper  half  of  the  door  a  little  heavier  than  the 

bottom  half.    An  attachment  can  be  provided  on  the  car  to  hold  the  door  open 

when  the  car  is  at  the  landing. 

Cables.  There  should  be  at 
least  two  cables  for  the  car  and  two 
for  each  set  of  counterweights. 
Hoisting  cables  should  have  at  least 
two  turns  around  the  drum  when  the 
car  is  at  the  bottom  of  the  hoistway, 
and  back  drum  counterweight  cables 
should  have  two  turns  around  the 
drum  when  the  car  is  at  the  top  of 
the  hoistway. 

Cables  should  be  \vatched  care- 
fully and  kept  in  the  best  of  condi- 
tion. They  should  be  thoroughly 
lubricated,  but  not  so  thickly  coated 
as  to  interfere  with  easy  examina- 
tion. A  wire  cable  should  not  be 
used  when  the  wires  (not  the 
strands)  commence  to  crack.  No 
wire  hoisting  cable  should  ever  be 
spliced.  In  replacing  worn  cables 

Courtesy   of  Westinghouse  Electric  &  Mfg.   Co.  &***  .CafC     Sh°Uld     bC     ^^     tO     the 

Fig.    318.     Wire    Screen    Elevator   Gate.        fastenings.        Drum      counterweight 


198 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy    of   L.    Christiansen. 

Fig.   319.     Elevator   Safety   Lock. 


cables   running  through,  or   passing  by,   car   counterweights   should   have   a 
suitable  covering  to  prevent  chafing  and  wear. 

Counterweights.     Counterweights    should    be    hung    in    guides    and    the 

guideways  should  extend  far  enough  up 
at  the  top  to  prevent  the  weights  coming 
out  when  the  elevator  is  at  the  bottom 
of  the  hoistway.  Guideways  should  be 
guarded  so  that  the  weights  cannot 
strike  anyone.  For  at  least  15  feet  down 
from  the  overhead  timbers  they  should 
l)e  guarded  with  sheet  metal,  so  the 
weights  can't  pull  out,  and  it  is  best  to 
carry  this  protection  all  the  way  down. 
Counterweights  running  outside  of  a 
hoistway  should  be  boxed  their  full  run, 
with  a  hinged  door  at  each  floor  to  permit  examination  of  cables.  Counter- 
weights for  gates  should  be  outside  of  the  hoistway  and  boxed  up.  The  drum 
counterweights  should  not  be  placed  above  the  car  counterweights.  Counter- 
weights should  be  properly  strapped  and  bolted  together. 

Locking.  An  efficient  locking  arrangement  for  the  operating  device 
should  be  provided  and  the  operator  should  be  required  to  lock  the  hand  rope 
or  lever  on  leaving  the  car.  The  hand  rope  or  lever  should  also  be  securely 
locked  while  repair  work  is  being  done  or  while  the  elevator  is  being  used  at  a 
landing.  A  simple  locking  device  for  a  hand  rope  is  a  hook  into  which  the 
part  of  the  cable  between  the  button  stops  can  be  swung.  This  hook  can  be 
fastened  to  the  car  itself,  if  enclosed,  or  to  the  hatch  covers. 

Warnings.  A  gong  should  be  sounded  while  a  car  is  moving.  Tell- 
tales, in  the  form  of  pendant  chains  a  few  inches  apart,  should  hang  down  at 
least  five  feet  below  the  entrance  edge  of  a  car.  A  sign  showing  the  lifting 
capacity  should  be  placed  conspicuously  in  each  car  and  at  each  entrance  to  the 
hoistway.  A  sign  reading  "  Don't  lean  over  gate  "  should  be  placed  at  each 
hoistway  entrance. 

Operating.  Operation  of  a  freight  elevator  should  be  confined  to  certain 
specified  and  competent  men,  if  pos- 
sible to  one  operator.  Boys  should 
not  be  allowed  to  operate  cars.  No 
one  should  be  allowed  to  ride  on  a 
car  except  operators  and  workmen 
with  loads.  Jumping  on  or  off  a  car 
when  in  motion  should  be  prohibited. 
A  car  should  be  started  and 
stopped  carefully.  Before  starting 
his  car,  an  operator  should  see  that 
the  entrance  is  closed  and  that  his 
load  and  any  persons  on  board  are  in  safe  positions.  An  elevator  should  never 
be  loaded  beyond  its  maximum  carrying  capacity.  Trucks  and  material 
should  not  be  allowed  to  remain  on  a  car.  An  operating  lever  can  well  be 


Courtesy    of   L.    Christiansen. 

Fig.  320.     Elevator  Gong. 


GRINDING  WHEELS,  ELEVATORS  199 

surrounded  by  a  sheet  metal  guard.  When  an  elevator  is  operated  from  the 
floor,  and  not  by  an  operator,  fixed  signals  should  be  provided. 

Carriage  Hoists.  Special  care  should  be  taken  of  cables  of  a  back  guide 
carriage  hoist,  as  if  one  cable  should  break  the  platform  would  tip.  A  hand 
power  elevator  should  never  have  the  rope  operated  by  an  electric  motor  or 
other  mechanical  power,  as  there  are  no  automatic  stops  at  the  top  and  bot- 
tom landings  and  no  safety  device  on  the  car. 

Outside  Hoists.  These  hoists  can  well  be  completely  enclosed,  as  is  some- 
times done  with  corrugated  iron.  Two  sides  of  the  platform  should  certainly 
be  enclosed.  Unless  a  permanent  operator  is  provided,  and  he  does  not  assist 
in  loading  or  unloading,  there  should  be  a  locking  device  which  will  compel 
persons  to  go  to  the  elevator  when  wishing  to  use  it. 


What  it  covers 
Why  you   need  it 
Who   furnishes  the   best 

Where  to  get  it 


WHAT  IT 
DOES 


WHY  YOU 
NEED  IT 


DURATION  OF 
PROTECTION 


STABILITY 


Liability  Insurance  affords  to  its  holders  protec- 
tion against  financial  loss,  and  relief  from  annoyance  and 
anxiety,  on  account  of  injuries  accidentally  sustained  by  any 
person  for  which  they  are  alleged  to  be  liable. 

All  employers  of  labor,  owners  or  lessees  of  property,  or 
owners  of  horses  and  vehicles  may  be  held  liable  for  such 
injuries.  They  and,  in  fact,  all  business  men  will  find  it 
for  their  interest  to  read  carefully  these  pages  in  which  the 
advantages  of  the  liability  insurance  furnished  by  the  ^£TNA 
are  briefly  outlined. 

THE    FIRST    CONSIDERATION 

In  placing  liability  insurance  the  first  consideration  is  to 
be  assured  that  you  are  obtaining  the  protection  for  which 
you  pay.  Claims  for  damages  on  account  of  personal  injuries 
may,  and  frequently  do,  arise  years  after  the  occurrence  of 
an  accident. 

In  buying  a  liability  policy,- therefore,  you  should,  in  the 
first  place,  be  satisfied  beyond  a  question  of  doubt  that  the 
company  issuing  the  policy  will  be  able,  if  called  upon,  to 
pay  losses  thereunder  many  years  hence. 

The  great  financial  strength  of  the  JITNA  LIFE  INSUR- 
ANCE COMPANY  is  an  absolute  guarantee  for  the  payment 
of  claims  under  its  contracts  whenever  they  mature. 


LIABILITY  INSURANCE 


201 


SCOPE  OF  THE  INSURANCE 

Xo  less  important  than  this  matter  of  security  is  that  of      JETNA 
the  quality  and  quantity  of  the  protection  furnished.     The       POLICIES 
JETNA  Liability  Policies  are  the  most  comprehensive  ever       PROTECT 
issued.     Where  other  companies  agree  to  indemnify  only 
against  loss  from,  or  by  reason  of,  the  liability  imposed  by 
law,  the  ^ETNA  insures  against  loss  and  expense  arising  or 
resulting  from  claims,  regardless  of  whether  liability  exists 
or  not.    That  is  to  say,  .the  /ETNA  policies  afford  complete 
protection    against  any  and  all  claims  brought  by  persons 
injured,  or  by  or  in  behalf  of  their  beneficiaries,  while  the       CLAIMS 
policies  of  many  other  companies  cover  only  such  claims  as       COVERED 
upon  trial  are  found  to  have  a  legal  basis.     The  latter  do 
not,  if  the  companies  so  elect,  cover  the  multitude  of  claims, 
with  their  attendant  expenses,  which  have  no  merit  in  law. 
It  is  unnecessary  to  comment  further  upon  this  point,  or  to 
mention  other  features  of  the  ^TNA  policies,  in  order  to 
show  their  superior  value  to  the  Assured.     It  is  enough 
to  say  that  the  policies,  their  interpretation,  and  the  Com- 
pany's service  generally,  are  on  the  same  broad  scale  of 
liberalitv  and  fair  treatment. 


GENERAL    REMARKS 

An  .ETNA  Liability  Policy  provides  that  the  Assured  shall 
report  every  accident  to  the  Company.  "Where  indemnity  is 
or  may  be  applied  for,  the  Company,  by  competent  inspec- 
tors, thoroughly  investigates  the  circumstances  relating  to 
the  case.  If  these  indicate  liability  on  the  part  of  the  As- 
sured, immediate  steps  are  taken  with  a  view  to  settlement 
without  litigation.  Should,  however,  legal  proceedings  be 
taken,  the  Company  undertakes,  by  able  counsel,  the  defense 
of  the  suit  on  the  Assured's  behalf,  relieves  him  from  all 
trouble  and  responsibility,  defrays  expenses  of  litigation  and, 
up  to  the  limit  named  in  the  policy  under  which  the  accident 
is  reported,  pays  damages  which  may  be  awarded. 

The  usual  limits  of  liability  undertaken  are : 

In  event  of  an  accident  causing  the  death  or  injury  of 
one  person,  Sio.ooo. 

In  event  of  an  accident  causing  the  death  or  injury  of 
several  persons,  $20.000. 

Payment  of  an  additional  premium  will  increase  these 
limits,  if  desired. 

The  policies  do  not  lapse  upon  these  limits  being  reached, 
but  continue  their  warranty  to  pay  within  such  limits  every 
accident  that  may  take  place  during  the  policy  year,  whether 
few  or  manv. 


COMPANY 
DEFENDS 


USUAL 
LIMITS 


WOODWORKING   SAFEGUARDS 


SAVE  BOTH 
MONEY 
AND  WORRY 


The  Liability  Policies  of  the  yExNA  LIFE  INSURANCE 
COMPANY  protect  the  Assured  not  only  from  monetary  dam- 
age, but  also  from  loss  of  time  and  the  annoyance  and 
anxiety  involved  in  claims  and  suits.  They  fix  and  reduce 
to  a  minimum  liabilities  and  expenses  in  the  conduct  of 
business  which,  if  not  properly  provided  for,  frequently 
result  in  financial  disaster. 


INSPECTION 
SERVICE 


CASUALTY 
LINES 


INSPECTIONS 

One  of  the  most  valuable  features  of  the  service  which 
the  ^ETNA  LIFE  gives  its  liability  policyholders  is  found  in 
its  inspections.  These  are  made  by  trained  experts,  who 
bring  to  their  work  the  varied  knowledge  gained  by  a  wide 
range  of  experience.  The  ^£TNA  inspectors  not  only  point 
out  dangerous  conditions,  but  recommend  safeguards  for 
them  or  suggest  safer  methods  of  doing  work  for  which  no 
safeguards  are  practicable.  /ETNA  inspections  not  only 
prevent  many  accidents,  but  they  tend  to  increase  the  gen- 
eral industrial  efficiency  of  a  plant. 

KINDS    OF    POLICIES 

The  ./ETNA  LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  issues  liability 
policies  covering: 

Employers'  Liability 
Public  Liability  (Direct) 
Public  Liability  (Contingent) 
Elevator  Liability 
General,  or  Landlords'  Liability 
Teams  Liability 
Automobile  Liability 
Workmen's  Compensation 

The  /ETNA  ACCIDENT  AND  LIABILITY  COMPANY  writes . 
Vehicle  Property  Damage 
Automobile  Collision 
Burglary 
Plate  Glass 
Flywheel 

Sprinkler  Leakage 
Fidelity  Bonds 
Surety  Bonds 


LIABILITY   INSURANCE  203 

WORKMEN'S  COMPENSATION 

In    States    where    Workmen's    Compensation,    whether      COMPENSA- 
optional  or  otherwise,  is  provided  by  statute,  the  /ETNA  LIFE      TION 
INSURANCE  COMPANY  issues  policies  covering  such  liability. 
As  in  the  case  of  its  liability  policies  proper,  this  insurance 
relieves  its  holder  of  all  worry  and  trouble  connected  with 
accidents  to  his  employees,  and  it  indemnifies  him  for  any 
compensation  which  he  may  be  called  upon  to  pay  to  them. 


INDEX 


ACCIDENTS,  investigation  of, 
y£xNA  LIABILITY  INSURANCE, 
AIR  COMPRESSOR  : 

flywheel,      .... 

for    spoke    driver,    . 

AIR  JET, 

AIR  PUMP  : 

flywheel,      .... 
ARTIFICIAL  RESPIRATION,        . 
ASHES,  disposal  of, 
AUTOMOBILES,  .... 
AXES: 

in  felling,    .         .         .     .    .    - 

in  shingle  mill,  . 
AXLE  MACHINES,    .       ..       '..- 

BABBITTING,  careful  doing  of, 
BANDAGE  MATERIALS,     . 
BAND  MILL: 

care  in  operation,  .     .      ... 

guide,  adjustment  of, 

housing  of,          .        .'       . 

housing  lower  part,  . 

rock  saw.  guarding,  .         . 

saws,  use  of, 

shield  for  sawyer. and  lever, 

short  side  mill,  . 

veneer   mill,       .        ..        . 

whistle  when  starting  up  or 

ting  down, 
BASKETS  : 

automatic  one-piece  machine, 

bottom  machine, 

stapling, 

strip  cutting  machine, 

transmission, 
BELTS : 

care  of 

of  drag  saw,     . 

elimination  by  motor  drive, 

of  engines, 

of  engine  governor,  . 

fastenings, 

of  log  haul  machine, 

of  mortisers, 

perches   for, 

placing  on  overhead  pulley, 

in  saw  mill,  screening  of, 

slipping  of,         ... 

of  swing  saws,  . 

of  swing  trims,  . 

wedging,      .... 
BELTS  AND  PULLEYS, 

of  band  saw  feed  works,  . 

of  borer  spindle, 


shut- 


PAGE 
7 

200 

179 

143 

II 

179 

190 

13 

146 

16 

57 
144 

10 
13 

28 
28 
27 
46 
28 
29 
27 
29 
156 

28 


.  170 

.  169 

.  169 

.  171 

.  186 

•  133 

12 

,  178 

.  179 

.  186 

•  23 
.  129 
.  187 

186,  187 

21 

.  185 


36 

I87 


.      100 

127,  128 


BELTS  AND  PULLEYS  : 

of  dowel  machine,     . 

of  drop  saw  trimmers, 

of  edgers,  .        .        .        .        . 

of   equalizers, 

of  grinding  wheels,  . 

of  grindstones,  . 

of  knee  bolter,  .... 

of  lath  bolter,  .... 

of  lathes,     .        .        .        .        . 

mesh  or  slats  guards  preferable 

of  panel   raisers, 

of  pole  machines, 

of  rod  machines, 

of  sanders,          ..... 

in  saw  mill  filing  room,  . 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor, 

of  shapers,          .        .        .        . 

in  shingle  mill,  . 

of  sizers,    moulders,    etc.,          . 

of  surfacers,       .        .        . 

of  veneer  dryers, 

of  veneer  rotary  cutters,  . 
BELT  PLACERS,         .        .        .        . 
BELT  SHIFTERS,        ....  ?• 

for  grinding  wheels, 

for  planing  mill  machines, 

for  shapers,         .... 

for  surfacers,     .... 

for  swing  saws, 

for  swing  trims, 
BIG  TIMBER  PLANER,     . 

BILLET  MILL, 

BLACKSMITH    SHOP,   in   saw   mill, 
BLIND  SLAT  MACHINES, 
BLOWER  HOODS  : 

for  band  saws,  ...» 

for  big  timber  planer, 

for  circular    resaw,    . 

for  lathes,  . 

for  panel   sanders, 

for  rip  saws, 

for  rounding  machines, 

for  sash   dovetailers, 

for  self-feed  saws,     . 

for  sizers,  moulders, 

for  spoke  facers, 

for  spoke   throaters, 

for  stickers, 

for  tenoners, 
BLOWER  SYSTEM  : 

for  cleanliness,  . 

for  guarding, 

as  preventative  of  fire,     . 
BOBBINS  : 

boring  and  reaming  machine, 

disc  dividing  saw,     . 


.  168 

•  33 

•  32 

•  85 

•  193 
.  194 

•  57 

•  54 

•  H3 
.  185 
.  66 
.  146 

•  159 

121,  123 

•  47 
44,  45 

.  I2O 

•  57 
.  62 

126,  164 

•  157 

•  154 
.  186 

10,  185 

•  193 

•  63 

.  120 
126 


I4O, 


etc., 


130, 


•  37 

•  63 
136,  138 

.      47 

•  67 

.     100 

•  63 
.      66 

141,  142 

.  66 

•  75 
.  170 
.  67 

•  79 
.  62 
.  144 
.  144 

•  63 
131,  132 

12 
12 

12 

.      170 
.      170 


INDEX 


205 


BOBBINS  : 

grooving  machine,  .  .  .  .170 
transmission,  ......  171 

BOILERS  : 

blow-off  pipes  and  valves,        .        .     174 

care  of, 172 

chains  for  main  stop  valves,    .        .     175 

cleaning, 175 

cutting  into  header,  .  .  .  .174 
expert  inspection,  ....  172 

feed, 174 

firing   up, 173 

fusible  plug, 173 

gauge  glasses 172,  174 

goggles,  use  of,  .  .  .  .  175 
high  and  low  water  alarm,  .  .173 
keeping  room  clean,  .  .  .  -172 

lighting  room, 172 

locking  header  valve  wheel,     .        .176 

low  water, 172 

non-return  valves,     .        .        .        .     175 

overflow  tank, 174 

pipe  lines  and  pipes,  ....  175 
rules  for  tenders,  .  .  .  .172 

runways, 175 

safety  valve,       .        .        .     172,  173,  174 

of  saw  mill, 43 

sewers  or  hot-wells,  .  •  .  .  .  175 
steam  gauge,  .  .  .  172,  173,  175 
of  yarding  engines,  16,  17 

BOLTER  SAWS,  see  Saws   (Bolter). 

BORERS : 

counterweights  and  springs,  .  .  128 
guard  for  hands,  ....  128 

holding  work, 128 

multiple  borers,  ....  127 
set  screw  in  chuck,  .  .  .  127,  128 
spindle  collar  set  screws,  .  .  128 
spindle  gears  or  belt,  .  .  .  127 
transmission, 135 

BOTTOM  MACHINES,  for  baskets,    .        .     170 

Box  FACTORY  : 

box  board  matcher,  ....     166 

cut-off  saws, 165 

disk  sanders 123 

equalizing  saws,  ....  85 
feeding  apparatus,  ....  165 
horizontal  band  resaw,  .  .  .  167 
jointer  and  edger.  ....  166 

nailing  machines 166 

off-bearers, 166 

piling, 167 

printing   presses,        ....     167 

rip  saws, 164 

rough  stock. 136 

self-feed  edger 165 

sizing  machine, 166 

surfacers, 125 

transmission, 171 

waste  holes, 167 

yard, 167 

BOYS  : 

in   lath  mill, 

running    dangerous    machines, 

BRIDGE  BUILDING,  surfacers,  . 

BRIDGES  : 

over  live  rolls 42 

over  slab  slasher  chains.  ...      39 

BROKEN   BELT   STOP,   for   engine   gov- 
ernor,        179 


PAGE 

BRUSHES, 170 

transmission, 171 

BUCKERS, 16 

BULL  CHAIN  : 

care  of  brackets,  :      22 

covering  return   part,        .         .         .22 

BUMPERS,   for  saw  mill  carriage,        .      24 

BURNER, 51 

Buzz  PLANER,  see  Jointer. 


125 
129 

50 
132 
134 
197 

17 

22 

SI 

153 

19 

16 

15 


CABINET  SHOP: 

surfacers,    

tenoners, 

CABLES  : 

of  cranes  in  saw  mill  yard, 

of  derricks, 

of  dry  kiln  doors,     .... 

of  elevators, 

in  logging,  .        .         .         .         .         16 

of  log  hauls, 

across   railroad  tracks,     . 

of  veneer  steaming  box  doors, 

CABLE  WAY  YARDER,         .... 

CALKS,  for  fallers'  shoes, 

CAMPS,  logging.      ....        14 

CANTER  : 

care  of, 

guarding  of, 

CANT-HOOKS, 

CAREFULNESS,     necessary    to    prevent 

many  accidents,      ....        7 

CAR  MAKING, 146 

surfacers, 125 

tenoners, 129 

CARPENTER  SHOP,  surfacers,  .        .        .     125 

CARRIAGE  (FEEDING)  : 

of  bolter  saws, 83 

of  equalizing  saws,  ....  85 
of  hand-feed  split  table  saw,  .  .  137 
of  handle  blank  saw,  .  .  .  137 
of  horizontal  shingle  saw,  .  .  58 
of  knee  bolter,  .....  57 
of  shingle  mill  cut-off  saw,  .  .  57 

of  tenoners, 130 

of  upright  shingle  saw,     ...      59 

CARRIAGE   (SAW  MILL)  : 

dangers   of,         ...          24,  25,  26 

deck,    . 25 

feed,  lost  motion,  ....  25 
gears,  couplings,  frictions,  .  .  26 

head  blocks, 25 

hook  and  link  for  locking,  .  .  24 
lock  for  feed  lever,  ....  25 
nigger,  operation  of.  .  .  .26 

operation  of, 26 

run 25 

sheaves 25 

spring  bumpers  or  air  cushions,  .  24 
throttle  connection  for  shutting  off 

steam, 24 

valve  arrangements,  ....      24 

CARRIERS,  of  equalizers,  ....      84 

CARS  : 

in  dry  kilns.       .         .  .         .     134 

of  logging  railroad 15 

in  logging,  loading  and  unloading, 

17,  19 

in  saw  mill  yard,  loading,  .  .  49 
railroad,  care  of,  .  .  .  .52 


206 


INDEX 


CARS  (ELEVATOR),  enclosing  and  roof- 
ing,   196 

CARVERS, 159 

CAUTION  : 

habits   of, 8 

in  saw  mill  work,     .        .        .        .21 
of  sawyer  in  saw  mill,     .    21,  24,  26,  28 
signs    urging,      .         .         .         .         .10 
CENTRAL    AUTHORITY,    for    inspection 

and  care, 10 

CHAINS  : 

ring,  .        .        .        .14,  15,  16,  18 

22 
47 
157 
158 
142 
159 
159 
123 
160 
159 
159 
125 

I2Q 

160 

21 


of  log  haul, 
in  saw  mill, 
veneer, 

CHAIRS, 

back  knife  lathe, 
carvers,       ..... 
double  saw  and  chuck  machine, 
endless  bed  feed  sander,  . 
finishing  room,  .... 
heading  machine,       .        . 
rod  machines,     .... 

surfacers, 

tenoners,      ...... 

transmission,       .... 

CHUTES,  in  saw  mill,      .        ... 

CIRCULAR  MILL  : 

guide,  adjustment  of,  ...  27 
housing  lower  part,  ....  46 

inserted  teeth, 27 

lever,   locking,    .         .         ...         .27 

saw,  guarding,  .        ..  .        .26 

shielding  sawyer  and  lever,  .  .  26 
wedge  wheel  or  splitter,  .  .  .  26 

CLEANING  : 

of  boilers 175 

of  machines,       .        .        .        .         10,  n 

CLEANLINESS, 9 

CLIPPER,  veneer, 154 

CLOTHING, n 

CLUTCH  : 

for  slasher  and  trimmer  chains,  .  39 
on  shafting, 182 

COLLARS,  .        .        .        .        .        .        .     183 

COMMITTEES,  safety  inspection,     .        .        8 

CONVEYORS': 

in  planing  mill,  .  .  .  .68 
in  saw  mill,  .  .  .  21,  46,  51 
in  shingle  mill,  .....  56 

COOPERAGE  : 

barrel  hoist 150 

bolter  saws,  .....  82 
bung  borer.  .  .  .  .  .128 

crozers, 149 

edging  saws, 149 

equalizing  saws,  .  .  .  .84 
heading  jointers,  ....  147 
heading  planers,  .  148 

heading    rounders,      ....     148 

heading  saws, 147 

hoop  machines,  ....     150 

pail  trimming  lathe,  ....     148 

punches,      .        .        .        .        .        .     15° 

punching  and  flaring  machines,         .     150 

rough  stock 136 

stave  bending  machines,  .        ...     150 

stave  jointers, 147 

stave  planers, 148 

stave  sawing  machine.      .        .        .     146 


COOPERAGE : 

transmission,  .....  150 
trussing  machines,  .  .  .  .150 

vats, 150 

windlass, 150 

CO-OPERATION  : 

of  foremen  and  workmen,  .  .  7,  8 
of  workmen, 8 

COUNTERSHAFTS,      .....     184 

of  shapers, 120 

of  sizers,  moulders,  etc.,  ...      62 

COUNTERWEIGHTS  : 

of  borers,    ..'....     188 

of  doors,     .        .        .        .        .        .191 

of  elevators,       .....     198 

in  saw  mill,       .        .        .        .        21,  46 

of  swing  saws, 86 

of  swing  trims,  ....  36 
of  veneer  steaming  box  doors,  .  153 

COUPLINGS, 182 

of  live  roll  shafts,  ....  41 
on  saw  mill  carriage,  .  .  .26 
in  saw  mill  filing  room,  ...  47 
in  saw  mill  transmission  floor,  44,  45 

CRANE : 

for  loading  logs,  .  .  .  .  18 
in  saw.  mill  yard,  ....  50 

CROSS  ARMS  : 

rounding  planer,  .  .  .  .170 
transmission, 171 

CROSSINGS,  of  saw  mill  yard  railroad,      51 

CROZERS,  149 

CURTAIN  POLES  : 

lathes,          ......     142 

rod  machines,     .        .        .        .        .159 

CUTTERS  : 

care  of .10 

of  jointers,          .         .         .         .         .109 

of  lathes, 140,  141 

of  planing  mill  machines,         .         .       64 

setting  of n 

of  shapers,  .         .         .         .118.  120 

of  shingle  mill  jointer,     ...       60 

supply  of, 10 

of  surfacers 127 

of  tenoners,        .        .     129,  130,  131,  132 


1/6, 


DADOING, 

DAMS, 

DEAD  ROLLS,  of  saw  mill  slide, 
DEAF  PERSONS,  employment  of,    . 
DECK  : 

care  of, 

canter,         ...... 

cant-hooks, 

caution  on  part  of  sawyer  or  sealer, 

dangers  of  work 

selection  of  workmen, 

skids  of  railroad  iron, 
DERRICKS  : 

blocks, 

cables. 

erection,       .         .         .         .         . 

guy  wires,  ....     132, 

hand-power, 

hoisting  to   top   of  mast   pole, 

hooks, 

ladder  for  mast  pole,       .        . 

material   of 

posts,  ...... 


23 
24 
23 
24 
23 
24 
23 


132 
132 
132 
133 
133 
133 
132 

133 
132 

133 


INDEX 


207 


DERRICKS  : 

ratchet  stop   for,        .  133 

throttle  valve,    .               ",        .        .  133 

DESK  FACTORY,       .        .        .        .        .  158 

DISCIPLINE,      .        .        .        .        .        .  7 

DOGGERS,  dangers  of,  .        .        24,  26 

DOGS: 

for  lath  bolter,  .....  54 

on  rip  saw  guards,  .        .          72,  73,  76 

DOORS, 191 

over  band  mill, 47 

of  dry    kilns, 135 

opening  and  fastening,     .         .         .12 
of  veneer  steaming  boxes,        .        .153 

DOVETAILERS, 67 

gang  machine 158 

DOWEL  MACHINES,          .        .      68,  164,  168 

DRAG  SAW  : 

adjusting, 133 

belts,  gears  and  set  screws,     .        .  133 

in  billet  mill, 137 

fencing   machine,       ....  133 

fencing  run, 134 

short  ends, 134 

signs, 134 

transmission, 135 

trip, 133 

DRILL  PRESSES  : 

in  logging  machine  shop,  ...  15 

in  saw  mill  machine  shop,       .         .  47 

DRIP  PANS,  for  oil,        ....  13 


DRIVING,  in  logging,       ....  20 
DROP  SAW  TRIMMERS,  see  Trimmers. 

DRYERS,  for  veneer,        .        .        .        .  157 
DRY  KILNS  : 

doors,  balancing,        .        .        .        .135 

doors,  cables, 134 

doors,  counterweights,       .        .        .  134 

fans, 134 

flooring  pit, 134 

moving  cars  in,         .        .        .        .  134 

piling  material, 134 

runways  and  tramways,  railing,       .  134 
DUST  BRUSH,  at  machines,    .        .        .11 

DUST,  inhaling  of, 12 

DUTCH  OVENS, 176 

EDGERS  : 

box  board,  for  wagons,    .        .        .  143 

for  box  shocks 165 

care  in  operation,     .        .        .        30,  31 

dangers  of, 29 

dog  guard, 30 

driving  apparatus,     ....  32 

filing  saws  with  hook,       ...  31 

finger  guards, 29 

flyback  guards, 30 

plank   front  guard,   ....  30 

pressure  rolls. 29 

short  lever  edger,     .        .        .  31 

swinging  roll  guards,        .         .  30 

ELECTRICAL  APPARATUS  : 

artificial  respiration,  ....  100 

grounding  and  guarding.  .        .        .  189 

signs 190 

switchboards  and  switches,       .        .  189 

ELEVATORS : 

access  to  overhead  sheaves,   .    .  195 

cables, 197 

carriage  hoist 199 


ELEVATORS : 

cars,  enclosing  and  roofing,      .         .  196 

construction, 194 

counterweights,           ....  198 

enclosing  lever, 198 

gates, 196 

grating  below  overhead  timbers,      .  195 
hoistway,     clearance     at     top     and 

bottom, 195 

hoistway,  enclosing,  ....  195 

inspection  of, 195 

light  for, 195 

locking  operating  device,           .         .  198 

operating, 198 

outside   hoists, 199 

safety  device, 195 

signs, 198 

slack  cable  device,     ....  195 

speed  governor,         ....  195 

stop  buttons, 195 

warning  chains,          ....  198 

warning  gong, 198 

EMERGENCY  ROOM 13 

EMERY  WHEELS,  see  Grinding  Wheels. 
ENGINES  : 

automatic  lubrication,        .         .         .  i/S 

automatic  speed  limit  stop,       .         .  1/7 

belts, 178 

care  of, 178 

cleaning  moving  parts,     .         .         .178 

crank  pit 179 

crank  shaft,        .        .        .        .        -  i/9 

connecting  rod, 179 

cross-head, 179 

drive  belt, 179 

exhaust  pipes, 180 

floor  openings, 179 

flywheels,     .         .         .         .     178,  179.  1 80 

gears,  shafts,  keys 180 

governor, i~7.  T79 

lighting  and  cleanliness,  .        .        .  177 

in  logging,  donkey,  16 

in  logging,   road i/ 

in  logging,  yarder 16 

pipes  and  cylinders 180 

runways,  stairways  and  ladders,      .  180 

in  saw  mill 43.  47 

separators,    steam    reservoirs    and 

drop-legs,         .....  181 

sewers  or  catch-basins,     .        .        .  180 
signal  when  starting,         .         .         .178 

steam  gauge, 181 

stop  buttons,     .          .        .        .        .  177 

trap   doors. 179 

turning  off  center,     ....  181 

warning  signs 178 

EPILEPTICS,  employment  of,  .        .        .  8 
EQUALIZING  SAWS,  see  Saws  (Equalizing). 

EXCELSIOR  FACTORY,  equalizing  saws,    .  83 

EXITS 12 

EXPLOSIVES  : 

in  logging .  14 

storage  and   use 13 


FALLERS 

FEED  ROLLS : 

of  box  shook  edger.  . 

of  lath  machine. 

of  outside  moulders, 

of  panel    raisers, 


16 

165 

I4 
63 

66 


208 


INDEX 


FEED  ROLLS  : 

of  resaws, 65 

of  rod  machines,  .  .  .  .159 
of  rounding  machines,  .  .  .  141 
of  sanders,  .  .  .  .  121,  124 
sectional  for  sizers,  moulders,  etc.,  62 
sectional  for  surfacers,  .  .  .  126 

of  surfacers, 126 

FEEDING  APPARATUS  : 

for  box  factory  rip  saws,  .  .  165 
for  equalizing  saws,  ...  85 

FEEDING  TABLES, 10 

FELLING, 16 

FELLOES : 

borers, 129 

planing  machines,       ....     145 

sanding  drums,  .        .        .        .        .     124 

FENDERS,  for  saw  mill  yard  locomotives,     52 

FILING  ROOM,  in  saw  mill,     ...      47 

FINISHING  ROOM 160 

FIRE: 

escapes, 12 

hazard  reduced  by  cleanliness,  .  9 
precautions  against.  .  .  .  .12 

FIRST  AID, 13 

FLAG  STICKS,  rod  machine,  .        .        .     159 

FLASH  BOARDS, 176 

FLOORS, 191 

cleaning  of. 9 

for  dry  kiln  pit,  ....  134 
about  knee  bolter,  ....  57 

in  lath  mill, 55 

in  saw  mill,  .  .  .  .  21,  47 
for  saw  mill  carriage.  ...  25 

FLOOR  SWEEPERS 9 

FLYWHEEL: 

of  air  compressor.     .        .        .        .     179 

of  air  pump. 179 

of  engine,  .        s        .        .        .     178 

of  turbine  generator,         .        .        .     177 

FOREBAY, 176 

FOREMEN  : 

duties   of 7 

inspection  for  fire,      ....       12 

selection   of, 7 

FRICTIONS, 188 

of  log  haul  machines.       ...      23 

in  saw  mill,       .....      45 

of  saw  mill  carriage,        ...      26 

FROGS,  blocking,       .        .        .        .        .51 

FURNITURE  : 

back  knife  lathe,  ....  142 
carvers,  .  .  .  .  .  .  159 

disk  sanders, 123 

dovetailing  machines,  .  .  .  158 
endless  bed  feed  sander,  .  .  123 

finishing  room 160 

grooving  saws,  .        .        .        .15^ 

miter  saw, 158 

moulding  sander,  ....  125 
pony  planer,  .....  126 

surfacers, 125 

tenoners 129.  130,  159 

transmission 160 

turning  machine,        ....     140 

veneer  cutter 160 

FUSIBLE  PLUG,  for  boilers,     .        .        .     173 
GANG  RIPPING  MACHINE,  65 


GANG  SAWS  : 

guarding  of 

locking  machinery,     . 
GATES  : 

for  elevators,      .... 
in  saw  mill  yard, 
GAUGE  GLASSES,      .     •   . 
.  light  about,          .... 

GEARS, 

of  borer  spindle, 

of  cranes, 

of  drag  saw 

of  dowel  machines,  . 

of  edgers, 

of  gang  saws,     .... 

of  grindstones 

in  engine  room, 

of  lath   bolter 

of  lath  machine, 

of  live  rolls 

of  log  haul  machine, 
of  sanders,          .... 
of  saw  mill  carriage, 
in  saw  mill  filing  room.  . 
in  saw  mill  machine  shop, 
of  saw   mill   transmission, 
of  shafting,         .... 
of  sizers,  moulders,  etc.,  . 
of  surfacers,       .... 
of  turbines,         .... 
of  veneer  dryers, 
of  veneer  glue  machine,  . 
of  veneer  rotary  cutter,  . 
of  water  wheels, 
GIN  POLE  : 

at    roll-way,        .... 
in  saw  mill   yard, 
of  skidders,         .... 
GLASSES,  for  grinders,  ... 
GLOVES : 

avoiding  use  of,         ... 
in  edger  work,  .... 
in  jointer  work, 
in  rip  saw  work, 
in  shaper  work, 
in  shingle  mill  jointer  work,    . 
GLUE  MACHINE,  in  veneer  work,  . 
GOGGLE  GLASSES,  for  grinders, 
GOGGLES,  for  boiler  tenders,  . 
GONG,  for  elevators, 
GOVERNOR : 

for  engines 

for  elevators,      .... 
GRINDING  WHEELS  : 
belts  and  pulleys, 

belt  shifter 

capping   arbor 

eye  shields 

guarding  of 

in  logging  machine  shop, 

mounting, 

operation  and  care,  . 

in  saw  mill  filing  room,  . 

storage, 

testing, 

GRINDSTONES  : 

driving   apparatus, 

mounting,  racing  and  truing  up, 

selection  of 


32 
33 


.  196 

•  52 
174,  175 

.  172 

.  188 

.  127 

•  So 

•  133 
.  168 
.  32 

•  32 
.  194 
.  180 

•  54 

•  54 


.  23 

.  123 

.  26 

•  47 

•  47 
44,  45 
.  182 
.  62 
.  126 

•  177 

•  157 
.  157 

•  153 
.  177 


18 

50 

18 

192 


ii 

3i 
1 08 

92 
119 

60 

157 
192 

175 

198 


177,  179 
•     195 


193 
193 
193 
192 
192 

15 
192 
193 

47 
194 
194 


INDEX 


209 


GRINDSTONES  : 

storage, 
GROOVING  : 

with  circular  saws,  . 

on  shapers, 

GUARD  RAILS,  blocking, 
GUIDE  : 

of  band  mill, 

of  circular  mill, 

of  jointers, 

of  lath  bolter,    . 

of  rip  saws, 

of  shapers,  . 
GUY  WIRES  : 

of  derricks, 

of  logging    gin    pole, 

of  skidders, 


77 

112 

51 

28 

27 
109 

54 
90 

112 


132.    133 

.       18 
18 


HAMMERS,  in  felling,  16 

HAMMERS  (DROP),  in  saw  mill,     .        .  48 

HAMMERS  (STEAM),  in  saw  mill,        .  48 

HANDLES  : 

automatic  lathes,        ....  142 

blank  saw, 137 

block  saw, 137,  138 

chucking  and  tenoning  machines.     .  139 
D  handle  jointing  and  backing  ma- 
chines,        138 

D  handle  shaping  and  finishing  ma- 
chines,        138 

equalizing  saws,         ....  85 
ferrule  seat  shaping  and  boring  ma- 
chines,        138 

header   or   smoother   machine,        .  138 

plow  handle  shapers,         .        .        .  138 

rough  stock, 136 

rounding  machines,   ....  141 

swinging  head  lathes,       .        .        .  140 

tenoners, 129 

thread  cutting  machines,  .         .         .  138 

throating   machine,    ....  138 

transmission, 150 

HATCH    COVERS,    automatic,    for    ele- 
vators   195 

HAULING,  in  sawr  mill  yard,  ...  49 

HEAD  BLOCKS,  extensions  for,        .        .  25 

HEADER  OR  SMOOTHER  MACHINE,  .        .  138 

HEADING  : 

jointers. 147 

horizontal  saws,         ....  147 

rounders 148 

vertical  saws 147 

HEADING    MACHINE,    for    chair    back 

posts, 159 

HOISTS  : 

barrel, 150 

carriage, 199 

outside, 199 

HOISTWAY  (ELEVATOR)  : 

clearance  at  top  and  bottom,    .        .  195 

enclosing 195 

hatch   covers, 195 

painting  sides  white,         .         .         .  195 

projections, 195 

HOOKS  : 

of  derricks,         .-'._-.        .        .  132 
in  logging  work,       .        .           16,  17,  19 

for   log  haul, 22 

safety  hooks,  in  logging,  .        .         .19 


HOOKS: 

in  saw  mill  yard,      .... 

in  veneer  work,         .... 
HOOPS  : 

automatic  cutting  machines, 

bar  chuck  pointing  machine,     . 

planers, 

pointing  machines,    .... 

vats, 

HORIZONTAL  BAND  RESAW  : 

in  box  factory, 

dangers    of, 

hood  and  apron  guards, 

housing, 

HORSES,  in  saw  mill  vard, 
HUBS  : 

cut-off  machine,         .... 

equalizers, 

reamers, 

turning  machines,      .... 

ICE  ROAD,  in  logging 

INFLAMMABLE    SUBSTANCES    AND 

LIQUIDS,  storage  and  use. 
INJURED: 

care  of, 

first  aid  for, 

INSERTED  TEETH  : 

of  circular  mill.         .... 

of  knee  bolter, 

INSPECTION  : 

ALtna.  Liability 

of  boilers, 

for  fire, 

of  machinery  and  structures,  . 

of  safeguards, 

INSTRUCTION,  of  workmen,    . 

INTOXICATED  PERSONS 

ISOLATION,  of  dangerous  machines. 


50 

157 

150 
150 
150 
150 
150 

167 
39 
40 
39 
50 

145 

85 

145 

145 

20 

13 

13 
13 

27 

57 


12 
10 
TO 

7 
7 


JAMS,  in  logging 20 

JOINTER: 

aluminum  guard,        ....  103 

automatic  face  planing  machine.      .  106 

automatic  feed  machines,         .        .  106 

automatic  guards,      .        .     102,  103.  104 

care  in   operation 108 

circular   safety  cylinder.   .         .         .  101 

dangers  of.         ...     101.  107.  163 

double  automatic  guard.  .         .         .  105 

finger  guard, 105 

gloves,  use  of 108 

guide,  fastening  of 109 

irregular  work, 106 

knives,  setting  and  care,  .         .         .  109 

light  at 9 

operators 7 

pail  and  tub 148 

in  pattern  shops 162 

pressure  apparatus 106 

push-block. 107 

rear  part  of  knives,  guarding,        .  108 

sectional   swing  paddle   guard.         .  105 

secure  footing 10 

self-feed  attachment.         .        .        .  106 

in  shingle  mill. 60 

short  pieces 107.  163 

sliding  and  rising  guards.         .         .  102 
steel  lips  for  tables,  .        .        .        .no 


INDEX 


JOINTER : 

swing  paddle  guards,         .         .         .  104 

taking  out  the  wind,         .         .         .  105 

transmission, no 

weight  for  tension,  ....  103 

JOINTER  AND  EDGER,  in  box  factory,     .  166 

KEYS,  of  engines, 180 

KEY-WAYS, 183 

of  live  roll  shafts,     ....       41 

of  saw  mill  transmission,        .        44,  45 

on  shafting, 182 

KICKER  : 

dangers  of,          .... 

operation  of,       . 
KNEE  BOLTER  : 

carriage  and  track,   . 

floor   about,        .... 

guarding  of,        .... 

inserted  teeth,    .... 
KNIVES,  see  Cutters. 


23 

24 

57 
57 
57 
57 


175 
180 
190 
iqo 
168 


LADDERS : 

for  boiler  runways,  . 

in  engine  room,  . 

portable,       .         .      }  .         . 

stationary,  .... 
LADLING  MACHINE,     '    . 
LATH  BOLTER  : 

dangers  of,  «         .  .       53 

guarding  of,       .        .        .        .        53,  54 
LATHES : 

automatic  feed,  ..... 

back  knife, 

belts    and    pulleys,      .... 

blower  hood  protection,    .     140,  141, 

bowl, 

clothing  of  operators, 

copying,       .        .        . 

corner  block  machine,       .         .         . 

dangers  of,         .         .    '     . 

heads  and  knives,     . 

motor  drive,       .         . 

operation  of, 

saws,  guarding  of,     . 

screen  for,  .... 

shields  for  cutter  heads,  . 

swinging  head  machine,  . 

transmission, 

variety,        .... 
LATHES  (METAL  WORKING)  : 

in  logging  machine  shop,  ...       15 

in  saw  mill  machine  shop.         .         .       47 

LATH  MACHINE, 54 

LATH  MILL  : 

bolter, -  53 

boys,  employment  of,         ...       55 

floors, 55 

gears, 54 

lath   machine, 54 

sprockets  and  chains.  .  .  54,  55 
transfer  tables.  .  .  .  .  -55 

trimmers 55 

waste  holes,        .        .  55 

LATH  TRIMMER, 55 

LEVER : 

of  carriage,  locking,  .  25,  27,  28 

of  carriage  shielding,  .  .  26,  27 
cross  style  for  circular  mill,  .  .  27 
of  edger  pressure  rolls,  ...  31 


142 
142 

143 
142 
168 

.  139 

.  142 

.  141 

.  139 

.  141 

139,  164 
139,  140 

.     142 

164,  1 68 

.     140 

.     140 

.     150 

168 


LEVER  : 

elevator,   enclosing,   . 

of  tenoner,  guard  for  hand  on, 
LIABILITY  INSURANCE,    . 
LIGHT, 

in  boiler    room, 

in  engine   room, 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor, 

in  saw  mill  yard, 

for  stairways,     .         .  •>     . 
LIVE  ROLLS  : 

bridges  over,       .         .         .         . 

care   in  operation,     . 

dangers  of,          .... 

driving   apparatus,     . 

in  planing  mill,  .... 

planking  guards,        .         .       ..•••• 

size  of, 

table  and  apron  guard,     . 
LOADERS,  for  logs,    .... 
LOADING,  in  saw  mill  yard,    . 
LOCK  : 

for  elevator  operating  device,  . 

for  saw  mill  carriage  lever,         25, 
LOCOMOTIVES  : 

of  logging  railroad,  . 

in  saw  mill  yard, 
LOGGING  : 

boiler, 

backers  and  swampers,     . 

cables, 

cableway   yarder, 

camps, 

chains, 

driving, 

explosives, 

felling, 

hooks, 

ice  roads, 

jams, 

loading  cars,       .... 

machine  shop,    .... 

pull  boats, 

railroad 

riding  on  trains, 

road  engine,        .... 

roll-way, 

safety  devices,  use  limited, 

safety  hooks,       .... 

signal  system,     .... 

skidders,      ..... 

skidways,    ..... 

snatch  blocks,     .         . 

standard  outfits, 

supervision,         .... 

travoying 

unloading  cars, 

yarder  engine,   .... 

LOG  HAUL: 

cables  and  chains,     . 
construction,       .... 
gears,  belts  and   frictions, 
hooks    and    fastenings, 

pike  poles 

protection   of,     .         . 
reinforcement  of,       . 
riding  on  logs  or  log  hauls, 
spikes   and  bunks,     . 
tram  car 


PAGE 

.'  198 
.  130 
.  200 

9 

.     172 

•  177 

•  43 

•  Si 

12 

.  42 

•  42 
21,  41 
.  41 

.  68 
.  42 


•  17 

•  49 

.  198 
27,  28 

•  15 

•  52 

16,  17 

.  16 

.  16 

•  19 
14,  15 
.  16 

20 
.         14 

.  16 
.  16 

20 
2O 

•  17 

•  15 
.  18 

•  15 
.  15 

i/ 

.  18 
.  14 
.  19 

I.-'. 

.  18 
.  19 

.       T7 

T4 
14,    T/ 

.  19 
.  19 
.  if) 


22 
22 
23 
22 

•  23 
22,   23 

22 

•  23 
22 
22 


INDEX 


LOG  HAUL; 

walks  and  stairways,        .        .        .  22 

wooden   hauls, 22 

LOG  LOADER,  danger  of,  .        .        .        .23 

LOG  TURNER,  see  Canter. 

MACHINE  SHOP: 

logging,       .        .        .        .        .        .  14 

saw  mill, 47 

MACHINES  : 

adjustment  of, n 

cleaning  of,         .         .         .         .         10,  n 

oiling  of, 10,  II 

repairing  of,       .         .         .         .         10,  II 

stopping  before  leaving,  .         .  II 

use  of, II 

MATCHER  : 

for  box  boards, 166 

guarding  of, 62 

operation  of, 65 

METAL  GRATING,  for  secure  footing,      .  10 

MILL  POND,  fencing  in,          .        .        .51 

MINORS,  employment  of,       ...  8 

MORTISERS  : 

chain  mortiser, 129 

driving  belt, 129 

transmission, 135 

MOTOR  DRIVE,  .        .        .        .12,  181,  187 

for  lathes, 139,  164 

MOTORS,  grounding 189 

MOULDERS  : 

guarding  of,        ....        63,  64 

operation  of, 65 

NAILING  MACHINE,         ....  166 

NIGGER  : 

operation  of, 26 

valves,  stuffing  box  and  cylinder,     .  46 

OFF-BEARERS  : 

in  box  factory, 166 

clothing  of,         .         .         .         .         II,  92 

at  live  rolls, 42 

for  rip  saws,       .                ...  91 

OFFICE  FIXTURE  FACTORY,  borer  guard,  128 
OILING  : 

of  drop  saw   trimmers,     ...  34 

of  machines 10 

of  shafting, 182 

of  slab  slasher  chains,      .        •        •  39 

ORGANIZATION, 7 

OVAL  WOOD  DISH  MACHINE,        .        .  169 
OVERHEAD  TRIMMERS,  see  Trimmers. 

PAIL  AND  TUB  FACTORY  : 

bolter  saws, 83 

edging  saws, 149 

hand   jointer, 148 

pail   trimming  lathe,          .         .         .  148 

PANEL  RAISERS, 66 

PASSAGEWAYS  : 

about  machines,         ....  8 

keeping  clean, 9 

PATTERN  SHOP  : 

dowel  machine, 164 

jointer 162 

rules  necessary,          ....  161 

saws, 161,  162 

surfacer, 164 

transmission, 171 

universal  woodworking  machine,     .  163 


PAGE 

PENSTOCKS,       .        .               ...  177 

PIANO  MAKING,  tenoners,     .        .        .  129 

PICKET  HEADER, 68 

PICTURE  FRAME  FACTORY  : 

miter  saw,  .        .        .        .        .        .82 

moulding  sander,       ....  124 

PIKE  POLES  : 

for  pond  men, 23 

lathes  for, 142 

PILING, n 

in  box  factory, 167 

in  dry  kilns, 134 

in  lath   mill, 55 

in  saw  mill  yard,     ....  5° 

in  shingle  mill, 59 

PINCH   BAR, 53 

PISTONS,  shrinking  on,  .        .        .        .48 

PIT,  railing 191 

PLANER,  see  Surfacer. 

PLANER   (DIAGONAL),     ....  68 

PLANER  AND  MATCHER: 

guarding  of, 62 

operation   of, 65 

PLANING  MILL: 

big  timber  planer,     ....  63 

blind  slat  machines,  ....  67 

.     butting   saws, 68 

conveyors, 68 

dadoing, 68 

diagonal  planer,          ....  68 

dovetailers, 67 

dowel  machines,         ....  68 

gang  ripping  machine,     ...  65 

matcher, 62,  65 

miter  saw, 67 

moulders,    ....          62,  63,  65 

panel   raisers, 66 

panel  sanders, 66 

picket  header,     .                ...  68 
planer  and  matcher,  ...        62,  65 

relishers  and  wedge  cutters,     .        .  67 

resaws, 65 

sash,  door  and  blind  machines,         .  67 

sizers, 62,  65 

surfacers,    ....        62,  65,  125 

transmission, 69 

wood  trimmers,          ....  67 
PLATFORMS  : 

guarding  of, 190 

over  penstocks, 177 

in  saw  mill  yard,       .        .        .        48,  49 
POLES : 

automatic  feed  machine,  .         .         .  146 

heel  tapering  machine,      .         .         .  146 

old  method, 146 

sticker, 146 

PRESSURE  ROLLS  : 

of  edgers, 29 

of  gang  saws, 32 

PRINTING  PRESS,  in  box  factory,  .        .  167 
PULL  BOATS,    .        .        .        .        .        .18 

PULLEYS  : 

broken  rims, 187 

compression 187 

testing, 187 

web  type  for  saw  mill  transmission,  45 

PUNCHES, 150 

PUSH-BLOCK, 107 

PUSH-STICK, 91 


212 


INDEX 


RABBETING,  on  rip  saw,  ....      91 
RAILROAD  : 

blocking  frogs  and  ends  of  guard 

rails, 51 

cables  across  track,  .        .        .        .51 

cars, .  .    52 

coupling  cars, 52 

crossings,    .        .        .        .        .        .51 

gates  at  approaches  to,     .        .        .      52 
locomotives,        .        .        .        .        .      52 

in  logging,  .         .         .         .         .         .15 

operation  of, 52 

repair  work, 53 

safety  car  shifter,     ....      53 

signalling, 52 

signs,  .         .         .         .         .         .52 

switches, 51,  52 

tracks,          .        .        .        .        .  S1 

trestles, 51 

trolley  poles  along  track,  .  .  51 
RAILROAD  TIES,  equalizer,  ...  86 
RAKING  PLATFORM,  ....  176 
RED  PAINT,  for  safeguards  and  moving 

parts  of  machinery,       ...        9 
RELEASING  REST  : 

for  grinding  wheels,         .        .        .     193 
for   grindstones,         .        ,        .        .     194 
RELISHER  AND  WEDGE  CUTTER,       .        .      67 
REPAIRING,  of  machines,  10 

RESAWS  (BAND),    .        .        .        .        65,  66 
RESAWS  (CIRCULAR),      ....      65 
RESAWS      (HORIZONTAL     BAND),     see 
Horizontal  Band  Resaws. 

ROAD  ENGINE, 17 

ROCKER,  see  Kicker. 

ROCK  SAW, 28 

ROD  MACHINE, 159 

ROLL-WAY  : 

building  of, 18 

loading  from,  .....  18 
ROSIN,  for  secure  footing,  .  .  .  10 
ROUNDING  MACHINE: 

for  handles 141 

for  woodenware,  ....  168 
RUBBER  GLOVES,  for  electrical  workmen,  189 
RUBBER  MATS,  for  secure  footing,  .  10 

RUBBISH,  disposal  of 12 

RULES  : 

for  boiler  tender*,  .  .  .  .172 
enforcement  of,  ....  7 
in  pattern  shop,  .  .  .  .161 

in  saw   mill, 21 

RUNWAYS  : 

for  boilers, 175 

over  dams, 177 

to  dry  kilns, 134 

in  engine  room,         ....     180 

guarding  of, 190 

in  saw  mill,  .  .  .  .  21,  44 
in  saw  mill  yard,  .  .  .  48,  49 

SAFEGUARDS  : 

care  of 10 

inspection   of 10 

in  logging,  use  limited,     ...  14 

painting  red, 9 

slats   or  wire   mesh   advisable,         .  13 

value   and  use  of 9 

SAFETY  DEVICE,  for  elevators,        .        .  195 
SAFETY  DEVICES,  see  Safeguards. 


SAFETY  VALVE,  of  boilers,     . 
SANDERS  : 

belts  and  pulleys, 

belt  sander, 

board  cover  for  top,  . 

disk  machines,  . 

endless  bed  feed  machine, 


PAGE 

172,  174 

121,  123 
.  124 
.  123 
.  123 
-  123 

feed  rolls,  .        .        .        .        .     121,  124 
gears,  .        .        .        .        .     123,  188 

moulding  Sanders 124 

panel   sander,     .        .        .        .        .66 
sanding  wheels  and  drums,       .        .     124 

sash  sander, 67 

sprockets  and  chains,       .        .        .     123 

take-away  end, 121 

transmission, 135 

SASH,  DOOR  AND  BLIND  MACHINES,  .  67 
door  panel  sander,  ....  124 
relishers  and  wedge  cutters,  .  .  67 

sanding  wheel, 124 

self-feed  saw, 78 

tenoners, 129,  130 

SAW  MILL  : 

band  mill, 27 

blacksmith  and  machine  shops,        .      47 
carefulness  in  doing  work,         .         .       21 

carriage 24 

caution  on  part  of  sawyer,    21,  24,  26,  28 
circular    mill,      .        .        .  .26 

cleanliness, 21 

counterweights,  .        .        .        .        21,  46 

deck, 23 

edgers, 29 

enforcement  of  rules,        ...      21 

filing  room, 47 

floors, 21 

gang  saws,  .        .        .        .        .        .32 

general  precautions,  ....      21 

gin   pole    in   yard,     ....       50 

hammers,  steam  and  drop,       .         .       48 
horizontal  band  resaw,      •        •        •      39 

lath  mill, 53 

live   rolls, 41 

log  haul, 22 

motor  drive, 12 

railroad  in  yard,       .        .        .        •      51 

runways, 21,  44 

signs, 21 

slab  slashers, 38 

space  around  machines,     ...       21 

stairways, 21 

steam  feeds  and  machinery,      .         .       46 

supervision, 21 

stir  facers, 125 

transmission,       ....         43,  61 
transmission  floor,     ...         21,  43 

trimmers, 33 

wood  saws, 41 

yard 48 

SAWS  : 

light   at, 9 

operators, 7 

secure  footing,  .        .        .        .        .10 

SAWS  (BAND)  : 

block  to  catch  flying  end,        .        .     100 

brazing, 99 

care   in   operation 98 

cracked  or  dull  blades,     ...      99 
dangers  of,         ...          95,  97,  98 


INDEX 


213 


SAWS   (BAND) : 

gloves,  use  of, 99 

lower  wheel,  guarding,  ."  95,  99,  100 
return  part  of  blade,  guarding, 

97,  99,  100 
safety  device   for  fingers,        .        .100 

self-feed  saws, 100 

sharpening, 99 

transmission, 100 

upper  wheel,  bar  in  front  of,  .  .  97 
upper  wheel,  enclosing,  .  97,  99,  100 
upper  wheel,  spanning  bow  for, 

97,  99,  loo 

web  wheel  for, 95 

working  part  of  blade,  guarding, 

98,  99,  loo 

SAWS  (BLOCK),       .        .                .     137,  138 
SAWS  (BOLTER) 82 

transmission, 94 

SAWS  (BUTTING), 68 

SAWS  (CUT-OFF)  : 

adjusting  and  cleaning,  ...  90 
bearings,  care  of,  .  .  .  -93 

in  box  factory, 165 

care  of, 93 

carriage-fed, 81 

covering  when  left  running,     .         .       94 

cracked  saws, 91 

curved  strip  guard,  ....  79 
dangers  of,  ....  70,  79 

double  cut-off, 8a 

feeding  material,  81 

framework  guard,      ....       80 

guarding  of, 79 

guards,  material  of,  .  .  .  -93 
guards,  use  and  adjustment,  .  .  92 

hood  guards 79 

for  hub  blocks 145 

of  lathes,     .        .        .        .  .     142 

miter  saw 82 

in  shingle  mill,  .  .  .  .  .56 
speed  of,  fixing,  ....  93 

transmission 94 

traveling  cut-off,       ....      80 

under  part  of  saw,  guarding,   .         .       89 

SAWS  (EQUALIZING),      .        .        .        .83 

cooperage,  .        .        .        .        .        .84 

drum  equalizer, 85 

feeding  apparatus,     ....      85 

handles, 85 

railroad  ties, 86 

spokes, 85 

transmission, 94 

under  part  of  saw,  guarding   .        .      89 

veneer, 85 

wagons, 85 

SAWS  (GROOVING),  ....  77,  158 
SAWS  (HORIZONTAL  SHINGLE)  : 

carriage, 58 

guard  over  back,  .  .  .  .58 
safety  spalting  curve,  ...  58 

SAWS  (KNOT), 59 

SAWS  (MITER),  ...  67,  82,  158 
SAWS  (PATTERN-MAKERS'),  •  •  161,  162 
SAWS  (Rip)  : 

adjusting  or  cleaning,  ...  90 
bearings,  care  of,  .  .  .  -93 

in  box  factory, 164 

care  in  operation,  ....  90 
care  of, 93 


SAWS   (Rip)  : 

in  cooperage,  edging,  .  .  .  149 
covering  when  left  running,  .  .  94 

cracked  saws, 91 

dangers  of,  ....  70,  73 
feeding  apparatus,  ....  165 
feeling  run  of,  .  .  .  .  .90 

finger  guard, 76 

guarding  of, 70 

guards,  material  of,  ....  93 
guards,  use  and  adjustment,  .  .  92 

guide, 90 

home-made  guards,  ....  74 
hood  guards,  .  .  73,  74,  75,  76,  77 

off-bearers, 91 

off-bearers,  clothing  of,    .        .        .      92 

push-stick, 91 

rabbeting, 91 

sawyers'  clothing,      ....       92 

self- feed  saws, 78 

speed  of,  fixing,         ....      93 

splitter,        .        .        .        .        .        .70 

splitter  guards,  .        .     72,  74,  75,  76,  77 

transmission, 94 

under  part  of  saw,  guarding,  .        .      89 

SAWS  (SEGMENT), 155 

SAWS  (SPLIT  TABLE,  HAND- FEED),  .  137 
SAWS  (SPRINGBOARD  CLIP),  ...  60 
SAWS  (SWING)  : 

belt, 88 

belt   shifter, 89 

care  in  operation,  ....  89 
counterweighting,  ....  86 

handle,. 88 

limiting  the   swing,  .         .         .         .88 

saw,  guarding, 87 

saw,  hanging, 89 

SAWS   (UPRIGHT  SHINGLE)  : 

carriage,  59 

floor  about, 59 

operation, 59 

run,  railing, 59 

shaft  guarding, 59 

SAWYER  : 

in    saw    mill,    good    judgment    re- 
quisite,      22 

in  saw  mill,  need  of  caution, 

21,  24,  26,  28 

SCALER,  caution  in  operating  kicker,     .      24 
SECURE    FOOTING,    at    dangerous    ma- 
chines,          10 

SERIES  ARC  CIRCUITS,      ....     189 

SET  SCREWS, 183 

in  borers'  chucks 127 

in  borers'  spindle  collars,  .  .  128 
in  collars  on  shafting,  .  .  .  183 

on  drag  saw, 133 

on  gears, 188 

guarding, 183 

headless 183 

in  logging  machine  shop,  .        .        .15 

on  machines, 183 

in  saw  mill  machine  shop,        .         .       47 

of  saw  mill  transmission,         .        44,  45 

SETTERS,  dangers  of,      .        .        .        24,  26 

SHAFT  ENDS, 182 

on  saw  mill  carriage,  ...  26 
of  saw  mill  transmission,  .  44,  45 
of  sizers,  moulders,  etc.,  .  62 


INDEX 


SHAFTING  : 

arrangement  and  care, 

couplings,  gears,  clutches,  etc., 

elimination  by  motor  drive, 

guarding  of, 

oiling, 

in  saw  mill  filing  room,     . 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor,  low 
and  elevated,  ....        44. 

work  on, 

SHAFTS  : 

of  drop  saw  trimmers,     . 

in  engine  room, 

of  equalizer,       . 

of  heel  tapering  machine, 

of  live  rolls, 

of  sorting  tables,       .... 

of  upright  shingle  saw,   . 

of  water  wheels,        .... 
SHAPER: 

belts  and  pulleys,        .... 

belt  shifter, 

blade  spring  for  horizontal  pressure, 

care   in   operation,     .        .        .        • 

construction  and  setting  of  machine, 

countershaft,  fencing, 

dangers  of,         ... 

feeding  apparatus,     .        .        . 

gloves,  use  of,  .        ... 

grooved  knives,  .        ..       .       '•        •  . 

grooving  work,  .         .         . 

home-made  feeding  device, 

home-made  guards,  .     112,  114,  116, 

knives,  setting  and  care,  .        .118, 

leather  fan  device,     .... 

light  at,      ...... 

lock  nuts  for  spindles, 

notched  board  guard, 

operators,   employment  of, 

panel   sticking, 

patented  guards,         .... 

pressure  apparatus,  .... 

rear  of  spindle, 

ring,  plate  and  cap  guards, 

secure  footing,  .        .        .        .    .   10, 

straight  work, 

suction  pipes, 

table    front,    fencing, 

transmission 

variety  work, 

wooden  spring  guard, 
SHEAVES  : 

elevator,      .        .  .  I94> 

of  rope  feed  set  works,     . 

of  saw  mill  carriage  feed, 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor, 
SHEDS,  in  saw  mill  yard, 
SHINGLE  MILL: 

axes,  wedges  and  sledges, 

conveyors, 

cracked  saws 

cut-off  saws,       ..... 

horizontal  shingle  saws,     . 

jointer, 

knee  bolter, 

knot  saw, 

packing,       

piling  blocks, 

springboard  clip  saw, 


181 
182 


47 
45 


33 
180 

85 
146 


59 

177 

1 20 
1 20 

112 
119 
119 
120 
III 

119 
119 

112 

118 
118 
1 20 
117 

9 
1 20 

112 
1 2O 

114 


116 
1 20 

112 

1 2O 
1 2O 

112 


61 

59 

136 

158 

75 


28 


SHINGLE  MILL: 

transmission,       ....         43 
upright   shingle   saw, 
SHORT  LOG  SAW  MILL,    .... 
SHOW  CASE  FACTORY,     .        .        . 

rip  saw  guarded,       .... 
SIGNALLING  : 

for  band  mill,  when  starting  up  or 

shutting  down,        .... 

for    engine,    when    starting    up    or 

shutting  down,       .... 

in  logging, 

in  saw  mill,  when  starting  or  stop- 
ping engine, 47 

at  saw  mill  slides,     ....  48 

for  saw  mill  yard  railroad,      .        .  52 
SIGNS: 

character  of, 10 

at  drag  sa^v, 134 

for  electricity, 190 

for  elevators, 198 

on  engine  throttle  valve  wheel,        .  178 
first  aid  instructions,  ....  13 
at    machine    equipped    with     safe- 
guards   9 

placing  of 7 

for  railroad  in  saw  mill  yard,        .  52 

in  saw  mill, 21 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor,        .  43 

use  of, 10 

SINGLE-TREES  : 

dressing  and  pointing  machines,       .  146 

equalizers, 85 

SIZERS  : 

guarding  of 62 

operation  of, 65 

SIZING  MACHINE,  in  box  factory,        .  166 

SKIDDERS, 18 

SKIDS,  of  railroad  iron,  ....  23 

SKIDWAYS 19 

SLAB  SLASHERS  : 

bridge  across  chains,         ...  39 

clutch    for   chains,     ....  39 

dangers  of, 38 

guarding  of, 38 

oiling  of  saws, 39 

throwing  chains  out,         ...  39 

transfer   chains,          ....  39 
SLASHERS,  veneer,  .        .        .        .        .156 

SLACK  CABLE  DEVICE,  for  elevators,     .  195 

SLATS,  advisable  for  safeguards,  .        .  13 

SLEDGES,  in  shingle  mill,        ...  57 

SLICING  MACHINE,  for  veneer,      .        .  154 

SMOKING, T3 

SNATCH  BLOCKS, 17 

SPACE : 

around  machines,      .        .        .        .  8 

around  saw  mill  machines,       .         .  21 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor,         .  43 

SPARK  BRUSH,  for  grinding  wheels,     .  192 

SPLICER,  for  veneer,        .        .      •  .        .  157 

SPLIT  TABLE  SAW,  hand-feed,       .        .  137 

SPLITTER  :     • 

adjustment, 71 

attachment,         .         .         .         •         7r>  72 

for  block  saws, 138 

for  box  factory  saws,       .        .        .  164 


INDEX 


215 


SPLITTER  :  t 

for   circular  mill 26 

for  circular  resaw,  .       ":        .        .65 

curved, 71 

extended  type, 72 

for  lath  bolter, 53 

material  of, 71 

for  pattern-makers'  saws,         .     161,  162 
rip  saws,  necessary  for,     .         .         70,  72 

for  short  log  saw  mill,     .         .         .  136 

straight, 71 

SPOKES  : 

drivers, 143 

equalizing  saws,         ....  85 

facers, 143 

rough  stock, 136 

swinging  head  lathe.         .        .        .140 

tenoners, 131,  132 

throaters, 144 

SPOOLS, •  .  170 

disc  dividing  saws,  ....  170 

transmission, 171 

SPREADER,  see  Splitter. 

SPRINGBOARDS,  in  felling,        .        .        .  16 

SPROCKET  WHEELS  AND  CHAINS,  .        .  189 

of  band  saw  feed  works.  .        .        .  100 

of  drop  saw  trimmers.     ...  33 

of  edgers, 32 

of  gang  saws, 32 

of  lath  bolter, 54 

of  live  rolls, 41 

of  pole  machine,        ....  146 

of  sanders. 123 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor,         .  45 

of  veneer  dryers,       ....  157 

SPUR,  of  lathes,"     ....     139.  142 

STAIRWAYS, 190 

for  boiler  runways 175 

building   regular 12 

in  engine  room 180 

familiarity    with,         ....  12 
lighting  of.         .         .         .         .         .12 

for  log  haul 22 

in  saw  mill. 21 

in  saw  mill  transmission  floor.        43,  44 
to   platforms   and   runways   in    saw 

mill  yard.         .....  49 

STAPLING,  of  baskets 169 

STAVES : 

bending  machines 150 

jointers 147 

planers 148 

sawing  machines 146 

STEAM   FEEDS,  in  saw  mill,  ...  46 

STEAM  GAUGE: 

comparing  with  safer}-  valve.  .        .  173 

drilling  hole  in  case,         .         .        .  175 

in  engine  room 181 

lighting  about 172 

testing 172.  173 

STEAMING  BOXES,  veneer.      .        .        .  153 

SUCTION  HOODS  OR  PIPES,  see  Blower  Hoods. 

SUPERVISION : 

in  logging 14.  20 

of  loading  lo^rging  cars.  ...  17 

in  saw  mill 21 

SURFACERS : 

belts  and  pulleys,       ....  164 


SURFACERS  : 

belt  shifter,    .... 

driving  mechanism,  . 

feed  entrance 

feed  roll  gears 

guarding  of 

knives  and   heads, 

operation  of,       . 

pattern  shop 

sectional    feed    roll,   . 

transmission,       .... 
SWAMPERS,  see  Buckers. 
SWING  TRIMS,         .... 
SWITCHBOARDS,         .... 
SWITCHES  (ELECTRICAL). 

safety  lock -knife  switch.  . 
SWITCHES   (RAILROAD)  : 

in  logging, 

in  saw  mill  yard,       .         .         .        51 

TABLES,  encumbering  of. 
TENONERS  : 

carriage, 

cut-off  saws.       .        .        .     129.  131. 

cutter  heads,      .        .        .     129,  130, 

double  end  machine, 

extension  for  feeding-out  chains,     . 

furniture, 

guard  for  hand  on  lever,  . 

shaper  heads 

slitting   saws, 

spoke  machines.          .         .         .     131, 

transmission. 

THROATERS  : 

for  handles, 

for  spokes. 

TONGS : 

in  saw  mill  yard,       .... 

for  skidders, 

TRACKS,  in  saw  mill  yard,     .        .        51, 
TRAM  CAR,  for  log  haul, 
TRAMWAYS,  to  dry  kiln, 
TRANSFER  CHAINS  : 

dangers  of 

of  live  rolls 

of  slab  slashers,         .... 

of  trimmers,        ....         35, 

throwing  out.  of  trimmers  and  slab 

slashers 

TRANSFORMER  BOXES,  grounding.  . 
TRANSMISSION  : 

baskets, 

borers, 

box   factor}-, 

brushes, 

chairs. 

cooperage 

cross  arms. 

drag  saw 

furniture.     ..... 

handles 

jointers 

lath  mill 

lathes. 

mortisers 

pattern  shop 

planing  mill,       .... 

sanders 

saws,  band,          .... 


126 
125 

120 

126 
62 
127 

65 
164 
126 
135 

36 
189 
189 
190 

15 
,  52 


130 
132 
132 
130 
130 
159 
130 
129 
129 
132 
135 

138 

144 

50 
18 

52 

22 
134 

21 

43 
39 
39 

39 
189 

171 

135 
171 
171 
160 
150 
171 
135 
160 
150 
no 

61 
150 
135 
171 

69 
135 

IOO 


216                                                   INDEX 

PAGE 

TRANSMISSION  :                                                            VENEER  : 
saws,  bolter,       94                  band  mill  

PAGE 

156 
157 
154 
136 
157 
85 
157 
157 
157 
153 
155 
156 
154 
157 
153 

160 

153 
9 

144 
124 

143 
123 

85 
145 
145 
127 

145 
146 

145 
136 

143 
143 
132 

144 
125 
129 
ISO 

145 
144 

177 
15 
7 

167 

55 
68 

57 
177 

16 

57 
26 

145 
145 
144 

9 
9 

150 
185 

10 

1  68 
1  68 

saws,   cut-off,     94 
saws,  equalizing,        .        .        .        -94 

chains,         
clipper,         
cutting  up  cores,       .... 
dryers,          
equalizing  saws,          .... 
glue  machines,  

saws,   rip,   94 
saw  mill,     21,  61 
shapers,       120 
shingle  mill,       61 
spools  and  bobbins,  ....     171 
surfacers,    135 
tenoners,     135 
veneer,        160 
wagons,       .        .        .        .        .        .150 
woodenware,      171 
wood  pulleys,     171 
TRANSMISSION  FLOOR: 
in  saw  mill,       43 

hooks, 

lifting  tackle,     
rotary  cutter, 

segment  saws,    .... 

slashers,               .... 

slicing  machines,       .... 
splicer,         
steaming  boxes,          .... 
transmission,       
vats,    ......     151, 
VENTILATION,  .                

WAGONS  : 
axle  machines,    

in  shingle  mill,  43 
TRAP  DOOR,      179 
TRAVOYING,      19 
TRAY  MACHINES,    169 
TRESTLES  : 
of  logging  railroad,  .        .        .        .15 
in  saw  mill  yard,      .        .        .        .51 

TRIMMERS  : 
care  of  saws,     38 
clutch  for  chains,      ....      39 
drop  saws,  feeding  of,               .        .      34 
drop  saws,  fence  for  front  of  table,      33 
drop  saws,  flyback  guards,        .        .      33 
drop    saws,    hooding,        .        .        -34 
drop  saws,  oiling  34 
drop  saws,  shielding  under  part  of 
saws,        34 
drop  saws,  tripping,  ....      33 
end  trims,  33,  35 
jump  or  bed  trims,  ...        37,  38 
kicking,       34,  35 
overhead  trimmers,  guarding  back,      35 
overhead  trimmers,  guarding  front,      35 
swing  trims,   belt   shifter,        .        .      37 
swing  trims,  boxing  back,        .        .      37 
swing  trims,  hanging  of,  .        .        36,  37 
swing  trims,  hoodinp  of,  .        .        .      36 
throwing  chains  out,  ....      39 
transfer  chain  holes,        •        •        •      35 
transfer   chain   holes,   plank   guard 
for,           35 
working  on  tables,     .        .        .        .36 
working    on     tables,    pipe     railing 
guard,      .        .        .        .        .        .36 

belt  sanders  

box  board  edger,       .... 
disk    sanders,     

equalizing  saws, 

felloe  machines,         .... 
hub  machines,     
multiple  borers,  
panel   sticking,   
poles,   shafts  and  single-trees, 
rimming   machine,      .... 
rough  stock,       
spoke  drivers, 

spoke  facers,       .                ... 
spoke  tenoners,  ....     131, 
spoke  throaters,         .... 

surfacers,    
tenoners,     
transmission,       
wheel  boxing  machine,     . 
wheel  rim  planers,    .... 
WALKS  : 
over  dams,          
on  logging  railroad  trestles,     . 
WARNING,  of  workmen, 
WASTE  HOLES  : 
in  box  factory,  
in  lath  mill,        
in  planing  mill  
in  shingle  mill,  
WATER  WHEELS,     .        .        .        .176, 
WEDGES  : 
in  felling,    
in  shingle  mill,  ..... 
WEDGE  WHEEL,  for  circular  mill,  . 
WHEELS  : 
boxing  machines,       .... 

TROLLEY  POLES,  along  railroad  track,    .      51 
TRUCKS,    n,  12 
careful  loading,          .        .        .        .       12 
examination,       12 
in  saw  mill  yard,      ....      50 
shields  for  hands,     ....     191 
TURBINES,        177 
TURNING  MACHINES,  see  Lathes. 

UNIVERSAL  WOODWORKING  MACHINE,    .     163 

VALVES  : 
of    boilers,      172,  173,  174,  175,  176,  180 
of  saw  mill  carriage,        ...      24 
in  saw  mill  transmission  floor,        .      46 
of  steam  hammers,    ....      48 
VATS  : 
cooperage,  150 
veneer,        151,  153 

rimming   machine,      .... 
rim  planers,        
WHITE  PAINT,         
WHITEWASH,  
in  saw  mill  transmission  floor. 
WINDLASS,  cooperage  
WIRE  MESH,  advisable  for  safeguards, 

13- 
WOODEN  SLATS,  for  secure  footing, 
WOODENWARE,  
bowl  lathe,  

INDEX 


217 


WOODEN  WARE. 168 

dowel  machine,  .        .        .     ^  .        .  168 

ladling  machine.         ....  168 

oval  wood  dish  machine,         .        .  169 

transmission, 171 

tray  machines 169 

variety  lathe, 168 

WOOD  PULLEYS 170 

transmission, 171 

WOOD  SAWS,  in  saw  mill,      ...  41 

WOOD  TRIMMERS 67 

WORKMEN  : 

assignment  to  work 8 

clothing  of, II 

co-operation   with  each   other,        .  8 

co-operation  with  foremen,       .         .  7 

employment  of,  .         .         .        .        .  8 

on  inspection  committees.        .        .  8 

instruction  by  foremen,     .   v  .        .  n 

instruction  and  warning,  ...  7 
selection  for  deck  work,  .                 -24 


WOUNDS,  cleaning  and  dressing,  . 

YARD  (Box  FACTORY),  . 
YARD  (  SAW  MILL)  : 

burner,  fencing, 

cables,   hooks   and   tongs, 

conveyors, 

cranes, 

horses,         .         .        . 

lighting.  . 

loading  and  hauling, 

piling 

platforms  and  runways,  .        .        4 

railroad 

reservoirs,     excavations    and     mill 
pond  fencing,  .        ... 

sheds *  . 

trucks.  ».        .        .        ; 

YARDER  ENGINE,      .        .      " .        . 
YOUNG  PERSONS,  assignment  to  work. 


PAGE 
13 

I67 

51 
50 
51 
50 
50 
51 

49 
50 

8,  49 
Si 

5i 
51 


6  ist  Annual   Statement 

OF  THE 

Life  Insurance   Company 

HARTFORD,    CONNECTICUT 

MORGAN  G.  BULKELEY,  President 

Life,  Occident,  Health,    and    Liability  Insurance 

JANUARY  1,  1911 


ASSETS 

Real  Estate  acquired  by  fore- 
closure   $  97,001.31 

Office    Building    500,000.00 

Cash  on  hand  and  in  Banks. .       3,905,769.53 

Stocks   and   Bonds 31,974,664.01 

Mortgages  secured  by  Real 
Estate  49,061,500.71 

Loans  on  Collateral  1,320,470.76 

Loans  secured  by  policies  of 

this  Company  8,325,149.36 

Interest  due  and  accrued 
December  31,  1910 1,792.917.15 

Premiums  in  course  of  collec- 
tion and  Deferred  Premiums  1,680,133.81 

Market  Value  of  Securities 
over  cost,  less  Assets  not 
admitted  2,360,536.32 


Total  Assets $101,018,H2.1K> 


LIABILITIES 

Reserve  on  Life,  Endowment 
and  Term  Policies $  82,794,149.00 

Special  Reserve,  not  included 
above  704,525.00 

Premiums  paid  in  advance, 
and  other  Liabilities 566,606.80 

Unearned  Interest  on  Policy 
Loans  222,446,57 

Accrued  Taxes 524,044.77 

Surplus  reserved  for  special 
class  of  Policies  and  divi- 
dends to  Policyholders  pay- 
able on  Demand  1,858,901.33 

Losses  and  Claims  awaiting 
proof,  and  not  yet  due....  451,885.93 

Unearned  Premiums  on  Ac- 
cident, Health  and  Liability 
Insurance  2,245,982.70 

Reserve    for   Liability   claims       1,547,600.00 

Surplus   to   Policyholders....      10,102,000.86 

Total  Liabilities. . .  SHH,018,H2.9<> 


INCOnE 

Premiums     $  16,695,501.40 

Interest,  Rents,  etc 4,811,085.42 


Total  Income  in 
1910   $21,506,58«.82 


DISBURSEMENTS 

Payments   to   Policyholders.  .$  12,251,252.88 

Taxes    521,334.87 

All   other   Disbursements....       5,225,126.63 


Total  Disbursements  in 

1910 $17,95)7, 714.3S 


OFFICERS: 

LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY 

Accident  and  Liability  Department 
HARTFORD,  CONN. 

WALTER    C.    FAXON,    Vice-President 

J.  SCOFIELD  ROWE,   Secretary 

JOHN  M.  PARKER/Jr.,  Secretary 

E.  C.   BOWEN,  Assistant  Secretary 

E.   C.    HIGGINS,   Assistant   Secretary 

J.   V.   ADAMS,   Assistant   Secretary 


LINE  OF  INSURANCE 


Employers'  Liability 
Public  Liability  (Direct) 
Public  Liability  (Contingent) 
Elevator  Liability 
General  Liability 
Automobile  Liability 
Teams  Liability 
Excess  Liability 
Workmen's  Compensation 
Accident 
Health 
Life 

ISSUED  BY 

/ETNA   LIFE   INSURANCE  COHPANY 

Accident  and  Liability  Department 
HARTFORD.  CONN. 


Automobile  Property  Damage 
Automobile  Collision 
Teams  Property  Damage 
Plate  Glass 
Burglary 
Fly  Wheel 
Sprinkler  Leakage 
Fidelity  and  Surety  Bonds 

ISSUED  BY 

THE   /ETNA  ACCIDENT  AND    LIABILITY   Co, 

HARTFORD,  CONN. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


